Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 Commercial Sector Final Report August 2015 Submitted to: Newfoundland Power Inc. and Newfoundland and Labrador Hydro Submitted by: ICF International 300-222 Somerset Street West Ottawa, Ontario K2P 2G3 Tel: +1 613 523-0784 Fax: +1 613 523-0717 [email protected]www.icfi.ca
534
Embed
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand ... › applications › IslandInterconnectedSystem › files › re… · Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 Commercial Sector Final Report August 2015 Submitted to: Newfoundland Power Inc. and Newfoundland and Labrador Hydro Submitted by: ICF International 300-222 Somerset Street West Ottawa, Ontario K2P 2G3 Tel: +1 613 523-0784 Fax: +1 613 523-0717 [email protected] www.icfi.ca
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Executive Summary Background and Objectives Since the initial launch of takeCHARGE, NL’s Conservation and Demand Management (CDM) market has changed both naturally and as a result of the Utilities’ planned interventions. Since the last CDM Potential Study, energy efficient technologies have evolved and the takeCHARGE programs have impacted the province’s awareness and adoption of CDM measures. In addition, new codes & standards have been drafted or come into effect. Experience throughout many North American jurisdictions has demonstrated that energy efficiency and conservation have a significant potential to reduce energy consumption, energy costs and emissions. The objective of this CDM Potential Study, referenced as CDM Potential Study 2015, is to identify the achievable, cost-effective electric energy efficiency and demand management potential in the province. Similar to the 2007 Study, the information in this report will be critical to developing the next generation of takeCHARGE programs that are equally responsive to customer expectations, support efforts to be responsible stewards of electrical energy resources and is consistent with provision of least cost, reliable electricity service. The CDM Potential Study 2015, provides a resource for the Utilities to develop a comprehensive vision of the province’s future energy service needs. Scope The scope of this study is summarized below: Sector Coverage: This study addresses three sectors: residential households (Residential
sector), commercial and institutional buildings (Commercial sector), and small, medium, and large industry (Industrial sector).
Geographical Coverage: The study addresses all regions of NL that are served by the Utilities.
Customers served by both the hydroelectric grid and the stand-alone diesel grids are included. The study results are estimated for three distinct regions: Newfoundland, Labrador, and Isolated Diesel.
Study Period: This study addresses a 15 year period. The Base Year for the study is the
calendar year 2014. The Base Year of 2014 was calibrated to the 2014 actual sales data. The study milestone years will be 2017, 2020, 2023, 2026 and 2029. It is recognized that the weather conditions in 2014 were not typical. The CDM Potential Study 2015 follows the same assumptions as in the Utilities’ Load Forecast.
Technologies: This study addresses a range of electricity conservation and demand
management (CDM) measures and includes all electrical efficiency technologies or measures that are expected to be commercially viable by the year 2029 as well as peak load reduction technologies.
CDM Potential Study 2015 has been organized into two analysis areas and the results are presented in three reports, as show in Exhibit ES 1, below.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Exhibit ES 1 Overview of CDM POTENTIAL STUDY 2015 Organization – Analysis Areas and Reports
This report presents the results of both Analysis Area 1: Energy-efficiency Technologies and Behaviours and Analysis Area 2: Demand Measures, for Commercial sector customers. This report addresses all commercially available electric energy-efficiency and peak load reduction measures that are applicable to NL’s Commercial sector. It includes the potential for electrical efficiency and peak load reduction technologies expected to be commercially viable by the year 2029; residential customer behaviour measures and commercial and industrial operation and maintenance (O&M) practices are also addressed. Approach The detailed end-use analysis of electrical efficiency opportunities in the Commercial sector employed two linked modelling platforms: CEEAM (Commercial Electricity and Emissions Analysis Model), an in-house, simulation model developed in conjunction with Natural Resources Canada (NRCan) for modelling electricity use in commercial/institutional building stock and CSEEM (Commercial Sector Energy End-use Model), which is also an ICF in-house spreadsheet-based macro model.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
The major steps involved in the analysis are shown in Exhibit ES 2 and are discussed in greater detail in Section 2 of this report. As illustrated in Exhibit ES 2, the results of CDM Potential Study 2015, and in particular the estimation of Achievable Potential,1 support on-going conservation and demand management (CDM) work; however, it should be emphasized that the estimation of Achievable Potential is not synonymous with either the setting of specific CDM targets or with program design. Overall Commercial Study Findings As in any study of this type, the results presented in this report are based on a number of important assumptions. Assumptions such as those related to the current penetration of efficient technologies and the rate of future growth in the building stock are particularly influential. Wherever possible, the assumptions used in this study are consistent with those used by the NL utilities. However, the reader is referred to a number of caveats throughout the main text of the report. Given these assumptions, the CDM Potential Study 2015 findings confirm the existence of significant potential cost-effective opportunities for electricity consumption and peak load savings in NL’s commercial sector.
1 The proportion of savings identified that could realistically be achieved within the study period.
Exhibit ES 2 CDM POTENTIAL STUDY 2015: Main Analytic Steps
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Efficiency improvements would provide between 209 and 640 GWh/yr. of electricity consumption savings by 2029 in, respectively, the Lower and Upper Achievable Potential scenarios. The most significant Achievable Potential savings opportunities were in actions that addressed the HVAC end uses, specifically space heating. Besides space heating, there are significant savings to be found in lighting and refrigeration, as well as smaller opportunities in many of the other end uses, such as domestic hot water (DHW), food service and plug loads. The electricity consumption savings would provide associated peak load reductions of approximately 32 to 118 MW during NL’s winter peak period by 2029 in, respectively, the Lower and Upper Achievable Potential scenarios. Demand reduction measures would provide further peak load reductions of approximately 1.2 to 4.2 MW by 2029 in, respectively, the Lower and Upper Achievable Potential scenarios. All told, this amounts to peak load reduction potential of between 6% and 20% with respect to the Reference Case commercial peak load. Demand reductions do not include demand curtailment; rather, existing and future demand curtailment is included in the industrial sector report. Summary of Electric Energy Savings in the Commercial Sector A summary of the levels of annual electricity consumption contained in each of the forecasts addressed by CDM Potential Study 2015 is presented in Exhibit ES 3 and Exhibit ES 4, by milestone year.
Exhibit ES 3 Electricity Savings by Milestone Year for Three Scenarios (GWh/yr.)
Exhibit ES 4 Annual Electricity Consumption—Energy-efficiency Achievable Potential Relative to Reference Case and Economic Potential Forecast for the Commercial Sector, (GWh/yr.)
Base Year Electricity Use In the Base Year of 2014, NL’s Commercial sector consumed about 2,360 GWh/yr. Exhibit ES 5 shows that space heating accounts for about 27% of total commercial electricity use. Lighting accounts for the second largest percentage, at 17%. These are followed by HVAC Fans and Pumps at 12%, miscellaneous equipment at 9%, refrigeration at 8%, secondary lighting at 5%, and domestic hot water (DHW) at 5%. Other end uses account for 4% or less of the total. Indeed, some end uses are extremely small. Block heaters are assumed to be used only in Labrador. The same exhibit also presents the Reference Case consumption by end use in 2029, at the end of the study period, for comparison. Overall, NL’s Commercial sector is forecast to rise to about 2,700 GWh/yr. by 2029 in the absence of new utility CDM initiatives. Exhibit ES 6 shows the distribution of Base Year electricity consumption by sub sector. As illustrated, large offices account for the largest share (12%) of Commercial sector Base Year electricity use. The same exhibit also presents the Reference Case consumption by sub sector in 2029, at the end of the study period, for comparison.
0
500
1,000
1,500
2,000
2,500
3,000
2014 2017 2020 2023 2026 2029
Annu
al E
lect
ric E
nerg
y Co
nsum
ptio
n (G
Wh/
yr.)
Economic Potential Scenario
Upper AchievableScenario
Lower AchievableScenario
Reference Case
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Economic Potential Forecast – Electric Energy Under the conditions of the Economic Potential scenario,2 the study estimated that electricity consumption in the commercial sector would decrease to approximately 1,758 GWh/yr. by 2029. Savings relative to the Reference case would be approximately 936 GWh/yr. or about 35%. The Economic Potential savings in the intermediate milestone years are 1,660 GWh/yr. in 2017, 1,711 GWh/yr. in 2020, 1,743 GWh/yr. in 2023, and 1,739 GWh/yr. in 2026. In each case, the savings amount to approximately 31-35% of the Reference case consumption. The Economic Potential savings are dominated by measures that are cost-effective based on their full cost (versus the “do-nothing” option), and therefore within the definitions of the scenario they would be adopted immediately and provide savings starting in the first milestone period. Achievable Potential – Electric Energy The Achievable Potential is the portion of the Economic Potential savings that could realistically be achieved within the study period.3 In the commercial sector, the Achievable Potential for electricity savings was estimated to be 209 and 640 GWh/yr., respectively, in the Lower and Upper Achievable Potential scenarios. The savings in the intervening milestone years show a more realistic ramp-up pattern than that observed in the Economic Potential scenario. The most significant Achievable Potential savings opportunities were in actions that addressed HVAC. In fact, savings in the HVAC end uses account for 57% of the opportunities in 2029. Of this, the ductless mini-split heating systems and building recommissioning measures offer the largest savings potential in the commercial sector. Besides HVAC, there are significant savings to be found in lighting and refrigeration as well as smaller opportunities in many of the other end uses.4
2 The Economic Potential Electricity Forecast is the level of electricity consumption that would occur if all equipment and building envelopes were upgraded to the level that is cost effective against the economic threshold value , which has been set at different prices per kWh for the different regions. (One kWh from the Labrador hydroelectric grid is much less expensive than one kWh from an isolated diesel grid.) 3 The Achievable Potential recognizes that it is difficult to induce customers to purchase and install all the electrical efficiency technologies that meet the criteria defined by the Economic Potential Forecast. The results are presented as a range, defined as lower and upper. 4 It should be noted that measures are applied separately for each combination of region, sub sector, and milestone year. Some of the parameters that are used to assess measures in each circumstance can vary. For example, the potential savings or cost for a measure in one sub sector or region may be different from the savings or cost in another sub sector or region. In addition, the economic threshold value that is used to assess cost-effectiveness varies for each of the milestones. As such, measures that are marginally cost-effective, such as multi-split heat pumps, are only cost-effective in a subset of the regions, sub sectors, and milestone years being considered.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Summary of Peak Load Reductions Based on discussions with utility personnel, the following peak period definition was used for this study: Peak Period – The morning period from 7 am to noon and the evening period from 4 pm to 8 pm on the four coldest days in the December to March period; this is a total of 36 hours per year.5 Exhibit ES 7 and Exhibit ES 8 show the peak load reductions from both the energy efficiency measures and from measures targeted specifically at load management. More details on peak load reduction opportunities are provided in the main body of the report. Highlights of the findings include the following: Electricity savings offered by the Lower and Upper Achievable Potential scenarios would provide
peak load reductions of approximately 32 to 118 MW by 2029, a decrease of between 5% and 20% relative to the reference case.
Demand reduction measures under the Lower and Upper Achievable Potential scenarios would provide peak load reductions of an additional 1.2 to 4.2 MW by 2029, a decrease of up to a further 1%.
Demand reduction potential is dominated by the reductions associated with energy efficiency measures in both of the achievable potential scenarios.
Exhibit ES 7 Peak Demand Reductions by Milestone Year for Three Scenarios (MW)
Exhibit ES 8 Peak Demand of Reference Case, Lower Achievable Potential and Upper Achievable Potential in Commercial Sector (MW)
Base Year Demand In the Base Year of 2014, NL’s Commercial sector demand was approximately 522 MW, averaged over the 36-hour peak period. This may be compared against the overall average commercial demand for the year, which is:
2,360 GWh / 8760 hours * 1000 MW/GW = 269 MW Exhibit ES 9 shows that space heating accounts for nearly 40% of total commercial sector demand. General lighting accounts for the second largest percentage, at 14%. These are followed by HVAC Fans and Pumps and domestic hot water each at 8%, food service equipment and miscellaneous equipment each at 7% and refrigeration and secondary lighting at 4% each. Other end uses account for 3% or less of the total. The same exhibit also presents the Reference Case demand by end use in 2029, at the end of the study period, for comparison. Overall, NL’s Commercial sector is forecast to rise to about 602 MW by 2029 in the absence of new utility CDM initiatives, an increase of approximately 13%. Exhibit ES 10 shows the distribution of Base Year electric peak demand by sub sector. As illustrated, large offices account for the largest share (12%) of Commercial sector Base Year electricity use. The same exhibit also presents the Reference Case consumption by sub sector type in 2029, at the end of the study period, for comparison.
480
490
500
510
520
530
540
550
560
570
580
590
600
2014 2016 2018 2020 2022 2024 2026 2028
Win
ter P
eak
Dem
and
(MW
)
Reference Case (MW) Demand with Upper EE Measures Applied (MW)Demand with Lower EE Measures Applied (MW) Upper Achievable Potential Demand (MW)Lower Achievable Potential Demand (MW)
Reference Case
Demand After Lower Achievable EE
Lower Achievable Demand
Demand After Upper Achievable EE
Upper Achievable Demand
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Economic Potential Forecast – Electric Peak Demand Under the conditions of the Economic Potential scenario,6 the study estimated that electric peak demand in the commercial sector would decrease to approximately 449 MW by 2029. Reductions relative to the Reference case would be approximately 153 MW or about 25%. The Economic Potential reductions in the intermediate milestone years are 134 MW in 2017, 137 MW in 2020, 142 MW in 2023, and 148 MW in 2026. In each case, the reductions amount to approximately 25% of the Reference case peak demand. The Economic Potential reductions are dominated by measures that are cost-effective relative to the Utilities’ cost of new capacity based on their full cost (versus the “do-nothing” option), and therefore within the definitions of the scenario they would be adopted immediately and provide reductions starting in the first milestone period. Achievable Potential – Electric Peak Demand The Achievable Potential is the portion of the Economic Potential reductions that could realistically be achieved within the study period. In the commercial sector, electricity savings offered by the Lower and Upper Achievable Potential scenarios would provide peak load reductions of approximately 32 to 118 MW by 2029, a decrease of between 5% and 20% relative to the reference case. Demand reduction measures under the Lower and Upper Achievable Potential scenarios would provide peak load reductions of an additional 1.2 to 4.2 MW by 2029, a decrease of up to a further 1%.Thus, demand reduction potential is dominated by the reductions associated with energy efficiency measures in both of the achievable potential scenarios. The savings in the intervening milestone years show a more realistic ramp-up pattern than that observed in the Economic Potential scenario. Among the demand reduction measures the most significant Achievable Potential savings opportunities were in actions that addressed HVAC measures. In fact, HVAC reductions account for 64-74% of the opportunities in 2029. Of this, the HVAC demand controls measure offers the largest demand reduction potential in the commercial sector, aside from the demand reduction associated with energy efficiency measures. Besides the HVAC savings, there are also potential demand savings from demand measures related to DHW, lighting, and refrigeration.
6 The Economic Potential Electric Peak Load Forecast is the expected electric peak load that would occur in the defined peak period if demand is reduced by the reductions associated with the energy efficiency measures in the Economic Potential Electricity Efficiency Forecast, and all peak load reduction measures that are cost effective against the future avoided cost of new capacity in NL were also fully implemented.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Table of Contents Executive Summary .............................................................................................................................. i 1 Introduction................................................................................................................................... 1
1.1 Study Scope .......................................................................................................................... 2 1.2 Study Organization ................................................................................................................ 2 1.3 Report Organization .............................................................................................................. 3 1.4 Results Presentation ............................................................................................................. 4
2 Study Methodology ...................................................................................................................... 6
2.1 Definition of Terms ................................................................................................................ 6 2.2 Major Analytic Steps .............................................................................................................. 8 2.3 Analytical Models ................................................................................................................ 11
3 Base Year (2014) Electric Energy Use ..................................................................................... 13
3.1 Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 13 3.2 Commercial Sector Segmentation ...................................................................................... 13 3.3 End Uses ............................................................................................................................. 15 3.4 End-use Saturation and Fuel Share Data ........................................................................... 15 3.5 Detailed Building and Equipment Specifications ................................................................ 17 3.6 Floor Area Calculations ....................................................................................................... 19 3.7 Summary of Commercial Base Year Electricity Use ........................................................... 20
4 Base Year (2014) Electric Peak Load ....................................................................................... 26
4.1 Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 26 4.2 Peak Period Definitions ....................................................................................................... 26 4.3 Methodology ........................................................................................................................ 26 4.4 Summary of Results ............................................................................................................ 27
5 Reference Case Electric Energy Forecast ............................................................................... 30
5.1 Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 30 5.2 Methodology ........................................................................................................................ 30 5.3 New Commercial Buildings ................................................................................................. 31 5.4 “Natural Changes” to Electricity Use Intensity .................................................................... 33 5.5 Commercial Floor Space ..................................................................................................... 33 5.6 Summary of Results ............................................................................................................ 35
6 Reference Case Electric Peak Load Forecast ......................................................................... 46
8.1 Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 71 8.2 Avoided Costs Used For Screening .................................................................................... 71 8.3 Major Modelling Tasks ........................................................................................................ 73 8.4 Technologies Included in Economic Potential Forecast ..................................................... 74 8.5 Summary of Electric Energy Savings .................................................................................. 78 8.6 Electric Peak Load Reductions from Energy Efficiency ...................................................... 91 8.7 Summary of Peak Load Reduction ..................................................................................... 97 8.8 Sensitivity of the Results to Changes in Avoided Cost ..................................................... 106
9 Achievable Potential: Electric Energy Forecast ................................................................... 107
9.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................ 107 9.2 Description of Achievable Potential .................................................................................. 107 9.3 Approach to the Estimation of Achievable Potential ......................................................... 110 9.4 Achievable Workshop Results .......................................................................................... 114 9.5 Summary of Potential Electric Energy Savings ................................................................ 120 9.6 Electric Peak Load Reductions from Energy Efficiency .................................................... 130 9.7 Summary of Peak Load Reductions ................................................................................. 137 9.8 Sensitivity of the Results to Changes in Avoided Cost ..................................................... 150 9.9 Net-to-Gross ...................................................................................................................... 152
List of Exhibits Exhibit 1 Overview of CDM Potential Study 2015 Organization – Analysis Areas and Reports ........... 3 Exhibit 2 Major Analytic Steps ............................................................................................................... 8 Exhibit 3 Commercial Electric End Uses ............................................................................................. 15 Exhibit 4 Electric Fuel Share by Sub sector & Service Region (%) ..................................................... 16 Exhibit 5 Space Cooling Saturation by Sub sector and Service Region (%) ...................................... 16 Exhibit 6 Sample Building Profile Summary – Existing Large Office .................................................. 18 Exhibit 7 Base Year Floor Area (ft2) by Sub sector and Service Region ............................................ 19 Exhibit 8 Base Year Annual Electricity Consumption by Sub sector and End Use, All of NL (MWh/yr.).............................................................................................................................................................. 21 Exhibit 9 Distribution of Electricity Consumption by Sub sector in the Base Year (2014) .................. 22 Exhibit 10 Distribution of Electricity Consumption, by Region in the Base Year (2014) ..................... 23 Exhibit 11 Distribution of Electricity Consumption, by End Use in the Base Year (2014) ................... 24 Exhibit 12 Distribution of Electricity Consumption, by Sub Sector and End Use in the Base Year (2014) ................................................................................................................................................... 25 Exhibit 13 Overview of Peak Load Profile Methodology ...................................................................... 27 Exhibit 14 Commercial Sector Base Year (2014) Aggregate Peak Demand by Region (MW) ........... 28 Exhibit 15 Contribution by End Use to Commercial Aggregate Peak Demand (%) ............................ 29 Exhibit 16 Comparison of Whole Building Electric EUIs by Sub Sector, (kWh/ft2/yr.) ........................ 32 Exhibit 17 Commercial Sector Floor Space (ft2), by Sub Sector and Milestone Year – Island Interconnected ..................................................................................................................................... 34 Exhibit 18 Commercial Sector Floor Space (ft2), by Sub Sector and Milestone Year – Labrador Interconnected ..................................................................................................................................... 34 Exhibit 19 Commercial Sector Floor Space (ft2), by Sub Sector and Milestone Year – Isolated ........ 34 Exhibit 20 Reference Case Electricity Consumption, Modelled by End Use, Sub sector and Milestone Year (MWh/yr.) ..................................................................................................................................... 37 Exhibit 21 Distribution of Electricity Consumption in 2029 by Sub Sector .......................................... 40 Exhibit 22 Distribution of Electricity Consumption in 2029 by Region ................................................. 41 Exhibit 23 Distribution of Electricity Consumption in 2029 by End Use .............................................. 42 Exhibit 24 Distribution of Electricity Consumption, by Sub sector and End Use, Trends to 2029 ...... 43 Exhibit 25 Electric Peak Loads, by Milestone Year, Sub sector & Region (MW) ................................ 47 Exhibit 26 Energy Efficiency Technologies Included in this Study ...................................................... 55 Exhibit 27 Commercial Sector Energy Efficiency Technology Measures, Screening Results ............ 56 Exhibit 28 Demand Reduction Technologies Included in this Study ................................................... 58 Exhibit 29 Commercial Sector Demand Reduction Technology Measures, Screening Results ......... 59 Exhibit 30 Island Interconnected Measure Potential and CCE ........................................................... 60 Exhibit 31 Island Interconnected Energy Efficiency Supply Curve ...................................................... 62 Exhibit 32 Labrador Interconnected Measure Potential and CCE ....................................................... 62 Exhibit 33 Labrador Interconnected Energy Efficiency Supply Curve ................................................. 64 Exhibit 34 Isolated Measure Potential and CCE.................................................................................. 65 Exhibit 35 Isolated Energy Efficiency Supply Curve ............................................................................ 66 Exhibit 36 Island Interconnected Measure Potential and CEPR ......................................................... 67 Exhibit 37 Island Interconnected Demand Reduction Supply Curve................................................... 68 Exhibit 38 Labrador Interconnected Measure Potential and CEPR .................................................... 68 Exhibit 39 Labrador Interconnected Demand Reduction Supply Curve .............................................. 69 Exhibit 40 Isolated Measure Potential and CEPR ............................................................................... 69 Exhibit 41 Isolated Demand Reduction Supply Curve ......................................................................... 70 Exhibit 42 Avoided Costs of New Electricity Supply ............................................................................ 71 Exhibit 43 Avoided Costs of New Electric Generation Capacity ......................................................... 72 Exhibit 44 Efficiency Technologies Included in Economic Potential Forecast .................................... 75 Exhibit 45 Load Reduction Technologies Included in Economic Potential Forecast .......................... 77
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Exhibit 46 Reference Case versus Economic Potential Electric Energy Consumption in Commercial Sector (MWh/yr.) .................................................................................................................................. 78 Exhibit 47 Total Economic Potential Electricity Savings by End Use, Sub sector and Milestone Year (MWh/yr.).............................................................................................................................................. 80 Exhibit 48 Economic Potential Electricity Savings by Measure and Milestone Year (MWh/yr.) ......... 83 Exhibit 49 Economic Potential Savings by Major End Use, Year and Region (MWh/yr.) ................... 85 Exhibit 50 Economic Potential Savings by Major End Use, Year and Sub sector Type (MWh/yr.) .... 86 Exhibit 51 Economic Potential Savings by Major End Use, Year and Vintage (MWh/yr.) .................. 87 Exhibit 52 Electric Peak Load Reductions from Economic Energy Savings Measures, by Milestone Year, Peak Period and Sub sector (MW) ............................................................................................ 92 Exhibit 53 Electric Peak Load Reductions from Economic Energy Savings Measures, by Milestone Year End Use and Subsector, Winter Peak Period (MW) ................................................................... 94 Exhibit 54 Electric Peak Load Reductions from Economic Energy Savings Measures, 2029 (MW) .. 95 Exhibit 55 Reference Case Peak Demand versus Economic Potential Peak Demand in Commercial Sector (MW) ......................................................................................................................................... 97 Exhibit 56 Total Economic Potential Peak Demand Reduction by End Use, Sub sector and Milestone Year (MW) ............................................................................................................................................ 99 Exhibit 57 Economic Potential Peak Demand Reduction by Measure and Milestone Year (MW) ... 101 Exhibit 58 Economic Peak Load Reduction by Major End Use, Year and Region (MW) ................. 102 Exhibit 59 Economic Potential Peak Demand Reduction by Major End Use, Year and Sub sector (MW) ................................................................................................................................................... 103 Exhibit 60 Economic Potential Peak Demand Reduction by Major End Use, Year and Vintage (MW)............................................................................................................................................................ 104 Exhibit 61 Sensitivity of the Energy Savings and Peak Demand Reduction to Avoided Cost .......... 106 Exhibit 62 Annual Electricity Consumption—Energy-efficiency Achievable Potential Relative to Reference Case and Economic Potential Forecast for the Commercial Sector (GWh/yr.) .............. 108 Exhibit 63 Achievable Potential versus Detailed Program Design .................................................... 109 Exhibit 64 Commercial Sector Actions – Energy Efficiency .............................................................. 110 Exhibit 65 Participation Rate “Ramp Up” Curves .............................................................................. 113 Exhibit 66 Summary of Achievable Potential Participation Rates and Curves.................................. 119 Exhibit 67 Electricity Savings by Milestone Year for Three Scenarios (GWh/yr.) ............................. 120 Exhibit 68 Upper Achievable Electricity Savings by Region (MWh/yr.) ............................................. 122 Exhibit 69 Upper Achievable Electricity Savings by Sub sector and Milestone Year (MWh/yr.) ...... 123 Exhibit 70 Upper Achievable Electricity Savings by End Use and Milestone Year (MWh/yr.) .......... 123 Exhibit 71 Upper Achievable Electricity Savings by Technology and Milestone Year (MWh/yr.) ..... 124 Exhibit 72 Lower Achievable Electricity Savings by Region (MWh/yr.) ............................................. 126 Exhibit 73 Lower Achievable Electricity Savings by Sub sector and Milestone Year (MWh/yr.) ...... 127 Exhibit 74 Lower Achievable Electricity Savings by End Use and Milestone Year (MWh/yr.) .......... 127 Exhibit 75 Lower Achievable Electricity Savings by Technology and Milestone Year (MWh/yr.) ..... 128 Exhibit 76 Electric Peak Load Reductions from Lower and Upper Achievable Potential Energy Savings Measures by Milestone Year, Region and Subsector (MW) ............................................... 131 Exhibit 77 Electric Peak Load Reductions from Upper Achievable Potential Energy Savings Measures, by Milestone Year End Use and Sub sector, Winter Peak Period (MW) ........................ 133 Exhibit 78 Electric Peak Load Reductions from Lower Achievable Potential Energy Savings Measures, by Milestone Year End Use and Sub sector, Winter Peak Period (MW) ........................ 134 Exhibit 79 Electric Peak Load Reductions from Achievable Potential Energy Savings Measures, 2029 (MW) ......................................................................................................................................... 135 Exhibit 80 Peak Demand of Reference Case, Lower Achievable Potential and Upper Achievable Potential in Commercial Sector (MW)................................................................................................ 137 Exhibit 81 Total Lower and Upper Achievable Potential Peak Demand Reduction by End Use, Sub sector and Milestone Year (MW) ....................................................................................................... 139 Exhibit 82 Lower and Upper Achievable Potential Peak Demand Reduction by Measure and Milestone Year (MW) ......................................................................................................................... 142
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Exhibit 83 Lower Achievable Potential Peak Load Reduction by Major End Use, Year and Region (MW) ................................................................................................................................................... 143 Exhibit 84 Upper Achievable Potential Peak Load Reduction by Major End Use, Year and Region (MW) ................................................................................................................................................... 144 Exhibit 85 Lower Achievable Potential Peak Demand Reduction by Major End Use, Year and Sub sector (MW) ........................................................................................................................................ 145 Exhibit 86 Upper Achievable Potential Peak Demand Reduction by Major End Use, Year and Sub sector (MW) ........................................................................................................................................ 146 Exhibit 87 Lower Achievable Potential Peak Load Reduction by Major End Use, Year and Vintage (MW) ................................................................................................................................................... 147 Exhibit 88 Upper Achievable Potential Peak Load Reduction by Major End Use, Year and Vintage (MW) ................................................................................................................................................... 148 Exhibit 89 Sensitivity of the Lower Achievable Potential Energy Savings and Peak Demand Reduction to Avoided Cost ................................................................................................................ 150 Exhibit 90 Sensitivity of the Upper Achievable Potential Energy Savings and Peak Demand Reduction to Avoided Cost ................................................................................................................ 151 Exhibit 91 Gross Versus Net Upper Achievable EE Potential by Measure and Region, 2029 ......... 154 Exhibit 92 Gross Versus Net Lower Achievable EE Potential by Measure and Region, 2029 ......... 157 Exhibit 93 Gross Versus Net Upper Achievable Demand Reduction Potential by Measure and Region, 2029 ...................................................................................................................................... 160 Exhibit 94 Gross Versus Net Lower Achievable Demand Reduction Potential by Measure and Region, 2029 ...................................................................................................................................... 160 Exhibit 95 Sub sector Descriptions .................................................................................................... A-2 Exhibit 96 Sales Data Subsector Assignments ................................................................................. A-3 Exhibit 97 Commercial Sector Base Year (2014) Consumption, Island Interconnected, by Sub Sector and End Use (MWh/yr.)* .................................................................................................................... A-5 Exhibit 98 Commercial Sector Base Year (2014) Consumption, Labrador Interconnected, by Sub Sector and End Use (MW)* ................................................................................................................ A-6 Exhibit 99 Commercial Sector Base Year (2014) Consumption, Isolated, by Sub Sector and End Use (MW)* ................................................................................................................................................. A-6 Exhibit 100 Table of Contents - Existing CEEAM Building Profiles ................................................... A-7 Exhibit 101 Illustrative Application of Annual Energy to Peak Period Value Factors ........................ B-3 Exhibit 102 Sample Hours-Use Calculation for Office Secondary Lighting ....................................... B-3 Exhibit 103 Commercial Segmentation Used for Electric Peak Load Calculations .......................... B-4 Exhibit 104 Commercial End Use Load Shape Parameters ............................................................. B-5 Exhibit 105 Commercial Sector Load Shape Hours-Use Values ...................................................... B-8 Exhibit 106 Commercial Sector Load Shape Hours-Use Values (cont’d…) ..................................... B-9 Exhibit 107 Commercial Sector Base Year (2014) Peak Hour Demand, Island Interconnected, by Sub Sector and End Use (MW)* ...................................................................................................... B-12 Exhibit 108 Commercial Sector Base Year (2014) Peak Hour Demand, Labrador Interconnected, by Sub Sector and End Use (MW)* ...................................................................................................... B-13 Exhibit 109 Commercial Sector Base Year (2014) Peak Hour Demand, Isolated, by Sub Sector and End Use (MW)* ................................................................................................................................ B-14 Exhibit 110 Reference Case Space Cooling Electricity Use in Existing Buildings by Sub Sector and Milestone Year – Existing Buildings (MWh/yr.) .................................................................................. C-3 Exhibit 111 Reference Case Space Cooling Electricity Use in New Buildings by Sub Sector and Milestone Year – New Buildings (MWh/yr.) ....................................................................................... C-4 Exhibit 112 Reference Case Indoor Lighting Electricity Use by Sub Sector and Milestone Year – Existing Buildings (MWh/yr.) .............................................................................................................. C-5 Exhibit 113 Reference Case Indoor Lighting Electricity Use by Sub Sector and Milestone Year – New Buildings (MWh/yr.) ............................................................................................................................ C-6 Exhibit 114 Reference Case Outdoor Lighting Electricity Use by Sub Sector and Milestone Year – Existing Buildings (MWh/yr.) .............................................................................................................. C-7
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Exhibit 115 Reference Case Outdoor Lighting Electricity Use by Sub Sector and Milestone Year – New Buildings (MWh/yr.) ................................................................................................................... C-8 Exhibit 116 Computer and Plug Load Energy Use in by Sub Sector and Milestone Year –Existing Buildings (MWh/yr.) ............................................................................................................................ C-9 Exhibit 117 Computer and Plug Load Energy Use in by Sub Sector and Milestone Year – New Buildings (MWh/yr.) .......................................................................................................................... C-10 Exhibit 118 Electric DHW Share by Sub Sector – Existing and New Buildings (%) ....................... C-11 Exhibit 119 Electric Space Heating Share by Sub Sector – Existing and New Buildings (%) ........ C-12 Exhibit 120 Total Energy Use by Sub Sector and Milestone Year – Existing Sub sectors (MWh/yr.) C-13 Exhibit 121 New Commercial Building Floor Space, by Sub Sector and Milestone Year (ft2) ....... C-14 Exhibit 122 - Reference Case Electricity Consumption by Sub sector, End Use and Milestone Year, Island Interconnected (MWh/yr.) ...................................................................................................... C-15 Exhibit 123 Reference Case Electricity Consumption by Sub sector, End Use and Milestone Year, Labrador Interconnected (MWh/yr) .................................................................................................. C-18 Exhibit 124 Reference Case Electricity Consumption by Sub sector, End Use and Milestone Year, Isolated (MWh/yr.) ............................................................................................................................ C-21 Exhibit 125 Table of Contents - New CEEAM Building Profiles ...................................................... C-22 Exhibit 126 Electric Peak Loads, by Milestone Year, End Use and Sub sector Type, Island Interconnected Region (MW) ............................................................................................................. D-1 Exhibit 127 Electric Peak Loads, by Milestone Year, End Use and Sub sector Type, Labrador Interconnected Region (MW) ............................................................................................................. D-4 Exhibit 128 Electric Peak Loads, by Milestone Year, End Use and Sub sector Type, Isolated Region (MW) ................................................................................................................................................... D-7 Exhibit 129 Full List of Potential Energy Efficiency Measures for the Commercial Sector ............... E-2 Exhibit 130 Full List of Potential Peak Demand Measures for the Commercial Sector .................... E-5 Exhibit 131 Total Economic Potential Electricity Savings by End Use, Sub sector and Milestone Year, Island Interconnected (MWh/yr.) .............................................................................................. F-3 Exhibit 132 Total Economic Potential Electricity Savings by End Use, Sub sector and Milestone Year, Labrador Interconnected (MWh/yr.) ......................................................................................... F-5 Exhibit 133 Total Economic Potential Electricity Savings by End Use, Sub sector and Milestone Year, Isolated (MWh/yr.) .................................................................................................................... F-7 Exhibit 134 Economic Potential Load Reduction by End Use, Sub sector and Milestone Year, Island Interconnected (MW) ......................................................................................................................... F-8 Exhibit 135 Economic Potential Load Reduction by End Use, Sub sector and Milestone Year, Labrador Interconnected (MW) ........................................................................................................ F-10 Exhibit 136 Economic Potential Load Reduction by End Use, Sub sector and Milestone Year, Isolated (MW) ................................................................................................................................... F-11
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Introduction 1Newfoundland Power Inc. and Newfoundland and Labrador Hydro have been successfully delivering electricity conservation programs to their customers since 2009 under the joint brand, takeCHARGE. Since the initial launch of takeCHARGE, NL’s CDM market has changed both naturally and as a result of the Utilities’ planned interventions. Since the last CDM Potential Study, energy efficient technologies have evolved and the takeCHARGE programs have impacted the province’s awareness and adoption of CDM measures. In addition, new codes & standards have been drafted or come into effect. Experience throughout many North American jurisdictions has demonstrated that energy efficiency and conservation have a significant potential to reduce energy consumption, energy costs and emissions. The objective of this CDM Potential Study, referenced as CDM Potential Study 2015, is to identify the achievable, cost-effective electric energy efficiency and demand management potential in province. Similar to the 2008 Study, the information in this report will be critical to developing the next generation of takeCHARGE programs that are equally responsive to customer expectations, support efforts to be responsible stewards of electrical energy resources and is consistent with provision of least cost, reliable electricity service. The CDM Potential Study 2015, provides a resource for the Utilities to develop a comprehensive vision of the province’s future energy service needs.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Study Scope 1.1 The scope of this study is summarized below: Sector Coverage: This study addresses three sectors: residential households (Residential
sector), commercial and institutional buildings (Commercial sector), and small, medium, and large industry (Industrial sector).
Geographical Coverage: The study addresses all regions of NL that are served by the Utilities.
Customers served by both the hydroelectric grid and the stand-alone diesel grids are included. The study results are estimated for three distinct regions: Newfoundland, Labrador, and Isolated Diesel.
Study Period: This study addresses a 15 year period. The Base Year for the study is the
calendar year 2014. The Base Year of 2014 was calibrated to the 2014 actual sales data. The study milestone years will be 2017, 2020, 2023, 2026 and 2029. It is recognized that the weather conditions in 2014 were not typical. The CDM Potential Study 2015 follows the same assumptions as in the Utilities’ Load Forecast.
Technologies: This study addresses a range of conservation and demand management (CDM)
measures and includes all electrical efficiency technologies or measures that are expected to be commercially viable by the year 2029 as well as peak load reduction technologies.
1.1.1 Data Caveat As in any study of this type, the results presented in this report are based on a large number of important assumptions. Assumptions such as those related to the current penetration of energy-efficient technologies, the rate of future growth in the stock of commercial buildings and customer willingness to implement new energy-efficiency measures are particularly influential. Wherever possible, the assumptions used in this study are consistent with those used by the Utilities and the Government of Newfoundland and are based on best available information, which in many cases includes the professional judgment of the consultant team, client personnel and local experts. The reader should, therefore, use the results presented in this report as best available estimates; major assumptions, information sources and caveats are noted throughout the report.
Study Organization 1.2 Exhibit 1 presents an overview of the study’s organization; as illustrated, the study has been organized into two analysis areas and four individual reports. A brief description of each analysis area and its report content is provided below.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Exhibit 1 Overview of CDM Potential Study 2015 Organization – Analysis Areas and Reports
Analysis Area 1Conservation Measures
Analysis Area 2Demand Measures
Residential Sector Report
Commercial Sector Report
Industrial Sector Report
CDM Potential Study 2015 Analysis Areas
CDM Potential Study 2015 Reports
1.2.1 Analysis Area 1 – Conservation Measures This area of the CDM Potential Study 2015 assesses electric energy7 reduction opportunities that could be provided by electrical efficiency technologies that are expected to be commercially viable by the year 2029; residential customer behaviour measures and commercial and industrial operation and maintenance (O&M) practices are also addressed. The results of Analysis Area 1 are presented in three individual sector reports. 1.2.2 Analysis Area 2 – Demand Measures This area of the CDM Potential Study 2015 assesses peak load reduction opportunities that could be provided by peak load reduction technologies that are expected to be commercially viable by the year 2029. The results of Analysis Area 2 are presented in three individual sector reports.
Report Organization 1.3 This report presents the Commercial sector results. It is organized and presented as follows: Section 2 presents an overview of the study methodology, including a definition of key terms and
an outline of the major analytic steps involved. Section 3 presents a profile of Commercial sector Base Year electricity use in NL. Section 4 presents a profile of Commercial sector Base Year electric peak load, including the
definition of peak periods that are included in this study. 7 The term “electric energy” is used in this report to distinguish electricity consumption (in units of kWh or MWh) from electricity demand during a specific period (in units of MW).
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Section 5 presents the Reference Case, which provides a detailed estimate of electricity use in
NL’s Commercial sector over the study period 2014 to 2029, in the absence of new utility CDM program initiatives.
Section 6 presents the Reference Case electric peak loads, which provide a detailed estimate of
peak load requirements in NL’s Commercial sector over the study period 2014 to 2029, in the absence of new utility CDM program initiatives.
Section 7 identifies and assesses the economic attractiveness of the selected energy-efficiency
technology measures for the Commercial sector. Section 8 presents the Commercial sector Economic Potential Electricity Forecast for the study
period 2014 to 2029, including the potential for both energy efficiency measures and capacity-only peak load reduction measures.
Section 9 presents the estimated upper and lower Achievable Potential for electric energy
savings for the study period 2014 to 2029, including the potential for both energy efficiency measures and capacity-only peak load reduction measures.
Section 10 lists sources and references. Section 11 is the Glossary.
Results Presentation 1.4 The preparation of CDM Potential Studies involves the compilation and analysis of an enormous amount of market and technology data and a nearly infinite number of ways of organizing and presenting the results. It is recognized that readers will have differing levels of needs with respect to the level of detail provided. Consequently, the results of this CDM Potential Studies are presented at three levels of detail. Main report body: The main body of the report provides a relatively high-level reporting of the
main steps involved in undertaking each stage of the study together with a concise summary of results, including comments and interpretation of key findings. It is assumed that the content and level of detail in the main report body is suitable for the majority of readers who wish to gain an understanding of the potential contribution of CDM options to NL’s long-term electricity requirements.
Appendices: A separate appendix accompanies each major section of the main report. Each
appendix provides more detailed information on the methodology employed, including major assumptions or sample calculations as applicable, together with additional levels of results. It is assumed that this presentation is better suited to CDM analysts and managers wishing a more thorough understanding of the study results.
Software: All of the data generated by the study is provided in two custom-designed Excel
models: Data Manager and the measure TRM (technical resource manual) Workbook.
Data Manager is a custom-designed Excel workbook with query protocols that enable the user to search and report the study results in a virtually infinite number of combinations. Data Manager is intended to support the most detailed level of CDM activity such as program design, preparation of regulatory submissions, etc.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
The Measure TRM Workbook is a custom-designed model that provides comprehensive profiles of the CDM measures assessed within the study. Because the information is provided in software form, any changes to economic, financial or performance data inputs can be easily accommodated and revised results generated automatically.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Study Methodology 2This section provides an overview of the methodology employed for this study. More specifically, it addresses: Definition of terms Major analytic steps Analytic models
Definition of Terms 2.1 This study uses numerous terms that are unique to analyses such as this one and consequently it is important to ensure that readers have a clear understanding of what each term means when applied to this study. A brief description of some of the most important terms and their application within this study is included below. Base Year Electricity Use The Base Year is the starting point for the analysis. It provides a
detailed description of where and how electrical energy is currently used in the existing building stock. Building electricity use simulations were undertaken for the major sub sector types and calibrated to actual utility customer billing data for the Base Year. As noted previously, the Base Year for this study is the calendar year 2014.
Base Year Electric Peak Load Profile
Electric peak load profiles refer to one specific time period throughout the year when NL’s generation, transmission and distribution system experiences particularly high levels of electricity demand. This period is of particular interest to system planners; improved management of electricity demand during this peak period may enable deferral of costly system expansion. This study addresses one specific peak periods, as outlined in the main text.
Reference Case Electricity Use (includes “natural” conservation)
The Reference Case electricity use estimates the expected level of electrical energy consumption that would occur over the study period in the absence of new (post-2014) utility-based CDM initiatives. It provides the point of comparison for the subsequent calculation of Economic and Achievable electricity savings potentials. Creation of the Reference Case required the development of profiles for new buildings in each of the sub sectors, estimation of the expected growth in building stock, and finally an estimation of “natural” changes affecting electricity consumption over the study period. The Reference Case is calibrated to the Utilities most recent load forecast, minus the impacts of new, future CDM initiatives.
Reference Case Electric Peak Load Profile
The Reference Case peak load profile estimates the expected electric peak loads in the defined peak period over the study period in the absence of new utility CDM program initiatives. It provides the point of comparison for the subsequent calculation of Economic and Achievable Potentials for peak load reduction.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
CDM measures can include energy efficiency (use more efficiently), energy conservation (use less), demand management (use less during peak periods), fuel switching (use a different fuel to provide the energy service) and customer-side generation (displace load off of grid). Customer –side generation and fuel switching are not included in this study.
The Cost of Conserved Energy (CCE)
The CCE is calculated for each energy-efficiency technology measure. The CCE is the annualized incremental capital and O&M cost of the upgrade measure divided by the annual energy savings achieved, excluding any administrative or program costs. The CCE represents the cost of conserving one kWh of electricity; it can be compared directly to the cost of supplying one new kWh of electricity.
The Cost of Electric Peak Reduction (CEPR)
The CEPR for a peak load reduction measure is defined as the annualized incremental capital and O&M cost of the measure divided by the annual peak reduction achieved, excluding any administrative or program costs. The CEPR represents the cost of reducing one kW of electricity during a peak period; it can be compared to the cost of supplying one new kW of electric capacity during the same period.
Electric Capacity-Only Peak Load Reduction Measures
Capacity-only measures are technologies or activities that result in the shifting of certain electrical loads from periods of peak system demand to periods of lower system demand.
Economic Potential Electricity Forecast
The Economic Potential Electricity Forecast is the level of electricity consumption that would occur if all equipment and building envelopes were upgraded to the level that is cost effective against the economic threshold value8, which has been set at different prices per kWh for the different supply system types. All the energy-efficiency upgrades included in the technology assessment that had a CCE equal to, or less than, the economic threshold value for a given supply system were incorporated into the Economic Potential Forecast.
Economic Potential Electric Peak Load Forecast
The Economic Potential Electric Peak Load Forecast is the expected electric peak loads that would occur in each of the three defined peak periods if all peak load reduction measures that are cost effective against the future avoided cost of new capacity in NL were fully implemented.
Achievable Potential The Achievable Potential is the proportion of the savings identified in the Economic Potential Forecasts that could realistically be achieved within the study period. The Achievable Potential recognizes that it is difficult to induce customers to purchase and install all the electrical efficiency technologies that meet the criteria defined by the Economic Potential Forecast. The results are presented as a range, defined as lower and upper.
8 The economic threshold value is related to the cost of new avoided electrical supply. The values for each supply system are generally selected to provide the CDM Potential Study with a reasonably useful time horizon (life) to allow planners to examine options that may become more cost effective over time. Further discussion is provided in Section 7 of this report.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Major Analytic Steps 2.2 The study was conducted within an iterative process that involved a number of well-defined steps, as illustrated in Exhibit 2.
Exhibit 2 Major Analytic Steps
Base YearElectric Energy and Peak Load
Reference CaseElectric Energy and Peak Load
Technologies and Measures
Economic Potential ForecastElectric Energy and Peak Load
Achievable Potential ForecastElectric Energy and Peak Load
Detailed Program Design
CDM Targets
Future Work
This Study
A summary of the steps is presented below. Step 1: Develop Base Year Electric Energy and Peak Load Calibration Using Actual
Utility Billing Data Build a model of electric energy and demand for the sector, disaggregated to all the building types and end uses, calibrated to sales of electricity in NL. This includes the following sub-steps: Compile and analyze available data on NL’s existing building stock. Develop detailed technical descriptions of the existing building stock. Undertake computer simulations of electricity use in each building type and compare these with
actual building billing and audit data. Compile actual utility billing data. Create sector model inputs and generate results. Calibrate sector model results using actual utility billing data. Use end-use load shape data to convert electric energy use to electric demand in each selected
peak period.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Calibrate the weather-sensitive load shape ratios for all three sectors to produce regional demand results that agree with the actual utility peak demand.
Step 2: Develop Reference Case Electric Energy Use and Peak Load Profile Extend the base year model to the end of the study period, based on forecast building stock growth and expected natural changes in construction practices, equipment efficiency levels and/or practices. This includes the following sub-steps: Compile and analyze building design, equipment and operations data and develop detailed
technical descriptions of the new building stock. Develop computer simulations of electricity use in each new building type. Compile data on forecast levels of building stock growth and “natural” changes in equipment
efficiency levels and/or practices. Define sector model inputs and create forecasts of electricity use for each of the milestone years. Compare sector model results with load forecasting data provided by the Utilities for the study
period. Use end-use load shape data to convert electric energy use to electric demand in each selected
peak period over the study period. Step 3: Identify and Assess Energy-efficiency and Peak Load Reduction Measures Compile information on upgrade measures that can save electric energy and/or reduce peak demand, and assess them for technical applicability and economic feasibility. This includes the following sub-steps: Develop list of energy-efficiency upgrade and peak load reduction measures. Compile detailed cost and performance data for each measure. For energy-efficiency measures, identify the baseline technologies employed in the Reference
Case, develop energy-efficiency upgrade options and associated electricity savings for each option, and determine the CCE for each upgrade option.
For each peak load reduction measure, identify the affected end use, the potential load reduction or off-peak shifting and determine the CEPR.
Based on the above results, prepare summary tables that show the amount of potential peak load reduction provided by each measure and at what cost ($/kW/yr.).
Apply each peak load reduction measure to the affected end use, regardless of cost, and determine total peak reduction.
Summarize the peak load reduction impacts in a supply curve. Step 4: Estimate Economic Electric Energy Savings Potential Develop an estimate of the electric energy savings potential that would result from implementing all of the economically feasible measures in all the buildings where they are applicable. This includes the following sub-steps: Compile utility economic data on the forecast cost of new electricity generation and set an
economic threshold value; different economic threshold values were selected for each region and milestone year.
Identify the combinations of energy-efficiency upgrade options and building types where the cost of saving one kilowatt of electricity is equal to, or less than, the cost of new electricity generation.
Apply the economically attractive electrical efficiency measures from Step 3 within the energy-use simulation model developed previously for the Reference Case.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Determine annual electricity consumption in each building type and end use when the economic efficiency measures are employed.
Compare the electricity consumption levels when all economic efficiency measures are used with the Reference Case consumption levels and calculate the electricity savings.
Step 5: Estimate Achievable Potential Electricity Savings Develop an estimate for the peak load impacts associated with the measures that save electric energy. This includes the following sub-steps: Convert the electricity (electric energy) savings (MWh) calculated in the preceding steps to peak
load (electric demand) savings (kW).9 Convert electricity savings to hourly demand, drawing on a library of specific sub sector and end-
use electricity load shapes. Using the load shape data, apply the following steps: Disaggregate annual electricity savings for each combination of sub sector and end use by
month Further disaggregate monthly electricity savings by day type (weekday, weekend day and
peak day) Finally, disaggregate each day type by hour.
Produce a post-efficiency case for peak demand, by region, building type, end use, and milestone year, to serve as a base case for estimating the impacts of peak load measures.
Step 6: Estimate Peak Load Impacts of Electricity Savings Develop an estimate for the peak load impacts associated with the measures that save electric energy. This includes the following sub-steps: Compile utility economic data on the forecast cost of new capacity and set an economic
threshold value; different economic threshold values were selected for each region and milestone year.
Identify the combinations of energy efficiency upgrade options and building types where the cost of reducing one kilowatt of demand is equal to, or less than, the cost of new electric capacity.
Apply the economically attractive electrical efficiency measures from Step 3 within the demand simulation model developed previously for the Reference Case, using the post-efficiency case as the starting point for the demand measures.
Determine annual electric demand in each building type and end use when the economic demand reduction measures are employed.
Compare the electric demand levels when all economic demand reduction measures are used with the post-efficiency demand levels and calculate the total demand reduction.
Step 7: Estimate Achievable Potential Electricity Savings and Demand Reduction Develop an estimated range for the portion of economic potential savings and demand reductions that would likely be achievable within realistic CDM programs. This includes the following sub-steps: Bundle the electric energy and peak load reduction opportunities identified in the Economic
Potential Forecasts into a set of opportunities. For each of the identified opportunities, create an Opportunity Profile that provides a high-level
implementation framework, including measure description, cost and savings profile, target sub sectors, potential delivery allies, barriers and possible synergies.
9 Peak load savings were modelled using the Cross-Sector Load Shape Library Model (LOADLIB).
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Review historical achievable program results and prepare preliminary Assessment Worksheets. Conduct a full day workshop involving the client, the consultant team, trade allies and technical
experts to reach general agreement on the upper and lower range of Achievable Potential for both efficiency and demand reduction.
Total potential for demand reduction includes both the demand reductions associated with the energy efficiency measures and the demand reductions from demand management measures.
Analytical Models 2.3
The analysis of the Commercial sector employed two linked modelling platforms: CEEAM (Commercial Electricity and Emissions Analysis Model), an in-house, simulation model
developed in conjunction with Natural Resources Canada (NRCan) for modelling electricity use in commercial/institutional building stock.
CSEEM (Commercial Sector Electricity End-use Model), an in-house spreadsheet-based macro
model. CEEAM was used to develop commercial electricity end-use intensities (EUIs) for each of the commercial and institutional building archetypes. CEEAM has been successfully employed in numerous domestic and international conservation and demand management projects. Domestically, this includes assignments for BC Hydro, FortisBC, SaskPower, Manitoba Hydro, the Independent Electricity System Operator (IESO)10, Enbridge Gas, Union Gas, NB Power, Newfoundland Power, Newfoundland Labrador Hydro and Natural Resources Canada. CEEAM is a robust modelling platform whose results have been verified against actual end-use metered data for commercial buildings in the cities of Ottawa and Toronto and against results from DOE-2, the widely used building simulation software tool developed by the US Department of Energy (DOE). CEEAM was developed specifically for applications such as this study. One of its particular strengths is the capability to simulate electricity performance not only in a given building but also in an entire stock of similar buildings (e.g., all Large Offices). In particular, it is capable of tracking the penetration of multiple technologies in combinations that are not possible with other simulation software tools, such as DOE-2. CEEAM simulates the electricity consumption and peak load for all electricity end uses present in a given commercial building segment. CEEAM calculates energy use and emissions by end use and reports them in kWh/ft2/yr. and kg eCO2/ft2. Because CEEAM is a full modelling program, it calculates both building heating and cooling loads (internal and transmission). It therefore accounts for interactive effects such as the increase in heating energy use and decrease in cooling energy use resulting from lighting retrofits. CEEAM also uses equipment part load performance curves to accurately model the seasonal efficiency of heating and cooling plants. The commercial EUIs derived by CEEAM provide inputs into CSEEM. CSEEM consists of two modules: A general parameters module that contains general sector data (e.g., floor space, growth rates,
etc.) A building profile module that contains the EUI data for each of the selected building sub sectors
10 Formerly the Ontario Power Authority (OPA). The OPA merged with the IESO on January 1, 2015.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
CSEEM combines data from each of these modules and provides total electricity use by service region, building sub sector and end use. CSEEM also enables the analyst to estimate the impacts of the electrical efficiency measures on a utility’s on-peak system demand.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Base Year (2014) Electric Energy 3Use Introduction 3.1
This section provides a profile of Base Year (2014) electricity use in NL’s commercial sector. Development of the Commercial sector Base Year electricity profile required the following major steps: NL’s commercial buildings were segmented into sub sectors
containing buildings with similar energy use patterns The major energy end uses within commercial buildings were
selected Data on end-use fuel shares and space cooling saturation were
compiled for each sub sector Detailed building and equipment specifications were compiled and
used to create building energy-use models for each sub sector Utility sales data were compiled for each sub sector Utility sales data were combined with the model results showing
typical sub sector electricity use to generate an estimate of floor area for each sub sector
CSEEM was used to combine the above data and provide the detailed Base Year profile.
A brief description of each of the above steps is provided below, together with a summary of the results. Additional information is provided in Appendix A.
Commercial Sector Segmentation 3.2 The first major task in developing the Base Year calibration involved the segmentation of the commercial building stock into specific sub sectors. The choice of building sub sectors is driven by both data availability and the need to facilitate the subsequent analysis and modelling of potential electrical efficiency improvements. For modelling and analysis of energy-efficiency opportunities, the selected building sub sectors must be reasonably similar in terms of major design and operating considerations, such as building size, typical mechanical and electrical systems, and annual operating hours. In order to facilitate energy modelling, this report deals primarily with buildings in which energy use is dominated by space conditioning and the provision of services to occupants (e.g., lighting and water heating). As discussed below, buildings where energy use is primarily process-driven are segregated into a separate category and treated at a less detailed level. Based on discussions with the Utilities personnel, it was agreed that NL’s existing commercial stock would be segmented into the following sub sectors:
Large Office Small Office Large Non-food Retail Small Non-food Retail
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Food Retail Large Accommodations Small Accommodations Health Care (Hospitals & Nursing Homes) Schools (Elementary and Secondary) Universities and Colleges Warehouse/Wholesale Restaurants Isolated C/I Buildings Large Other Buildings Small Other Buildings Other Institutional Buildings Non-Buildings Street Lighting A brief description of each Commercial sub sector is included in Appendix A. Additional explanation is provided for selected sub sectors: Isolated C/I Buildings: This sub sector includes buildings such as restaurants, schools, variety
stores, medical clinics and multi-purpose garages and sheds that are located in isolated communities served by local diesel-powered systems.
Other Buildings: This sub sector represents buildings that do not fit into the other sub sectors,
including churches, theatres, community centres, transportation buildings and recreation complexes.
Other Institutional Buildings: This sub sector includes buildings such as barracks, mess halls,
hangers and warehouses located at Canadian Forces Base Goose Bay. Non-Buildings: This sub sector includes facilities such as microwave repeater stations and
telephone exchanges. Although these facilities are housed within a “building,” the majority of their electricity use is consumed by the unique equipment that it houses. This sub sector will be tracked throughout the study but will not be subjected to detailed analysis.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
End Uses 3.3 Electricity use within each of the sub sectors noted above is defined on the basis of specific end uses. In this study, an end use is defined as “the final application or final use to which energy is applied. End uses are the services of economic value to the users of energy.” A summary of the major commercial sector end uses used in this study is provided in Exhibit 3, together with a brief description of each.
Exhibit 3 Commercial Electric End Uses
End-use Saturation and Fuel Share Data 3.4 The next step in the analysis involved an estimation of the electric fuel share for space heating, domestic hot water (DHW) and food service equipment,11 and an estimation of saturation for space cooling.12 Various information sources were used to derive these estimates, including analysis of NL’s sales data, the Commercial End Use Survey (CEUS) from NL, previous project team 11 Space heating fuel share refers to the percentage of the total floor space that is electrically heated; similarly, DHW fuel share refers to the percentage of the total floor space that is served by electrically heated domestic hot water. Food service equipment fuel share refers the electric portion of end-use energy. 12 Space cooling saturation refers to the percentage of the total floor space that is air conditioned.
End Use Description
General Lighting Lighting in main areas of a building (e.g., classrooms in a school)
Secondary Lighting Lighting in secondary areas of a building (e.g., corridors/lobbies in a school)
Outdoor Lighting Lighting used for parking lots and exterior building illumination
Computer Equipment Computers, monitors, printers, fax machines, and copiers
Computer Servers Computer servers
Other Plug Loads Other plug loads, excluding computer equipment
Food Service Equipment Food preparation equipment, including ranges, broilers, ovens, etc.
Refrigeration Fridges, freezers, coolers, and display cases
Elevator Passenger and freight elevators
Miscellaneous Equipment Air compressors, sump pumps, clothes washers, etc.
Space Heating Electric boilers, unit heaters, baseboard heaters
Space Cooling Air-conditioning compressors
HVAC Fans & Pumps Fans, pumps, cooling tower fans, etc.
Domestic Hot Water Electric water heaters
Street Lighting Roadway lighting
Block Heaters Block heaters and other car warming equipment plugged into outlets in commercial building parking lots
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
experience, comparable data from other Canadian jurisdictions contained in the ICF database, and consultations with local technical advisors. Exhibit 4 and Exhibit 5 present the estimated fuel shares and space cooling saturations for each sub sector and service region. It should be noted that the electric fuel share and space cooling saturation was not estimated for all sub sectors. Rather, the end use EUIs for the other sub sectors was derived based on a weighted average of the EUIs for specific sub sectors. Section 5.3 includes more details on how this approach was implemented.
Exhibit 4 Electric Fuel Share by Sub sector & Service Region (%)
Exhibit 5 Space Cooling Saturation by Sub sector and Service Region (%)
Detailed Building and Equipment Specifications 3.5 The next major task involved the development of detailed technical data on building specifications, mechanical and electrical equipment, operating practices and electricity use for each sub sector and end use identified above. To facilitate the subsequent analysis of the potential impacts of energy-efficiency measures, the detailed data on building, equipment and operating practices were compiled within ICF’s Commercial/Institutional Building Energy-use Simulation Model (CEEAM). Detailed building profiles were created that represent the stock of buildings within each sub sector. The detailed technical profiles constitute a bottom-up profile of energy use in the targeted sub sectors. The building profiles developed for the 2008 CDM Potential Study were used as a starting point for several of the building profiles that were developed for this study. Development and refinement of the detailed building profiles relied on an analysis of data sources, primarily: The Commercial End Use Survey (CEUS) provided by the Utilities
Professional experience of the study team personnel, including building site visits in Newfoundland and other jurisdictions
Separate building profiles were developed for both the Island Interconnected and the Labrador Interconnected service regions. Exhibit 6 presents a sample building profile summary. Detailed profiles for each existing building sub sector are provided in Appendix A.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Overall LPD 16.4 W/m²Plug Loads 1.2 W/m²Computer Equipment 4.6 W/m²Ventilation:System Type CAV VAV DD IU 100%OA Other
75% 25% 0% 0% 0%System air Flow 3.6 L/s.m² 0.70 CFM/ft²Fan Power 6.0 W/m² 0.56 W/ft²Cooling Plant:System Type Centrifugal Centri HE Recip Open DX LiBr. Other
Floor Area Calculations 3.6 The addition of floor area is used to drive changes in NL’s commercial building stock over the study period, including changes to equipment and electricity use. For the purposes of this study, floor space was derived by dividing the actual sales data for each building sub sector by the applicable fuel share and saturation-weighted whole-building electricity use intensity (EUI). The EUIs used in this calculation were based on the detailed building models for each of the sub sectors and the estimates for fuel share and saturation, as discussed in Sections 3.4 and 0. Exhibit 7 shows the resulting estimates of floor area within each building sub sector and service region.
Exhibit 7 Base Year Floor Area (ft2) by Sub sector and Service Region
Note: Any differences in totals are due to rounding. For the Island service region, the total floor area of the modelled sub sectors is approximately 78 million square feet. The largest sub sector is Schools, which accounts for 17.4% of the total floor area, followed by Large Office at 13.2%, Small Office at 10.8% and Universities and Colleges at 9.5%. For the Labrador Interconnected service region, the total floor area of the modelled sub sectors is approximately 10 million square feet. The largest sub sector is Other Institutional, which accounts for 29.7% of the total floor area, followed by Large Other Buildings at 22.3%, Small Other Buildings at 15.1% and Schools at 7.4%.
Sub Sector Island Interconnected Isolated Labrador
Interconnected Grand Total
Large Office 10,328,000 - - 10,328,000 Small Office 8,407,000 - 168,000 8,575,000 Large Non-food Retail 3,817,000 - 273,000 4,090,000 Small Non-food Retail 5,531,000 - 525,000 6,056,000 Food Retail 2,823,000 - 159,000 2,982,000 Large Accomodation 2,442,000 - 234,000 2,677,000 Small Accomodation 1,162,000 - 31,000 1,193,000 Healthcare 4,034,000 - 573,000 4,608,000 Schools 13,600,000 - 741,000 14,341,000 Universities and Colleges 7,391,000 - 118,000 7,509,000 Warehouse/Wholesale 5,075,000 - 370,000 5,444,000 Restaurants 994,000 - 89,000 1,083,000 Labrador Isolated C/I Buildings - 2,179,000 - 2,179,000 Island Isolated C/I Buildings - 205,000 - 205,000 Large Other Buildings 6,373,000 - 2,228,000 8,601,000 Small Other Buildings 6,214,000 - 1,500,000 7,715,000 Other Institutional - - 2,960,000 2,960,000 Non-Buildings - - - - Street Lighting - - - - Grand Total 78,193,000 2,383,000 9,969,000 90,545,000
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Summary of Commercial Base Year Electricity Use 3.7 This section presents the results of the analysis of electricity consumption for the Base Year 2014. The results are measured at the customer’s point-of-use and do not include line losses; they are presented in five separate exhibits: Exhibit 8 presents base year electricity consumption in tabular form by sub sector type and end
use Exhibit 11 through Exhibit 10 present the results by sub sector, by region and by end use
respectively. Exhibit 12 presents the model results as a series of stacked bars, showing the percentage
consumed by end use for each sub sector. Additional highlights are provided below. By Sub Sector Large Office Buildings account for the largest share of electricity use within the sub sectors (11.6%), followed by Large Other Buildings (9.2%), Non-Buildings (8.7%), and Small Office at 8.2%. By Region The Island Interconnected region accounts for 88% of commercial electricity consumption, while the Labrador Interconnected region accounts for 11% of commercial electricity consumption. Commercial accounts connected to isolated diesel grids consume the remaining 1% of commercial electricity. By End Use Space heating is the largest end use, accounting for about 27% of Commercial sector electricity use followed by general lighting (17%), HVAC fans & pumps (12%), and Miscellaneous Equipment (9%). By Sub Sector and End Use The last exhibit in this section highlights the differences among sub sectors. Offices and schools show a higher percentage of consumption for HVAC and lighting than food retail where the electricity use is dominated by refrigeration. Sub sectors such as large and small accommodation and restaurants have a higher amount of electricity consumption in the domestic hot water end use.
Data Manager As part of this report, an Excel application called Data Manager is provided. This Excel workbook has the ability to produce charts and tables looking at the data filtered and segmented in many ways. For example: The user can produce a pie chart of electricity consumption by end use for an
individual sub sector of interest, such as large offices. The user can produce a column chart showing the electricity consumption for
space heating and lighting in each of several sub sector types, with each sub sector type as a separate column and the different end use consumption values shown stacked on top of each other.
The user can produce a line chart showing consumption for a particular sub sector type by year.
Data Manager has a user interface designed for someone with basic knowledge of Excel.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Base Year (2014) Electric Peak 4Load Introduction 4.1
This section provides a profile of the Base Year electric peak load for NL’s Commercial sector. The discussion is organized into the following sub-sections: Peak period definitions Methodology Summary of results Additional details are provided in Appendix B.
Peak Period Definitions 4.2 Based on discussions with utility personnel, the peak period of interest was the same as in the 2007-2008 study: Peak Period – The morning period from 7 am to noon and the evening period from 4 pm to 8 pm on the four coldest days in the December to March period; this is a total of 36 hours per year.13 The system capacity constraints are very dependent on cold weather. The NL utilities are do not currently experience capacity constraints in the summer. In future, there may be financial advantages to reducing system demand in summer in order to market more power to summer-peaking utilities in the U.S. That possibility was not explored in this study.
Methodology 4.3 The electric peak load profile converts the annual electric energy use (MWh) presented in Section 3 to hourly demand (MW). Development of the electric peak load estimates employs four specific factors, which are described below and shown graphically in Error! Not a valid bookmark self-reference.. Monthly Usage Allocation Factor: This factor represents the percent of annual electric energy
usage that is allocated to each month. This set of monthly fractions (percentages) reflects the seasonality of the load shape, whether a facility, process or end use, and is dictated by weather or other seasonal factors. In decreasing order of priority, this allocation factor can be obtained from either: Monthly consumption statistics from end-use load studies Monthly seasonal sales (preferably weather normalized) obtained by subtracting a “base”
month from winter and summer heating and cooling months, or Heating or cooling degree days applied to an appropriate base.
Weekend to Weekday Factor: This factor is a ratio that describes the relationship between
weekends and weekdays, reflecting the degree of weekend activity inherent in the facility or end
use. This may vary by month or season. Based on this ratio, the average electric energy per day type can be computed from the corresponding monthly electric energy.
Peak Day Factor: This factor reflects the degree of daily weather sensitivity associated with the
load shape, particularly heating or cooling; it compares a peak (e.g., hottest or coldest) day to a typical weekday in that month.
Per Unit Hourly Factor: This factor reflects the operating hours of the commercial electric
equipment or end uses among different hours of the day for each day type (weekday, weekend day, peak day) and for each month. For example, for lighting, this would be affected by time of day and season (affected by daylight).
Annual Electric Energy (kWh)
January MonthlykWh
December Monthly kWh
(each month)
Typical Weekend Day kWh
Typical Weekday
kWh
Peak Day kWhx Peak Day
factor
Hr. 1Hr. 2
.
.
.Hr. 24
Hr. 1Hr. 2
.
.
.Hr. 24
Hr. 1Hr. 2
.
.
.Hr. 24
Typical Weekend Day kWh
Typical Weekday
kWh
Peak Day kWhx Peak Day
factor
Hr. 1Hr. 2
.
.
.Hr. 24
Hr. 1Hr. 2
.
.
.Hr. 24
Hr. 1Hr. 2
.
.
.Hr. 24
Summary of Results 4.4 The factors defined above provided the basis for converting the annual commercial electricity use presented in Section 3 to aggregate peak loads in the peak period. Exhibit 14 presents the results for the Commercial sector Base Year. The results are presented for each of the three regions in NL, by sub sector type. In each case, the results show the contribution of Commercial sector demand that is coincident with the total demand in the peak period.
Exhibit 13 Overview of Peak Load Profile Methodology
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Exhibit 14 Commercial Sector Base Year (2014) Aggregate Peak Demand by Region (MW)
Exhibit 15 shows the contribution, by end use, to the commercial component of the peak demand. Some key observations may be made: Space heating is the largest commercial component of peak demand. As shown in the previous
section, space heating is the largest end use in terms of annual electrical consumption. It also tends to be concentrated in the winter when the NL system peaks.
General lighting is the second largest commercial component of peak demand. As shown in the
previous section, lighting is a relatively large end use in terms of annual electrical consumption.
HVAC Fans & Pumps are the third largest commercial contributor to peak demand. As shown in the previous section, HVAC Fans & Pumps are a relatively large end use in terms of annual electrical consumption.
Domestic Hot Water is the fourth largest commercial contributor to peak demand. As shown in
the previous section, domestic hot water is a relatively large end use in terms of electrical consumption.
Sub-Sector Type Island Interconnected
Labrador Interconnected Isolated Grand Total
Large Office 62 - - 62 Small Office 45 1 - 46 Large Non-food Retail 27 2 - 29 Small Non-food Retail 33 4 - 36 Food Retail 29 3 - 32 Large Accomodation 16 2 - 18 Small Accomodation 7 0 - 8 Healthcare 33 3 - 36 Schools 43 3 - 46 Universities and Colleges 22 1 - 23 Warehouse/Wholesale 16 2 - 17 Restaurants 28 2 - 30 Labrador Isolated C/I Buildings - - 3 3 Island Isolated C/I Buildings - - 0 0 Large Other Buildings 35 15 - 49 Small Other Buildings 32 10 - 41 Other Institutional - 9 - 9 Non-Buildings 30 1 - 31 Street Lighting 5 0 0 5 Grand Total 463 56 3 522
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Reference Case Electric Energy 5Forecast Introduction 5.1
This section presents the Commercial sector Reference Case for the study period (2014 to 2029). The Reference Case estimates the expected level of electricity consumption that would occur over the study period in the absence of new utility-based CDM initiatives. As such, the Reference Case provides the point of comparison for the calculation of electricity saving opportunities associated with each of the scenarios that are assessed within this study. The Reference Case discussion is presented within the following sub-sections: Methodology New Commercial Buildings “Natural Changes” to Electricity Use Intensity Commercial Floor Space Summary of Model Results Selected Highlights
Methodology 5.2 Development of the Reference Case involved the following three steps: Step 1: Detailed building archetypes were developed for “New” buildings in each of the Commercial sub sectors. For the purposes of this study, any facility built after the Base Year is considered to be a “New” building. Each profile defines building specifications, mechanical equipment, lighting equipment and other electricity-using equipment. Step 2: Expected “natural” changes in electricity consumption patterns over the study period were estimated. Special consideration was given to three factors: Naturally-occurring improvements in equipment efficiency through time.
Expected stock penetration by more efficient equipment as older, inefficient equipment reaches the end of its service life.
Changes in equipment density (e.g., computers and plug loads) or loads (e.g., required ventilation rates).
Step 3: The growth in floor space within each building sub sector over the study period was estimated. The growth rates were derived from the load forecast data provided by the Utilities.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
New Commercial Buildings 5.3 The first task in building the Reference Case involved the development of detailed technical profiles that define building specifications, mechanical equipment, lighting equipment and electricity use for the new buildings in each of the commercial building sub sectors. In each case, the new building profiles were developed using CEEAM and the same approach as described previously in Section 3.5. Detailed profiles for each building sub sector are provided in Appendix C. Exhibit 16 highlights the resulting whole building electric EUIs for each new commercial building sub sector. For the purposes of comparison, it also shows whole-building electric EUIs for each of the existing building sub sectors. Other trends include: Higher efficiency building envelopes, including improved window U-values and higher levels of
wall and roof insulation.
Improved lighting system efficiency, including higher efficacy lighting sources and lower light levels where appropriate.
Increased saturation of space cooling in some sub sectors.
100% penetration of electric space heating and domestic hot water heating in new construction.
Certain sub sectors were not modelled with CEEAM. The methodology for determining the end use EUIs for these sub sectors is described in more detail below: Large Other Buildings: These buildings are assumed to be a composite of the Large Office,
Large Non-Food Retail, Food Retail, Large Accommodation, Healthcare, Schools, Universities and Colleges, Warehouse/Wholesale, and Restaurants sub sectors. Their EUIs for each end use are estimated by taking a weighted average of the end use EUIs of each of the aforementioned building types.
Small Other Buildings: These buildings are assumed to be a composite of the Small Office, Small Non-Food Retail, Food Retail, Small Accommodation, Healthcare, Schools, Universities and Colleges, Warehouse/Wholesale, and Restaurants sub sectors. Their EUIs for each end use are estimated by taking a weighted average of the end use EUIs of each of the aforementioned building types.
Other Institutional: The military base at Goose Bay is assumed to be a composite of the Small
Office, Food Retail, Small Non-Food Retail, Small Accommodation, Healthcare, Warehouse/Wholesale, and Restaurant sub sectors.
Isolated C/I Buildings: The end use EUIs for these sub sectors, Island and Labrador, are based
on energy audit data for buildings in these regions. The buildings in the isolated regions are not further broken down into sub sectors because of a lack of detailed information about specific sub sectors and because building types do not differ as much in the isolated regions as they do in larger urban areas.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Exhibit 16 Comparison of Whole Building Electric EUIs by Sub Sector, (kWh/ft2/yr.)
Existing Buildings
New Buildings
Existing Buildings
New Buildings
Large Office 28.3 25.7 28.6 35.7
Small Office 23.8 22.2 22.8 26.9
Large Non-food Retail 31.9 24.1 29.4 29.5
Small Non-food Retail 26.0 23.6 27.9 25.6
Food Retail 59.0 53.2 72.2 53.2
New Food Retail buildings are typically equipped w ith higher eff iciency lighting, HVAC and envelope systems. This is offset by higher a space cooling saturation and electric space heating share.
Large Accommodation 27.3 23.4 30.3 28.6
Small Accommodation 25.4 22.2 30.3 30.1
Healthcare 51.4 35.0 29.6 31.0
New healthcare buildings have higher eff iciency lighting and envelope systems, and higher space cooling saturation. This is offset somew hat by higher ventilation rates, particularly in larger buildings and a higher electric space heating share.
School 14.9 13.3 18.5 15.3New Schools have higher eff iciency lighting and envelope systems. This is offset by a higher electric space heating share.
Universities and Colleges
24.1 19.6 26.3 24.8
New Universities and Colleges have higher eff iciency lighting and envelope systems. This is offset by a higher electric space heating share.
Warehouse / Wholesale
16.2 14.0 21.1 16.8
New Warehouse/Wholesale buildings have higher eff iciency lighting and envelope systems. This is offset by a higher electric space heating share.
Restaurant 100.9 102.9 97.0 92.9New Restaurants have higher eff iciency lighting, and envelope systems. This is offset by a higher electric space heating share.
Large Other 24.0 23.4 28.8 26.9Changes to this sub sector are a consequence of changes to its constituent building types (see below ).
Small Other 22.7 22.7 28.0 26.3Changes to this sub sector are a consequence of changes to its constituent building types (see below ).
Other Institutional N/A N/A 15.5 14.6 No major changes to construction practices are anticipated.
Island Isolated C/I 7.4 7.1 N/A N/A Natural changes to equipment eff iciency are expected to drive EUI reduction.
Labrador Isolated C/I N/A N/A 7.8 7.5 Natural changes to equipment eff iciency are expected to drive EUI reduction.
New Hotels and Motels have higher eff iciency lighting and envelope systems. This is offset by a higher electric space heating share and higher space cooling saturations due primarily to increased instance of in-room heating/cooling units.
Sub Sector
Island Interconnected
Labrador Interconnected Comments
New Office buildings have higher eff iciency lighting and envelope systems. This is offset by a higher space cooling saturation and electric space heating share.
New Non-food retail buildings have higher eff iciency lighting and envelope systems. This is offset by a higher space cooling saturation and electric space heating share.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
“Natural Changes” to Electricity Use Intensity 5.4 The next task involved estimating changes in electricity consumption patterns that would occur within the existing building stock over the study period in the absence of any CDM programming or influence. This included consideration of three major factors: Naturally-occurring improvements in equipment efficiency Expected stock penetration by more efficient equipment Changes in the saturation/intensity of end-use services (e.g., cooling, plug loads etc.) These factors strongly influence future electric energy use within the Commercial sector. While the first two factors will have the effect of reducing electricity consumption, the last factor will result in increased electricity demand. Other considerations, such as operating hours and fuel share, may also affect future electricity demand. However, the values assumed in existing and new stock were assumed to remain constant over the study period. Based on the assessment of current trends, the most significant natural changes are expected to involve the following end uses: Reduced lighting EUIs in existing buildings due to efficiency improvements at the time of natural
stock turnover
A trend toward more efficient space cooling equipment in existing buildings
Increased computer equipment and plug load EUIs due to higher equipment densities
Detailed assumptions regarding natural change are presented in Appendix C.
Commercial Floor Space 5.5 The final task in the construction of the Reference Case involved calibration with NLH and NLP’s load forecasts through time. This was accomplished using the following steps: Estimate and apply the expected impact of natural changes (see Section 5.4 above) within the
existing building stock for each sub sector (i.e., an adjusted EUI that includes the effects of natural conservation at each milestone year)
Add new buildings to the stock in order to match forecasted consumption in each combination of sub sector and milestone year.
A summary of the resulting floor space estimates in the Island Interconnected, Labrador Interconnected, and Isolated grids by sub sector and milestone year are provided in the following exhibits.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Exhibit 17 Commercial Sector Floor Space (ft2), by Sub Sector and Milestone Year – Island Interconnected
Note: Any differences in totals are due to rounding. Exhibit 18 Commercial Sector Floor Space (ft2), by Sub Sector and Milestone Year – Labrador Interconnected
Note: Any differences in totals are due to rounding.
Exhibit 19 Commercial Sector Floor Space (ft2), by Sub Sector and Milestone Year – Isolated
Note: Any differences in totals are due to rounding.
Sub Sector 2014 2017 2020 2023 2026 2029Large Office 10,328,000 10,615,000 11,014,000 11,559,000 11,950,000 12,399,000 Small Office 8,407,000 8,588,000 9,043,000 9,439,000 9,722,000 10,047,000 Large Non-food Retail 3,817,000 3,930,000 4,169,000 4,377,000 4,532,000 4,708,000 Small Non-food Retail 5,531,000 5,606,000 5,841,000 6,082,000 6,266,000 6,474,000 Food Retail 2,823,000 2,864,000 2,990,000 3,111,000 3,198,000 3,297,000 Large Accomodation 2,442,000 2,490,000 2,620,000 2,742,000 2,831,000 2,933,000 Small Accomodation 1,162,000 1,174,000 1,221,000 1,271,000 1,308,000 1,349,000 Healthcare 4,034,000 4,059,000 4,176,000 4,303,000 4,397,000 4,502,000 Schools 13,600,000 13,817,000 14,448,000 15,083,000 15,562,000 16,102,000 Universities and Colleges 7,391,000 7,475,000 7,617,000 7,744,000 7,847,000 7,961,000 Warehouse/Wholesale 5,075,000 5,187,000 5,435,000 5,654,000 5,816,000 6,001,000 Restaurants 994,000 1,011,000 1,061,000 1,106,000 1,138,000 1,174,000 Large Other Buildings 6,373,000 6,492,000 6,778,000 7,040,000 7,232,000 7,451,000 Small Other Buildings 6,214,000 6,184,000 6,328,000 6,543,000 6,705,000 6,885,000 Grand Total 78,193,000 79,492,000 82,741,000 86,053,000 88,504,000 91,284,000
Sub Sector 2014 2017 2020 2023 2026 2029Large Office - - - - - - Small Office 168,000 168,000 172,000 176,000 180,000 184,000 Large Non-food Retail 273,000 275,000 277,000 279,000 281,000 283,000 Small Non-food Retail 525,000 528,000 545,000 560,000 575,000 590,000 Food Retail 159,000 159,000 160,000 161,000 162,000 163,000 Large Accomodation 234,000 235,000 236,000 237,000 238,000 239,000 Small Accomodation 31,000 31,000 32,000 33,000 33,000 34,000 Healthcare 573,000 442,000 444,000 446,000 449,000 451,000 Schools 741,000 744,000 752,000 760,000 768,000 776,000 Universities and Colleges 118,000 118,000 119,000 119,000 120,000 120,000 Warehouse/Wholesale 370,000 371,000 377,000 382,000 388,000 393,000 Restaurants 89,000 90,000 91,000 92,000 93,000 94,000 Large Other Buildings 2,228,000 2,236,000 2,245,000 2,254,000 2,263,000 2,271,000 Small Other Buildings 1,500,000 1,503,000 1,547,000 1,585,000 1,622,000 1,658,000 Other Institutional 2,960,000 2,983,000 3,005,000 3,028,000 3,051,000 3,075,000 Grand Total 9,969,000 9,882,000 10,003,000 10,113,000 10,222,000 10,331,000
Sub Sector 2014 2017 2020 2023 2026 2029Labrador Isolated C/I Buildings 2,179,000 2,153,000 2,506,000 2,620,000 2,727,000 2,836,000 Island Isolated C/I Buildings 205,000 201,000 240,000 251,000 262,000 273,000 Grand Total 2,383,000 2,354,000 2,746,000 2,870,000 2,989,000 3,109,000
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Summary of Results 5.6 This section presents the results of the model runs for the entire study period. The results are measured at the customer’s point-of-use and do not include line losses. They are presented in four exhibits: Exhibit 20 presents the model results in tabular form, by sub sector type, end use and milestone
year Exhibit 21 presents the model results for 2029 by subsector type Exhibit 22 presents the model results for 2029 by by region Exhibit 23 presents the model results for 2029 by end use Exhibit 24 shows the evolving relative contribution of different summary end uses towards the
total consumption in different sub sector types. As illustrated, the combined Reference Case for all regions indicates that, in the absence of new utility-based CDM initiatives, total Commercial sector electricity consumption is expected to increase from approximately 2.36 million MWh/yr. in the Base Year to approximately 2.70 million MWh/yr. in 2029. This is an increase of approximately 14.1% over the study period. Selected highlights are provided below. By Sub Sector Large and small office buildings contribute the largest portion of electricity consumption increases to the overall growth rate, about 25% of total load growth. The retail sector, including food retail and large and small non-food retail, also accounts for a significant portion of load growth (18%). By Region The division of electricity consumption by region is expected to remain stable over the study period, with the Island Interconnected region continuing to account for 88% of commercial electricity consumption, the Labrador Interconnected region accounting for 11%, and accounts connected to isolated diesel grids consuming the remaining 1%. By End Use Overall, electricity use grows a total of about 14% over the study period. This growth is driven in large part by increases in space heating electricity consumption, which grows by 21% between 2014 and 2029, due to a large number of new electrically heated buildings being introduced in to the building stock. A knock-on effect of the move toward electric space heating in new buildings is that electricity consumption for water heating also increases dramatically (17% growth), as electrically heated buildings rarely invest in fossil fuel infrastructure for water heating only. Three additional end uses also experience significant growth from 2014 to 2029: space cooling (19%), HVAC fans and pumps (17%), and computer equipment (26%), servers (27%), and plug loads (24%). Between 2014 and 2029 space cooling (19%) and HVAC fans and pumps (17%) increase as a consequence of a trend towards higher space cooling saturations. Computer equipment (26%), servers (27%), and plug loads (24%) increase between 2014 and 2029, reflecting increased densities of computer equipment and plug loads which offset efficiency gains in equipment over the period.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
End uses which grow at a significantly slower rate than average include general lighting (4%) and secondary lighting, which decreases by 1.2%. Lighting end uses show a slight decline in importance as more efficient new buildings are introduced into the building stock through time, and as a result of naturally occurring lighting retrofits in existing buildings. In terms of absolute contribution, space heating accounts for the largest portion of overall load growth (133,000 MWh or about 40% of total load growth). This is followed by HVAC fans & pumps (15%), miscellaneous equipment (9%), refrigeration (8%) and computer equipment (8%). By Sub sector and End Use The last exhibit in this section shows the trends in consumption by sub sector and end-use groupings. The following key observations can be made: Consumption in the HVAC end uses is expected to modestly increase in most commercial sub
sectors between now and 2029 Lighting is expected to account for a slightly diminishing share of commercial electricity
consumption between now and 2029, even without new CDM intervention, largely as a result of naturally occurring lighting retrofits in existing buildings.
The exhibit also permits comparisons of end-use consumption proportions from one sub sector type to another. These patterns are expected to remain relatively consistent through the study period.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Reference Case Electric Peak 6Load Forecast Introduction 6.1
This section provides a profile of the electric peak load for Newfoundland and Labrador’s Commercial sector over the Reference Case period of 2014 to 2029. The Reference Case peak load profile estimates the expected level of demand in the peak period that would occur over the study period in the absence of new CDM initiatives or rate changes. As such, the Reference Case provides the point of comparison for the calculation of peak load savings associated with each of the subsequent scenarios that are assessed within this study. The discussion is organized into the following sub-sections: Methodology Summary of results
Methodology 6.2 The electric peak loads for each combination of end use, sub sector and milestone year were calculated in exactly the same manner as shown in Section 4, which presented the Base Year peak load profiles. For this Reference Case, the electric energy consumption (from Section 5) is converted to a demand value for the peak period definition by dividing the applicable electric energy value for each sub sector and end use by the corresponding Commercial sector load shape hours-use factors, as presented in Appendix B.
Summary of Results 6.3 A summary of the Reference Case peak load profiles is presented in Exhibit 25.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Exhibit 25 Electric Peak Loads, by Milestone Year, Sub sector & Region (MW) (cont’d…)
Selected highlights include: Since the hours-use factors applied are not assumed to change during the study period, trends
in peak demand contributions for specific sub sectors are expected to follow the electricity consumption trends for those sub sectors. Large and small offices, for example, will continue to make the largest commercial contribution to the peak demand throughout the study period.
Similarly, peak demand contributions for specific end uses are expected to follow the electricity
consumption trends for those end uses. Space heating becomes an increasingly important contributor to peak demand through time, while indoor lighting, because of natural gains in efficiency, will make a gradually declining contribution towards the peak demand.
Sub-Sector Year Island Interconnected Isolated Labrador
This section identifies and assesses the economic attractiveness of the selected energy efficiency measures for the Commercial sector. It also identifies and assesses the economic attractiveness of selected Commercial sector electric capacity-only peak load reduction measures, which in this study are defined as those measures that affect electric peak but have minimal or no impact on electric energy use. The discussion is organized and presented as follows: Methodology Energy efficiency technologies Electric peak load reduction measures Summary of unbundled results Energy efficiency supply curves Demand reduction supply curves.
Methodology 7.2 The following steps were employed to assess the measures: Select candidate measures Establish technical performance for each option Establish the capital, installation and operating costs for each option Calculate the cost of conserved energy (CCE) for each energy
efficiency technology and O&M measure Calculate the cost of electric peak load reduction (CEPR) for each
option. A brief description of each step is provided below. Step 1 Select Candidate Measures The candidate measures were selected in close collaboration with client personnel based on a combination of a literature review and previous study team experience. The selected measures are all considered to be technically proven and commercially available, even if only at an early stage of market entry. Technology costs, which will be addressed in this section, were not a factor in the initial selection of candidate technologies. Step 2 Establish Technical Performance Information on the performance improvements provided by each measure was compiled from available secondary sources, including the experience and on-going research work of study team members. In the case of some of the peak load reduction measures, comfort may be affected and the trade-off between benefits (e.g., cost savings) and costs (including reduction in comfort) were judged based on past experience with similar technologies and customer acceptance.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Step 3 Establish Capital, Installation and Operating Costs for Each Measure Information on the cost of implementing each measure was also compiled from secondary sources, including the experience and on-going research work of study team members. In the case of energy efficiency measures, the incremental cost is applicable when a measure is installed in a new facility, or at the end of its useful life in an existing facility; in this case, incremental cost is defined as the cost difference for the energy efficiency measure relative to the baseline technology. The full cost is applicable when an operating piece of equipment is replaced with a more efficient model prior to the end of its useful life.14 Unlike energy efficiency measures, in which major equipment, such as heating and water heating systems are typically replaced, or thermal envelope measures such as insulation upgrades affect systems directly, capacity-only measures are typically implemented via add-on control equipment, although some built-in control equipment exists. The incremental cost is thus defined as the control equipment itself or incremental cost for a controllable appliance or device relative to the baseline appliance cost (e.g., remote accessible thermostat vs. standard thermostat), plus any required infrastructure (e.g., automatic meter reading or communications gateways). In cases where a more efficient appliance with peak control functions replaces a standard appliance, both electric energy and electric peak reduction are achieved, with some splitting of incremental costs attributable to each function. Where a new or replacement end use is installed that operates off peak, thus achieving electric peak reduction without significant energy impacts, incremental costs for the electric peak reduction device will be compared with standard equipment without assuming any early replacement and, thus, salvage value. In all cases the costs and savings are annualized, based on the number of years of equipment life and the discount rate, and the costs incorporate applicable changes in annual O&M costs. All costs are expressed in constant 2014 dollars. Step 4 Calculate CCE for Each Energy Efficiency Measure One of the important sets of information provided in this section is the CCE associated with each energy efficiency measure. The CCE for an energy efficiency measure is defined as the annualized incremental cost of the upgrade measure divided by the annual energy savings achieved, excluding any administrative or program costs required to achieve full use of the technology or measure. All cost information presented in this section and in the accompanying TRM Workbook is expressed in constant 2014 dollars. The CCE provides a basis for the subsequent selection of measures to be included in the Economic Potential Forecast (see Section 8). The CCE is calculated according to the following formula: 14 With some exceptions, many measures could conceivably be applied as either a full-cost measure (applicable immediately) or as an incremental cost measure (upon end of service life), depending on how financially attractive it is. Therefore, for all but a few measures, the TRM Workbook is configured to evaluate the measure at full cost and include it on that basis if it passes the screen, then roll to evaluating it on an incremental basis, and only fail it completely if it fails both tests. Where a measure is always full cost (such as the block heater timer, where the baseline technology is the “do nothing” option), the incremental cost option is excluded. Where a measure is always incremental cost (such as high-performance homes, where the baseline technology has to be a standard construction home, not no home at all), the full cost option is excluded. It is recognized that some measures can be implemented prior to the end of their useful life, that is, early retirement. This intermediate option between full and incremental cost could increase the rate of adoption for some of the incremental measures, raising the Economic Potential savings modestly. However, in this study early retirement is treated as a program option.
SMCA +
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Where: CA is the annualized installed cost M is the incremental annual cost of operation and maintenance (O&M) S is the annual kWh electricity savings
And A is the annualization factor Where:
i is the discount rate n is the life of the measure
The detailed CCE tables (see TRM Workbook) show both incremental and full installed costs for the energy efficiency measures, as applicable. If the measure or technology is installed in a new facility or at the point of natural replacement in an existing facility, then the incremental cost of the measure versus the cost of the baseline technology is used. If, prior to the end of its life, an operating piece of equipment is replaced with a more efficient model, then the full cost of the efficient measure is used. The annual saving associated with the efficiency measure is the difference in annual electricity consumption with and without the measure. The CCE calculation is sensitive to the chosen discount rate. In the CCE calculations that accompany this document, a discount rate of 7% (real) is used. Step 5 Calculate CEPR for Each Peak Load Measure The CEPR for a peak load reduction measure is defined as the annualized incremental cost of the measure divided by the annual peak reduction achieved, excluding any administrative or program costs required to achieve full use of the technology or measure. All cost information presented in this section and in the TRM Workbook is in constant (2014) dollars. The CEPR provides a basis for the subsequent selection of measures to be included in the Economic Potential Forecast (see Section 8). The CEPR is calculated according to the following formula: Where: CA is the annualized installed cost M is the incremental annual cost of operation and maintenance (O & M) Sp is the annual kW load reduction associated with peak definition p. And A is the annualization factor. Where:
i is the discount rate; n is the life of the measure.
1)1()1(−+
+= n
n
iiiA
p
A
SMC +
1)1()1(−+
+= n
n
iiiA
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Note that the annual O&M cost will include, in some cases, amortized costs associated with infrastructure considered a prerequisite for implementation of the measure. This could include automated metering infrastructure (AMI), such as advanced metering, communications gateways and other related system investments. These costs would typically support multiple applications (e.g., communications gateways could enable control of heating, air conditioning, water heating, and HVAC fans and pumps), as well as facilitate time-differentiated rates that would be required for a feasible and cost-effective program implementation (e.g., thermal energy storage). It should also be noted that the measure lifetime is for the control device, function or feature, rather than that of the unit it is controlling. The study does not presume any specific technology or infrastructure, but does assume that a marketplace will develop for such systems, whether or not NL utilities adopt them, or develops access directly or indirectly to customer control equipment. The CEPR can be compared to benefits, which include the value of reduced peak for the utility (avoided capacity and transmission and distribution (T&D) investment or purchase costs), the customer (e.g., bill savings) and society (e.g., value of environmental benefits) to determine its cost effectiveness from various perspectives (societal, utility, participant and non-participant). As with the CCE for energy savings, the CEPR calculation is sensitive to the chosen discount rate, which, as for the CCE, used a 7% (real) discount rate. Higher discount rates will tend to reduce savings and decrease cost effectiveness where costs are incurred upfront and benefits accrue over many years. Step 6 Estimate Approximate Unbundled Electric Energy Savings Potential for Each
Energy Efficiency Measure and Demand Reduction for Each Peak Load Measure
The next step in the assessment was to prepare an approximate estimate of the potential unbundled electric energy savings that could theoretically be provided by each energy efficiency measure over the study period, and similarly to prepare an estimate of demand reductions that could be provided by each peak load measure. The term “unbundled” means that the savings for each measure are calculated in isolation from other important factors that ultimately determine the potential for real life savings. The strength of this approach is that it provides insight into the relative size of the potential electric energy savings or demand reductions associated with individual measures; this perspective is often of particular value to utility CDM program design personnel who may need to consider combinations of measures that differ from those selected for the CDM potential assessment. However, it should be noted that the savings from individual measures cannot be used directly to calculate total savings potential or demand reduction. This is due primarily to two factors: More than one upgrade may affect a given end use: For example, improved insulation
reduces space heating electricity use, as does the installation of a heat pump. On its own, each measure will reduce overall space heating electricity use. However, the two savings are not additive. The order in which some upgrades are introduced is also important. In this study, the approach has been to select and model the impact of bundles of measures that reduce the load for a given end use (e.g., wall insulation and window upgrades that reduce the space heating load) and then to introduce measures that meet the remaining load more efficiently (e.g., a heat pump heating system). Similarly, more than one peak load measure may affect a given end use, or peak load measures may be applied to the same end use that one or more energy efficiency measures may also affect.
There are interactive effects among end uses: For example, the electricity savings from more
efficient lighting result in reduced waste heat. During the space heating season, lighting waste heat contributes to a facility’s internal heat gains, which lower the amount of heat that must be
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
provided by the space heating system. The magnitude of the interactive effects can be significant, both on energy consumption and peak demand. However, it is important to note that assessing the impact of interactive effects in commercial facilities is more complex since heat may be generated in spaces that heat the conditioned space much less effectively (e.g. high bay fixtures or equipment in mechanical rooms). Interactive effects were captured on a measure by measure basis for measures that were more likely to have an impact on space heating requirements and a 30% heating penalty was assumed for this subset of measures. For example, it was assumed that about 30% of the savings from the LED lamps measure would be lost due to increased space heating requirements. Rather than reducing the savings from these measures directly, interactive effects have been taken into consideration with the measure “HVAC Impact from Other Savings”.
The above factors are incorporated in later stages of the analysis. Step 7 Prepare Energy Efficiency and Demand Reduction Supply Curves The final step in the assessment of the selected energy efficiency measures was the generation of an energy efficiency supply curve and a demand reduction supply curve. Energy efficiency supply curves are built up based on the conserved electricity and the CCE for each measure. Similarly, demand reduction supply curves are built up based on the demand reduction and the CEPR for each measure. The CSEEM model was used to model the application of all technically feasible measures, accumulating the electricity savings or demand reduction and associated implementation costs for each sub sector type. Measures were applied sequentially to account, at least approximately, for interaction between measures. The impact of building shell measures was modelled using ICF’s Commercial/Institutional Building Energy-use Simulation Model (CEEAM), but only individually. The full package of measures was not modelled together, nor was the impact of internal gains on space heating and cooling included. These effects are modelled more thoroughly for the Economic Potential calculation, when all the measures that pass the economic screen are modelled together. Similarly, the demand measures were also applied sequentially, but began with the demand reference case, not the demand that would remain after all the efficiency measures were applied. Thus the interaction between energy efficiency and demand reduction is neglected for this supply curve. The accumulated savings and costs for each measure were added together to present the overall energy efficiency supply curve for the province. They were sorted in order from lowest cost per kWh saved to highest cost, and presented on a graph showing CCE versus electricity savings. The accumulated demand reduction and costs for each measure were added together to present the overall demand reduction supply curve for the province. They were sorted in order from lowest cost per kW reduction to highest cost, and presented on a graph showing CEPR versus demand reduction.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Energy Efficiency Technology Assessment 7.3 Exhibit 26 shows the energy efficiency technologies and measures that are included in this study. A description and detailed financial and economic assessment of each measure is provided in the TRM Workbook that accompanies this report.
Exhibit 26 Energy Efficiency Technologies Included in this Study Block Heaters Block Heater Controls Computer Equipment (ENERGY STAR ®) ENERGY STAR® Computers ENERGY STAR® Office Equipment Energy-Efficient Server Technologies Activate PC Power Management* Domestic Hot Water On-Demand Water Heaters Heat Pump Water Heaters Low-Flow Pre-Rinse Spray Valves Low-Flow Faucet Aerators Low-Flow Showerheads Drainwater Heat Recovery ENERGY STAR® Dishwashers Food Service Equipment High-Efficiency Cooking Equipment Lighting LED Screw-In Lamps** LED High Bay fixtures** LED Tubular Lamps** LED Troffers** LED Outdoor Fixtures LED Exit Signs LED Refrigerated Display Case Lighting High Performance T8 Fixtures** T5HO Fixtures** Occupancy Sensors (Lighting) Dimming Control (Daylighting) Lighting Controls (Outdoor) Make Use of Daylighting* Use Task Light Instead of Ambient*
Building Envelope Roof Insulation Wall Insulation High Performance Glazing Systems Air Curtains
Refrigeration Cooler Night Covers Refrigerated Cases with Doors ECM Motors and Evaporator Fan Motor Controllers Freezer Defrost Controllers High Efficiency Compressors Automatic Door Closers (Walk-in Coolers) Refrigeration Heat Recovery Refrigeration Controls CEE-Rated Refrigerators and Freezers HVAC High-Efficiency Air Source Heat Pumps Ground Source Heat Pumps Ductless Mini-Split Heat Pumps HVAC Occupancy Sensors Demand Control Ventilation (DCV) VFDs on HVAC Motors Ventilation Heat Recovery Radiant Infrared Heaters High Efficiency Chillers High Efficiency Rooftop Units (RTUs) Premium Efficiency Motors Advanced Building Automation Systems Building Recommissioning Programmable Thermostats Demand Control Kitchen Ventilation (DCKV) Use Natural Ventilation (Summer)* Use Shades/Blinds (Summer)* Use Shades/Blinds (Winter)* Keep Doors Closed (Summer)* Keep Doors Closed (Winter)* Other Plug Loads Refrigerated Vending Machine Controllers Reduce Number of Fridges* New Construction New Construction (25% more efficient) New Construction (40% more efficient) Street Lighting LED Street Lighting
* Denotes behavioural measure ** Measures assessed separately for primary (e.g. classrooms in a school) and secondary lighting (e.g. hallways in a school), since hours of operation differ for these scenarios. As such, many of the following exhibits include two line items with the same measure name.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
7.3.1 Technology Screening Results A summary of the results is provided in Exhibit 27. For each of the measures reviewed, the exhibit shows: The name of the measure The cost basis15 for the CCE that is shown (e.g. full versus incremental) The measure’s average CCE for each region16 Average CCE refers to a weighted average of the
CCE values for the measure in different sub sectors.17 Measures analyzed on the basis of full cost have been placed towards the top of Exhibit 27 because they are qualitatively different from the measures that pass only on an incremental basis. A measure that passes on a full-cost basis can be applied immediately, even if the piece of equipment it replaces or improves is currently working properly. That means the rate at which the measure can be implemented as a utility CDM measure is limited only by market and program constraints. A measure that passes only on an incremental basis, on the other hand, is limited by the rate of natural replacement (due to failure or obsolescence) or purchase of the piece of equipment it replaces. A measure that passes on a full-cost basis in some sub sector types and on an incremental cost basis in others is shown as “Full/Incr”. The exhibit does not include behavior measures as there are no measure-level costs associated with implementing these measures (i.e. CCE of 0 ¢/kWh).
Exhibit 27 Commercial Sector Energy Efficiency Technology Measures, Screening Results18
Measure Name Basis Average CCE (¢/kWh)
Island Labrador Isolated Activate PC Power Management Full 0.0 0.0 0.0
Make Use of Daylighting Full 0.0 0.0 0.0
Use Task Light Instead of Ambient Full 0.0 0.0 0.0
Reduce Number of Fridges Full 0.0 0.0 0.0
Use Shades/Blinds (Winter) Full 0.0 0.0 0.0
Keep Doors Closed (Winter) Full 0.0 0.0 0.0
Use Shades/Blinds (Summer) Full 0.0 0.0 0.0
Use Natural Ventilation (Summer) Full 0.0 0.0 0.0
Keep Doors Closed (Summer) Full 0.0 0.0 0.0
Low-Flow Showerheads Full 0.1 0.1 0.1
Low-Flow Showerheads Full 0.1 0.1 0.1
Low-Flow Faucet Aerators Full 0.1 0.1 0.1
Lighting Controls (Outdoor) Full 0.4 0.4 0.7
Cooler Night Covers Full 0.7 0.7 0.7
Low-Flow Pre-Rinse Spray Valves Full 0.7 0.9 1.1
Automatic Door Closers (Walk-In Coolers & Freezers) Full 1.2 1.2 N/A
LED Screw-In Lamps (Secondary) Full 1.7 1.4 1.6
Programmable Thermostats Full 1.8 2.0 1.4
LED Screw-In Lamps Full 2.2 1.8 2.1
15 See Step 4 in Section 7.2 for a fuller description. 16 The thresholds that were employed for the economic screening of the measures are summarized in Section 8.2 17 In the subsequent modeling described in Section 8, measure pass or fail the economic screen on the basis of their CCE in the individual sub sector and region, not on the basis of this weighted average value. 18 Average CCE does not include program costs.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Island Labrador Isolated Premium Efficiency Motors Incr. 4.9 4.5 4.3
High Performance Glazing Systems Incr. 5.6 6.1 3.2
LED Outdoor Fixtures Incr. 3.0 3.0 11.3
New Construction (40% More Efficient) Incr. 6.1 5.8 7.2
CEE-Rated Refrigerators and Freezers Incr. 8.4 8.4 8.4
Wall Insulation Incr. 14.1 13.8 5.8
Roof Insulation Incr. 15.8 16.4 5.0
LED Refrigerated Display Case Lighting Incr. 11.5 11.5 16.0
On-Demand Water Heaters Incr. 13.2 13.2 N/A
LED Troffers (Secondary) Incr. 15.9 12.7 26.2
High Efficiency Chillers Incr. 14.9 21.7 N/A
LED Troffers Incr. 20.1 16.3 19.3
High Efficiency RTUs Incr. 24.6 34.7 32.1
Demand Reduction Technology Assessment 7.4 Exhibit 28 shows the demand reduction technologies and measures that are included in this study. A description and detailed financial and economic assessment of each measure is provided in the TRM Workbook that accompanies this report.
Exhibit 28 Demand Reduction Technologies Included in this Study19 Space Heating Thermal Storage Heating Controls HVAC Fans and Pumps HVAC Demand Controls Lighting Lighting Demand Controls
Domestic Hot Water DHW Controls Refrigeration Refrigeration Demand Controls
7.4.1 Technology Screening Results A summary of the results is provided in Exhibit 29. For each of the measures reviewed, the exhibit shows: The name of the measure The cost basis20 for the CEPR that is shown (e.g. full versus incremental) The measure’s average CEPR for each region21
19 Please note that all demand curtailment is accounted for in the Industrial sector analysis and reporting 20 See Step 4 in Section 7.2 for a fuller description. 21 The thresholds that were employed for the economic screening of the measures are summarized in Section 8.2
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Measures analyzed on the basis of full cost have been placed towards the top of Exhibit 29 because they are qualitatively different from the measures that pass only on an incremental basis. A measure that passes on a full-cost basis can be applied immediately, even if the piece of equipment it replaces or improves is currently working properly. That means the rate at which the measure can be implemented as a utility CDM measure is limited only by market and program constraints. A measure that passes only on an incremental basis, on the other hand, is limited by the rate of natural replacement (due to failure or obsolescence) or purchase of the piece of equipment it replaces. A measure that passes on a full-cost basis in some sub sector types and on an incremental cost basis in others is shown as “Full/Incr.”
Energy Efficiency Supply Curve 7.5 This sub-section includes energy efficiency supply curves for each of the three regions studied. It is important to present the supply curves for each region separately, because the avoided costs are different. The supply curves presented are for the year 2029, but the Data Manager can be used to generate supply curves for the other years. Each supply curve shows the avoided cost for that region as a horizontal line, with dashed lines showing the upper and lower edge of the range of reasonableness. The supply curves were constructed based on the approximate Technical Potential savings associated with the measures listed in Exhibit 23. The following approach was used: Measures were introduced in sequence Where more than one measure affected the same end use, the savings shown for the second
measure are incremental to those already shown for the first Sequence was determined by listing first the items that reduce the electrical load, then those that
meet residual load with the most efficient technology. It included consideration of CCE results from the preceding exhibit, but not for the purposes of economic screening.
Items appear in order, starting with the lowest average CCE, but do not stop at the avoided cost threshold. Hence, the supply curve presents a type of Technical Potential scenario.
The results are presented in six exhibits: Exhibit 30 presents the potential by measure for the Island Interconnected region. The columns
provide the savings for the measure, cumulative savings, and CCE, with measures sorted and numbered in order of increasing CCE.
Exhibit 31 presents the supply curve for the Island Interconnected region. A few of the larger measures are numbered as landmarks. The numbers match those in Exhibit 30.
22 Average CEPR does not include program costs.
Island Labrador Isolated Lighting Demand Controls Full 37.7 37.7 37.7 Refrigeration Demand Controls Full 69.2 69.2 N/A HVAC Demand Controls Full 72.4 72.4 72.4 Heating Controls Full 87.1 87.1 87.1 DHW Controls Full 103.7 92.9 82.7 Thermal Storage Full 241.0 241.0 241.0
Average CEPR ($/kW) Basis Measure Name
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Exhibit 32 presents the potential by measure for the Labrador Interconnected region. The columns provide the savings for the measure, cumulative savings, and CCE, with measures sorted and numbered in order of increasing CCE.
Exhibit 33 presents the supply curve for the Island Interconnected region. A few of the larger measures are numbered as landmarks. The numbers match those in Exhibit 32.
Exhibit 34 presents the potential by measure for the Labrador Interconnected region. The columns provide the savings for the measure, cumulative savings, and CCE, with measures sorted and numbered in order of increasing CCE.
Exhibit 35 presents the supply curve for the Island Interconnected region. A few of the larger measures are numbered as landmarks. The numbers match those in Exhibit 34.
Exhibit 30 Island Interconnected Measure Potential and CCE
Ref # Measure Name Savings
(MWh/yr.) Cumulative
Savings (MWh/yr.) CCE
($/kWh) 1 ENERGY STAR Computers 26,019 26,019 $0.00
2 Activate PC Power Management 8,476 34,495 $0.00
3 Energy-Efficient Server Technologies 2,510 37,005 $0.00
4 ENERGY STAR Office Equipment 1,834 38,839 $0.00
5 Make Use of Daylighting 1,055 39,894 $0.00
6 Reduce Number of Fridges 587 40,481 $0.00
7 Use Task Light Instead of Ambient 456 40,938 $0.00
8 Use Shades/Blinds (Winter) 239 41,177 $0.00
9 Keep Doors Closed (Winter) 114 41,291 $0.00
10 Use Shades/Blinds (Summer) 41 41,332 $0.00
11 Use Natural Ventilation (Summer) 20 41,351 $0.00
Demand Reduction Supply Curve 7.6 This sub-section includes demand reduction supply curves for each of the three regions studied. It is important to present the supply curves for each region separately, because the avoided costs are different. The supply curves presented are for the year 2029, but the Data Manager can be used to generate supply curves for the other years. Each supply curve shows the avoided cost for that region as a horizontal line, with dashed lines showing the upper and lower edge of the range of reasonableness. The supply curves were constructed based on the approximate Technical Potential savings associated with the measures listed in Exhibit 28. The following approach was used: Measures were introduced in sequence Where more than one measure affected the same end use, the reduction shown for the second
measure are incremental to those already shown for the first Sequence was determined by listing first the items that reduce the electrical load, then those that
meet residual load with the most efficient technology. It included consideration of CEPR results from the preceding exhibit, but not for the purposes of economic screening.
Items appear in order, starting with the lowest average CEPR, but do not stop at the avoided cost threshold. Hence, the supply curve presents a type of Technical Potential scenario.
The results are presented in six exhibits: Exhibit 36 presents the potential by measure for the Island Interconnected region. The columns
provide the reduction for the measure, cumulative reduction, and CEPR, with measures sorted and numbered in order of increasing CEPR.
Exhibit 37 presents the supply curve for the Island Interconnected region. A few of the larger measures are numbered as landmarks. The numbers match those in Exhibit 36.
Exhibit 38 presents the potential by measure for the Labrador Interconnected region. The columns provide the savings for the measure, cumulative savings, and CCE, with measures sorted and numbered in order of increasing CCE.
Exhibit 39 presents the supply curve for the Labrador Interconnected region. A few of the larger measures are numbered as landmarks. The numbers match those in Exhibit 38.
Exhibit 40 presents the potential by measure for the Isolated region. The columns provide the savings for the measure, cumulative savings, and CCE, with measures sorted and numbered in order of increasing CCE.
Exhibit 41 presents the supply curve for the Isolated region. A few of the larger measures are numbered as landmarks. The numbers match those in Exhibit 40.
Exhibit 36 Island Interconnected Measure Potential and CEPR
Ref # Measure Name Demand Reduction
(MW) Cumulative
Reduction (MW) CEPR ($/kW)
1 Lighting Demand Controls 3 3 $37.65
2 Refrigeration Demand Controls 1 4 $69.24
3 HVAC Demand Controls 10 14 $72.41
4 Heating Controls 2 16 $87.13
5 DHW Controls 13 29 $89.31
6 Thermal Storage 75 104 $240.96
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Economic Potential: Electric 8Energy Forecast Introduction 8.1
This section presents the Commercial sector Economic Potential Forecast for electric energy and demand for the study period 2014 to 2029. The Economic Potential Electric Energy Forecast estimates the level of electricity consumption that would occur if all equipment and building envelopes were upgraded to the level that is cost effective against the economic threshold values for electricity in the three regions in NL. The model also estimates the peak demand implications of applying all the cost-effective efficiency measures. Starting from that point, the Economic Potential Peak Demand Forecast estimates the level of peak demand that would occur if all cost-effective demand reduction measures were also applied. In this study, “cost effective” means that the technology upgrade cost, referred to as the cost of conserved energy (CCE) or the cost of electricity peak reduction (CEPR) in the preceding section, is equal to or less than the economic threshold value for a given region. The discussion in this section covers the following: Avoided costs used for screening Major modelling tasks Technologies included in Economic Potential Forecast Presentation of energy efficiency results Interpretation of energy efficiency results Summary of peak load reductions from energy efficiency Presentation of load reduction results Interpretation of load reduction results Range of reasonableness.
Avoided Costs Used For Screening 8.2 The Utilities agreed on a set of economic threshold values for electricity supply to be used in this study. The values vary by region and milestone year as shown in Exhibit 42. Each of the values for the years after 2014 represents the average of the three years in the milestone period.
Exhibit 42 Avoided Costs of New Electricity Supply
Island Interconnected Labrador Interconnected Isolated
2014 $0.108 $0.037 $0.21
2017 $0.125 $0.039 $0.23
2020 $0.050 $0.045 $0.26
2023 $0.059 $0.053 $0.29
2026 $0.068 $0.061 $0.34
2029 $0.076 $0.068 $0.37
Avoided Cost per kWhYear
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
The Economic Potential Electric Energy Forecast then incorporates all the electric energy-efficient upgrades that the technology assessment found to have a CCE equal to or less than these thresholds. The Utilities also agreed on a set of economic threshold values for new generation capacity to be used in this study. These values also vary by region and milestone year as shown in Exhibit 43. Again, each value for the years after 2014 represents an average of the three years in the milestone period. The cost of new capacity for the Isolated region was not available. For the purposes of the study, the higher of the two values for the other two regions was used in each milestone year.
Exhibit 43 Avoided Costs of New Electric Generation Capacity
The Economic Potential Peak Demand Forecast then incorporates all the demand reduction upgrades that the technology assessment found to have a CEPR equal to or less than these thresholds. The Utilities also provided a range of reasonableness for all of these avoided costs. The lower range for new electricity supply is considered to be 10% below the costs per kWh shown in Exhibit 42 while the upper range is considered to be 30% above those values. The upper range for new electric generation capacity supply is considered to be 10% below the costs per kW shown in Exhibit 43 while the upper range is considered to be 20% above those values. The purpose for establishing the range of reasonableness is to show the sensitivity of the results to varying avoided cost scenarios and to improve the ability of planners to examine options that may become more cost effective over time. Emerging end-use technology measures are becoming cheaper over time as these markets become more cost effective. This is apparent by examining a range of measures whose costs have reduced significantly in the last several years (e.g., the cost of LED lamps has reduced by a factor of 5-10x since their introduction). Including these apparently more costly measures in this study allows the review of these measures in the near future, as programs are effective in introducing more competitiveness within these markets. At the same time, new sources of supply are expected to come online during the study period, so it is important to explore the implications of lower avoided costs.
Island Interconnected Labrador Interconnected Isolated
2014 $50.911 $72.059
2017 $65.116 $82.527
2020 $101.821 $91.601
2023 $115.126 $103.571
2026 $124.930 $112.390
2029 $124.907 $112.370
YearAvoided Cost per kW
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Major Modelling Tasks 8.3 By comparing the results of the Commercial sector Economic Potential Electric Energy and Peak Demand Forecasts with the Reference Case, it is possible to determine the aggregate level of potential electricity savings and demand reductions within the Commercial sector, as well as identify which specific building sub sectors and end uses provide the most significant opportunities for savings. To develop the Commercial sector Economic Potential Electric Energy Forecast, the following tasks were completed: The CCE for each of the energy-efficient upgrades presented in Exhibit 27 were reviewed, using
the 7% (real) discount rate. Technology upgrades that had a CCE equal to, or less than, the threshold values for each region
and milestone year were selected for inclusion in the Economic Potential scenario, either on a full-cost or incremental basis. It is assumed that technical upgrades having a full-cost CCE that met the cost threshold were implemented in the first forecast year. It is assumed that those upgrades that only met the cost threshold on an incremental basis are being introduced more slowly as the existing stock reaches the end of its useful life.
Electricity use within each of the building sub sectors was modelled with the same energy models that were used to generate the Reference Case. However, for this forecast, the remaining baseline technologies included in the Reference Case forecast were replaced with the most efficient technology upgrade option and associated performance efficiency that met the cost thresholds for each region and milestone period.
When more than one upgrade option was applied to a given end use, the first measure selected was the one that reduced the electrical load. For example, measures to reduce the overall space heating load (e.g., roof insulation and more efficient glazing) were applied before a heat pump.
To develop the Commercial sector Economic Potential Peak Demand Forecast, the following tasks were completed: The Economic Potential Electric Energy Forecast was used to generate the reductions in peak
demand associated with efficiency improvements. These reductions were applied to the demand Reference Case to generate a Post-Efficiency Case to serve as the starting point for the demand reduction model. This was intended to avoid any double counting of demand reductions.
The CEPR for each of the load reduction upgrades presented in Exhibit 28 were reviewed, using the 7% (real) discount rate.
Technology upgrades that had a CEPR equal to, or less than, the threshold values for each region and milestone year were selected for inclusion in the Economic Potential scenario, either on a full-cost or incremental basis. It is assumed that technical upgrades having a full-cost CEPR that met the cost threshold were implemented in the first forecast year. It is assumed that those upgrades that only met the cost threshold on an incremental basis are being introduced more slowly as the existing stock reaches the end of its useful life.
Peak demand within each of the building sub sectors was modelled with the same demand models that were used to generate the Reference Case. However, for this forecast, the remaining baseline technologies included in the Reference Case forecast were replaced with the most efficient technology upgrade option and associated performance efficiency that met the cost thresholds for each region and milestone period.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Technologies Included in Economic Potential Forecast 8.4 Exhibit 44 provides a listing of the efficiency technologies included in this forecast. Exhibit 45 provides a listing of the demand reduction technologies included in this forecast. In each case, the exhibits show the following: End use affected Upgrade option(s) selected Building type to which the upgrade options were applied Rate at which the upgrade options were introduced into the stock. Some of the technologies listed in the exhibits below are the subject of current utility programs in the province of NL. The load forecast provided by the Utilities assumed a modest level of continued program activity and continued savings from efficiency improvements made under past programs, but no new program activity. The reference case for this project was constructed to be consistent with that forecast, in that the penetrations of the energy technologies below were not all assumed to remain static at their current levels. Reference case penetrations were assumed to increase, to account for natural adoption and the modest level of program activity assumed in the reference case. In most cases, current programs are unlikely to capture all the economic potential for the technologies over the next 15 years. Therefore, none of the technologies have actually been removed from consideration in the study. Nonetheless, there are cases where the reference case penetration “catches up” to the economic penetration, and the economic potential diminishes, as can be seen later in this section in Exhibit 48.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Exhibit 44 Efficiency Technologies Included in Economic Potential Forecast (cont’d…) End Use Category Upgrade Option Applicability Rate of Introduction
Refrigeration
Refrigerated Cases with Doors Food Retail and Large Non-Food Retail Immediate ECM Motors and Evaporator Fan Motor Controllers
All facilities with significant commercial refrigeration loads Immediate
Freezer Defrost Controllers All facilities with significant commercial refrigeration loads Immediate
High Efficiency Compressors (Refrigeration) Food Retail and Large Non-Food Retail Immediate
Automatic Door Closers (Walk-In Coolers & Freezers) Food Retail and Restaurants Immediate
Refrigeration Controls Food Retail and Large Non-Food Retail Immediate
CEE-Rated Refrigerators and Freezers All facilities with stand-alone refrigerators At natural rate of replacement
HVAC Equipment and Controls
High-Efficiency Air Source Heat Pumps All commercial facilities with rooftop units (RTUs) At natural rate of replacement/Immediate in some facility types
Ground Source Heat Pumps All existing facilities At natural rate of replacement/Immediate in some facility types
Ductless Mini-Split Heat Pump All small commercial facilities Immediate
Ventilation Heat Recovery Facilities where exhaust air ducting is located close to supply air ducting Immediate
Radiant Infrared Heaters Warehouses Immediate
High Efficiency Chillers All commercial facilities with chillers At natural rate of replacement
High Efficiency RTUs All commercial facilities with rooftop units (RTUs) At natural rate of replacement
Hotel Occupancy Sensors Accommodation facilities Immediate
Demand Control Ventilation (DCV) Facilities with large variances in occupancy, excluding restaurants Immediate
Programmable Thermostats All existing facilities Immediate Demand Control Kitchen Ventilation (DCKV) Restaurants Immediate
VFDs on HVAC Motors All facilities with variable air volume (VAV) HVAC systems Immediate
Premium Efficiency Motors All existing facilities At natural rate of replacement
Building Envelope
Roof Insulation All existing facilities Immediate (at time of major renovation)
Wall Insulation All existing facilities Immediate (at time of major renovation)
High Performance Glazing Systems All existing facilities At natural rate of replacement
Air Curtains Food Retail and Large Non-Food Retail Immediate
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Exhibit 44 Efficiency Technologies Included in Economic Potential Forecast (cont’d…) End Use Category Upgrade Option Applicability Rate of Introduction
Whole Building Advanced Building Automation Systems Larger commercial facilities Immediate
Building Recommissioning All existing facilities Immediate
New Construction
New Construction (25% More Efficient) All new facilities At time of new construction
New Construction (40% More Efficient) All new facilities At time of new construction
Other
Refrigerated Vending Machine Controllers All facilities with vending machines Immediate
High-Efficiency Cooking Equipment All facilities with commercial kitchens At natural rate of replacement
Block Heater Controls Labrador and Isolated only Immediate
Behaviour
Activate PC Power Management All existing facilities Immediate
Make Use of Daylighting Facilities with a significant proportion of windows Immediate
Use Task Light Instead of Ambient Offices Immediate
Reduce Number of Fridges Offices Immediate
Use Shades/Blinds (Winter) Offices Immediate
Use Shades/Blinds (Summer) Offices Immediate
Use Natural Ventilation (Summer) Offices Immediate
Keep Doors Closed (Winter) Retail facilities and Warehouses Immediate
Keep Doors Closed (Summer) Retail facilities and Warehouses Immediate
Exhibit 45 Load Reduction Technologies Included in Economic Potential Forecast
End Use Category Upgrade Option Applicability Rate of Introduction
Space Heating Controls Accommodation facilities Immediate
Electric Thermal Storage Systems All facilities, excluding large retail, Universities and Warehouses Immediate
HVAC Fans & Pumps Controls Larger facilities w ith central HVAC controls Immediate
Lighting Lighting Controls All facilities Immediate
DHW Domestic Hot Water (DHW) Controls Facilities w ith DHW loads during peak periods Immediate
Refrigeration Refrigeration Controls All facilities w ith signif icant refrigeration loads Immediate
HVAC
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Summary of Electric Energy Savings 8.5 Exhibit 46 compares the commercial electricity consumption forecasts for the Reference Case and the Economic Potential Electric Energy scenarios.23 Under the Reference Case, commercial electricity consumption would grow from the Base Year level of about 2,360 GWh/yr. to approximately 2,700 GWh/yr. by 2029. This contrasts with the Economic Potential Forecast in which electricity use would decrease to approximately 1,760 GWh/yr. for the same period. This represents a difference of approximately 940 GWh/yr., or about 35%. The exhibit shows a large fraction of the economic potential savings occurring in the first milestone period. There are several reasons for this, including a large number of measures that pass on a full-cost basis, and avoided costs in the Island Interconnected region that are forecast to drop sharply after 2018. These factors are discussed in more detail in Section 8.5.2.
Exhibit 46 Reference Case versus Economic Potential Electric Energy Consumption in Commercial Sector
(MWh/yr.)
23 All results are reported at the customer’s point-of-use and do not include line losses.
8.5.1 Electric Energy Savings Further detail on the total potential electric energy savings provided by the Economic Potential Forecast is provided in the following exhibits:24 Exhibit 47 presents the results by end use, sub sector and milestone year Exhibit 48 provides a further disaggregation of the savings by measure and milestone year Exhibit 49 presents savings by major end use, milestone year and region Exhibit 50 presents savings by major end use, milestone year and sub sector Exhibit 51 presents savings by major end use, milestone year and vintage
24 MWh/yr. savings shown in the following exhibits are not incremental. For example, the space heating savings in 2029 are not in addition to the space heating savings from the previous milestone years. Rather, they are the difference between the Reference Case space heating consumption in 2029 and the space heating consumption if all the measures included in the Economic Potential scenario are implemented.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Exhibit 47 Total Economic Potential Electricity Savings by End Use, Sub sector and Milestone Year (MWh/yr.) (cont’d…)
Notes: 1) Results are measured at the customer’s point-of-use and do not include line losses. 2) Any differences in totals are due to rounding. 3) In the above exhibit a value displays as 0 if it is between 0 and 0.5. Totals are calculated using the actual numerical value. 4) MWh/yr. savings are not incremental. The space heating savings in 2029 are not in addition to the savings from the previous milestone years. Rather, they are the difference between the Reference Case space heating consumption in 2029 and the space heating consumption if all the measures included in the Economic Potential scenario are implemented.
Space heating measures dominate the results, including both efficient equipment and building envelope improvements.
8.5.2 Interpretation of Results Highlights of the results presented in the preceding exhibits are summarized below: Savings by Milestone Year The Economic Potential savings increase modestly from about 740 GWh/yr. in 2017 to approximately 940 GWh/yr. in 2029. As such, almost 80% of the savings possible at the end of the study period are already economically viable within the first milestone period. This occurs because it is economically attractive to implement the majority of the efficiency upgrades immediately, before the existing equipment reaches the end of its useful life. Many of the measures pass the economic screen on the basis of their full cost, meaning that under the definition of economic potential they would be implemented in the first year. Savings by Sub sector Office Buildings account for about 24% of the potential savings in 2029, with over 10% of the potential savings in Small Offices and 14% of the savings occurring in Large Offices. This reflects their large share of the commercial floor area and energy use. Retail facilities, including Small Non-Food Retail, Large Non-Food Retail, and Food Retail, also account for a significant portion of the overall 2029 savings, at about 20%. Other notable sub sectors include Educational facilities at about 15% and Hospitality and Healthcare facilities each at about 8% of the 2029 economic potential savings. Savings by Region The Island Interconnected region accounts for the overwhelming majority of the potential savings in 2029, at about 88%. The Labrador Interconnected region accounts for about 11% of the 2029 potential savings, and the Isolated region accounts for the remaining 1% of the potential savings. This distribution reflects the overall breakdown in the consumption for the three regions but the 2029 potential savings versus the reference case are highest in the Labrador region (36%) and lowest in the Isolated region (32%). The economic potential savings in the Island region in 2029 represent 35% of the reference case consumption in that milestone year. Savings By Existing Buildings versus New Construction Savings in existing buildings account for almost all of the savings potential at the beginning of the study period but, as buildings are constructed, the savings potential associated with them occupies a progressively larger portion of the total. By 2029, savings from new buildings account for about 8% of the total economic potential. Savings by End Use Savings in the HVAC major end use (which includes space heating, space cooling, and HVAC Fans and Pumps) accounts for 57% of the total electrical savings in the Economic Potential Forecast. Nearly 77% of this savings, or 44% of the overall savings, is from space heating measures, including air source heat pumps (15% of overall savings), ductless mini-split heat pumps (9% of overall savings), recommissioning (5% of overall savings)25, and demand control ventilation (4% of overall savings). Other space heating measures account for 3% or less of the overall savings. In addition, the “HVAC Impact from Other Savings” measure, which represents increased heating requirements due to less heat being generated in the buildings envelope, accounts for -4% of the overall economic potential savings (i.e. a penalty on the savings).
25 As noted below, the recommissioning measure applies to multiple end uses. As such, it accounts for a larger portion of the economic potential savings. Only the savings that apply to the space heating end use are noted here.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Measures related to HVAC Fans and Pumps account for 12% of the total Economic Potential savings. Recommissioning represents 4% of the overall savings26, while 3% of the overall savings are from VFDs, 2% are from advanced BAS, and another 2% are from programmable thermostats. Space cooling measures account for only 1% of the overall economic potential savings, reflecting the relatively small space cooling load in Newfoundland and Labrador. The Lighting major end use (which is made up of General Lighting, Secondary Lighting, Outdoor Lighting, and Street Lighting) accounts for 27% of the total electricity savings in the Economic Potential Forecast. General lighting measures account for about 70% lighting savings, followed by outdoor lighting measures (12%), secondary lighting measures (12%), and street lighting measures (6%). LED lighting measures account for about 13% of the total electricity savings at the beginning of the Economic Potential Forecast but fall to 12% by 2029. This is due to the expected natural adoption of LED lighting products or other products of similar efficiency by the end of the study period. DHW measures account for 5% of the total electricity savings in the Economic Potential Forecast. This is made up of 3% of the overall savings from low flow fixtures, such as showerheads, faucets, and faucet aerators, and 1% of the overall savings from heat pump water heaters. Other DHW measures account for less than 1% of the potential savings. Measures that pertain to Plug Loads (made up of the Computer Equipment, Computer Servers and Plug Loads end uses) account for 5% of the total electricity savings in the Economic Potential Forecast. Of this, 3% is from ENERGY STAR® Computers, 1% is from the behavior measure related to implementing PC power management features and 1% is from vending machine controllers. Refrigeration measures also account for about 5% of the total electricity savings in the Economic Potential Forecast. Refrigerated display cases, high efficiency compressors and evaporator fan upgrades each account for approximately 1% of these overall economic potential savings. Other refrigeration measures account for less than 1% of total electricity savings. Some measures are applied across multiple end uses. The energy saving measures applied across multiple end uses include recommissioning, advanced BAS and the high performance new construction (HPNC) measures. Recommissioning accounts for a total of 13% of the electricity savings in the Economic Potential Forecast, while the HPNC measures account for about 8% of the economic savings (i.e. 5% savings from HPNC (25% better) and 3% savings from HPNC (40% better)). The Advanced BAS measure accounts for approximately 5% of the overall economic potential savings. 8.5.3 Caveats on Interpretation of Results A systems approach was used to model the energy impacts of the efficiency upgrades presented in the preceding section. In the absence of a systems approach, there would be double counting of savings and an accurate assessment of the total contribution of the energy-efficient upgrades would not be possible. More specifically, there are two particularly important considerations: More than one upgrade may affect a given end use: For example, improved insulation
reduces space heating electricity use, as does the installation of a heat pump. On its own, each measure will reduce overall space heating electricity use. However, the two savings are not additive. The order in which some upgrades are introduced is also important. In this study, the
26 As noted below, the recommissioning measure applies to multiple end uses. As such, it accounts for a larger portion of the economic potential savings. Only the savings that apply to the HVAC fans and pumps end use are noted here.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
approach has been to select and model the impact of “bundles of measures” that reduce the load for a given end use (e.g., wall insulation and window upgrades that reduce the space heating load) and then to introduce measures that meet the remaining load more efficiently (e.g., a high-efficiency space heating system).
There are interactive effects among end uses: For example, the electricity savings from more
efficient lighting result in reduced waste heat. During the space heating season, this waste heat contributes to the building’s internal heat gains, which lower the amount of heat that must be provided by the space heating system. Interactive effects have been taken into consideration with the measure “HVAC Impact from Other Savings”. The magnitude of the interactive effects can be significant. For example, for low bay lighting measures, it was estimated that a 100 kWh savings in lighting electricity use results, on average, in an increased space heating load of up to 30 kWh (a 60% rate of interaction).
However, it is important to note that assessing the impact of interactive effects in commercial facilities is more complex since heat may be generated in spaces that heat the main conditioned space much less effectively (e.g. high bay fixtures or equipment in mechanical rooms). Interactive effects were captured on a measure by measure basis for measures that were more likely to have an impact on space heating requirements and a 30% heating penalty was assumed for this subset of measures. The subset of measures included low bay lighting measures (i.e. LED screw-in lamps, LED tubular lamps, and high performance T8 fixtures), ENERGY STAR computers and office equipment, and refrigerated vending machine controllers.
The model implements this interaction by multiplying the savings for any relevant measures with significant interactive effects by the 30% factor. This becomes the additional heating load for the building. This is, in turn, multiplied by the space heating electric share for the type of building, because the non-electric heating sources are assumed to provide their share of the additional heating load. Exhibit 48 shows the total heating penalty caused by internal end use savings as a separate line item, just before the grand total. In other words, the heating penalty is not subtracted from the savings of individual measures, but is instead shown as a separate item in the exhibit.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Electric Peak Load Reductions from Energy Efficiency 8.6 Exhibit 52 presents a summary of the peak load reductions that would occur as a result of the electric energy savings contained in the Economic Potential Forecast. The reductions are shown by milestone year and region. In each case, the reductions are an average value over the peak period and are defined relative to the Reference Case presented previously in Sections 4 and 6. Exhibit 53 shows the same information graphically for the winter peak period. Exhibit 52 and Exhibit 53 only approximate the potential demand impacts associated with the energy-efficiency measures because they are based on the assumption that the measures do not change the load shape of the end uses they affect. This is not always correct. For example, most of the heat pump measures will not produce any peak demand savings, because during the winter peak period heat pumps (i.e. air source and ductless mini-splits heat pump measures) will revert to back-up electric resistance heating. As such, there will be no net reduction in space heating peak demand for these measures. Accordingly, the demand reductions for the heat pump measures have been manually filtered out of the results presented in these exhibits. Exhibit 54 shows the demand reductions associated with each electric energy savings measure contained in the Economic Potential Forecast for the milestone year 2029. The heat pump measures are omitted from the exhibit, as with the previous two exhibits. One notable line item in the exhibit is “HVAC Impact from Other Savings” - the impact on peak space heating load resulting from the savings for other end uses within the facilities. This is to capture the fact that in an electrically-heated facility, savings of energy consuming devices within the facility will not reduce the winter peak demand. On the coldest winter days, reducing the energy used by a lamp will simply make the electric baseboard beside it work harder. However, heat from lamps and other equipment is often generated in areas where the heat is not useful (e.g. near the ceiling of a warehouse). The non-heating end uses also produce some peak load reductions in other cases, such as facilities that are heated by non-electric fuels, in outside light fixtures, or in heated water that drains out of the facility while still warm. The impact of demand reductions for other end uses on the space heating demand can be seen graphically. As the demand impacts for many of the other end uses rise with time, the demand impacts for space heating actually decreases over time. Electric peak load reductions related to capacity-only measures are presented separately in Section 8.7.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Summary of Peak Load Reduction 8.7 Exhibit 55 compares the Reference Case and Economic Potential Peak Demand Forecast levels of winter peak demand.27 Under the Reference Case, commercial peak demand would grow from the Base Year level of about 520 MW to approximately 600 MW by 2029. This contrasts with the Economic Potential Forecast in which peak demand would decrease to approximately 400 MW for the same period, a difference of approximately 200 MW or about 32%. As illustrated in the exhibit, nearly 80% of this reduction comes from the impact of energy efficiency measures.
Exhibit 55 Reference Case Peak Demand versus Economic Potential Peak Demand in Commercial Sector
(MW)28
27 All results are reported at the customer’s point-of-use and do not include line losses. 28 Please note that all demand curtailment is accounted for in the Industrial sector analysis and reporting
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
8.7.1 Peak Demand Reduction Further detail on the total potential peak demand reduction provided by the Economic Potential Forecast is provided in the following exhibits:29 Exhibit 56 presents the results by end use, sub sector and milestone year Exhibit 57 provides a further disaggregation of the savings by end use, technology, and
milestone year Exhibit 58 presents peak demand reduction by major end use, milestone year and supply system Exhibit 59 presents peak demand reduction by major end use, milestone year and sub sector Exhibit 60 presents peak demand reduction by major end use, milestone year and vintage
29 MW reductions shown in the following exhibits are not incremental. For example, the space heating reductions in 2029 are not in addition to the space heating reductions from the previous milestone years. Rather, they are the difference between the Reference Case space heating peak demand in 2029 and the space heating peak demand if all the measures included in the Economic Potential scenario are implemented.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Exhibit 56 Total Economic Potential Peak Demand Reduction by End Use, Sub sector and Milestone Year (MW) (cont’d…)
Notes: 1) Results are measured at the customer’s point-of-use and do not include line losses. 2) Any differences in totals are due to rounding. 3) In the above exhibit a value displays as 0 if it is between 0 and 0.5. Totals are calculated using the actual numerical value. 4) MW reductions are not incremental. The space heating reductions in 2029 are not in addition to the reductions from the previous milestone years. Rather, they are the difference between the Reference Case space heating peak demand in 2029 and the space heating peak demand if all the measures included in the Economic Potential scenario are implemented. 5) The values in this exhibit do not include peak demand reductions from energy efficiency measures.
Exhibit 57 Economic Potential Peak Demand Reduction by Measure and Milestone Year (MW)
Notes: 1) Results are measured at the customer’s point-of-use and do not include line losses. 2) Any differences in totals are due to rounding. 3) In the above exhibit a value displays as 0 if it is between 0 and 0.5. Totals are calculated using the actual numerical value. 4) MW reductions are not incremental. The space heating reductions in 2029 are not in addition to the reductions from the previous milestone years. Rather, they are the difference between the Reference Case space heating peak demand in 2029 and the space heating peak demand if all the measures included in the Economic Potential scenario are implemented. 5) The values in this exhibit do not include peak demand reductions from energy efficiency measures. 6) Demand-specific measure savings are impacted by the demand savings from conservation measures. The demand reference case to which demand-specific measures are applied already factors in the corresponding Economic Potential demand savings from conservation measures. So the more peak demand reductions are generated through conservation measures, the less peak demand remains for demand-specific measures to reduce.
8.7.2 Interpretation of Results Highlights of the results presented in the preceding exhibits are summarized below: Peak Demand Reduction by Milestone Year The Economic Potential peak load reductions increase from about 3 MW in 2017 to 42 MW in 2029. From 2020 onwards, space heating controls, domestic hot water controls, and HVAC fans and pumps controls are cost effective. The CEPR for electric thermal storage systems does not fall below the avoided cost of demand throughout the study period. As such, this measure does not contribute to the economic potential savings. Peak Demand Reduction by Sub Sector Offices account for the largest portion of the potential peak load reductions, at 16%. Peak load reductions in the retail sub sectors also account for a significant portion of the overall peak load reductions in 2029 (14%). Other sub sectors with significant contributions to the peak load reductions include hotels (13%), education (11%), restaurants (10%), and healthcare (10%). Peak load reductions in hotels are mostly due to potential DHW and HVAC savings in this sector, while the potential peak reductions in the healthcare and restaurant sub sectors are largely driven by the relatively high domestic hot water consumption in these sub sectors for cooking, sterilization and bathing. Peak Demand Reduction by Region The Island Interconnected region accounts for 86% of the 2029 potential peak load reductions, while the Labrador Interconnected region accounts for about 13% of the potential peak load reductions, and the Isolated region contributes less than 1% to the potential peak load reductions in 2029. Peak Demand Reduction by Existing Buildings versus New Construction Peak load reductions in existing buildings account for almost all of the reduction potential at the beginning of the study period, but as buildings are constructed, the savings potential associated with them occupies a progressively larger portion of the total reduction potential. By 2029, peak load reductions from new buildings account for about 17% of the total potential peak load reductions. Peak Demand Reduction by End Use DHW controls account for 32% of the 2029 load reductions in the Economic Potential Forecast, not including load reductions from energy efficiency measures. Space heating controls and HVAC fans and pumps controls are also significant opportunities, accounting for 30% and 27% of the overall peak demand potential reductions in 2029, respectively (not including load reductions from energy efficiency measures).
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Sensitivity of the Results to Changes in Avoided Cost 8.8 The avoided costs used in the Economic Potential model are varied by region and by milestone year. As with any forecast, the projected avoided costs are subject to uncertainty. Accordingly, the model has been re-run with avoided costs varied within a reasonable range. The lower end of this range is considered to be 10% below the current projection, for both energy cost and demand cost. The upper end of the range is considered to be 30% above the current projections for energy cost and 20% above the current projections for demand cost. Exhibit 61 shows that the results are sensitive to this range of avoided costs. By 2029, the exhibit shows the following changes in potential: The lower range of reasonableness produces energy savings that are about 1% lower in the
Island Interconnected and Isolated regions and 3% lower in the Labrador Interconnected region. The lower range of reasonableness produces peak demand reductions that are 1% lower in the
Island Interconnected region and Isolated regions and less than 1% lower in the Labrador Interconnected region.
The upper range of reasonableness produces energy savings that are 3% higher in the Island Interconnected region, 6% higher in the Labrador Interconnected region, and almost unchanged in the Isolated region.
The upper range of reasonableness produces peak demand reductions that are 4% higher in the Island Interconnected and Labrador Interconnected regions, and almost unchanged in the Isolated region.
The small changes in energy savings and peak demand reductions for the different scenarios reflect the fact that a large number of measures comfortably fall below the economic screen, as shown in the supply curves in Sections 7.5 and 7.6.
Exhibit 61 Sensitivity of the Energy Savings and Peak Demand Reduction to Avoided Cost
Energy Savings
(MWh/yr.)
Peak Demand
Reduction (MW)
Energy Savings
(MWh/yr.)
Peak Demand
Reduction (MW)
Energy Savings
(MWh/yr.)
Peak Demand
Reduction (MW)
2017 680,044 125 685,417 126 697,977 139
2020 706,717 157 712,673 159 728,517 163
2023 737,037 161 743,138 162 763,376 167
2026 770,962 165 785,647 167 803,522 173
2029 816,944 171 821,902 172 842,106 180
2017 51,603 10 53,255 10 67,620 15
2020 64,137 17 70,014 18 89,763 23
2023 82,534 20 84,367 20 99,758 22
2026 95,570 21 99,933 21 107,854 22
2029 104,065 21 107,242 22 113,548 22
2017 5,291 1 5,315 1 5,344 1
2020 5,906 1 5,952 1 5,979 1
2023 6,423 1 6,500 1 6,516 1
2026 6,782 1 6,870 1 6,886 1
2029 7,089 1 7,173 1 7,189 1
Base Scenario Upper Range of Reasonableness
Island Interconnected
Labrador Interconnected
Isolated
Region Year
Lower Range of Reasonableness
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Achievable Potential: Electric 9Energy Forecast Introduction 9.1
This section presents the Commercial sector Achievable Potential for the study period (2014 to 2029). The Achievable Potential is defined as the proportion of the energy-efficiency opportunities identified in the Economic Potential Forecast that could realistically be achieved within the study period. The remainder of this discussion is organized into the following sub-sections: Description of Achievable Potential Approach to the estimation of Achievable Potential Achievable Potential Workshop results Summary of potential electric energy savings Electric peak load reductions for energy efficiency measures Summary of peak load reductions Sensitivity of the results to changes in avoided cost Description of the application of net-to-gross ratios
Description of Achievable Potential 9.2 Achievable Potential recognizes that, in many instances, it is difficult to induce all customers to purchase and install all the energy-efficiency technologies that meet the criteria defined by the Economic Potential Forecast. For example, customer decisions to implement energy-efficient measures can be constrained by important factors such as: Higher first cost of efficient product(s) Need to recover investment costs in a short period (payback) Lack of product performance information Lack of product availability Lack of available financial resources Lack of available human resources to implement the project Competing priorities for financial and human resources The rate at which customers accept and purchase energy-efficiency products will be influenced by the level of financial incentives, information and other measures put in place by the Utilities and the Government of Newfoundland, other levels of government, and the private sector to remove barriers such as those noted above. Exhibit 62 presents the levels of electricity consumption that are estimated in the Achievable Potential scenario. As illustrated, the Achievable Potential scenarios are banded by the two forecasts presented in previous sections: the Economic Potential Forecast and the Reference Case.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
As illustrated in Exhibit 62 electric energy savings under the Achievable Potential scenario are less than in the Economic Potential Forecast. In this CDM study, the primary factor that contributes to the outcome shown in Exhibit 62 is the rate of market penetration. In the Economic Potential Forecast, efficient new technologies are theoretically assumed to fully penetrate the market as soon as it is economically attractive to do so. However, the Achievable Potential recognizes that it is unrealistic to expect customers to purchase and install all the electrical energy efficiency technologies that meet the criteria defined by the Economic Potential Forecast.
Exhibit 62 Annual Electricity Consumption—Energy-efficiency Achievable Potential Relative to Reference Case and Economic Potential Forecast for the Commercial Sector (GWh/yr.)
As also illustrated in Exhibit 62 the Achievable Potential results are presented as a band of possibilities, rather than a single line. This is because any estimate of Achievable Potential over a 20-year period is necessarily subject to uncertainty. Consequently, the results are presented as a range, defined as Lower Achievable and Upper Achievable. The Lower Achievable Potential assumes Newfoundland market conditions that are similar to those contained in the Reference Case. That is, the customers’ awareness of energy-efficiency options and their motivation levels remain similar to those in the recent past, technology improvements continue at historical levels, and new energy performance standards continue as per current known schedules. It also assumes that the ability of the Newfoundland utilities and government to influence customers’ decisions towards increased investments in energy-efficiency options remains roughly in line with previous company CDM experience. The Upper Achievable Potential assumes Newfoundland market conditions that aggressively support investment in energy efficiency. For example, this scenario assumes that real electricity prices increase over the study period. It also assumes that federal and territorial government actions to
0
500
1,000
1,500
2,000
2,500
3,000
2014 2017 2020 2023 2026 2029
Annu
al E
lect
ric E
nerg
y Co
nsum
ptio
n (G
Wh/
yr.)
Economic Potential Scenario
Upper AchievableScenario
Lower AchievableScenario
Reference Case
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
mitigate climate change result in increased levels of complementary energy-efficiency initiatives. The upper Achievable Potential typically does not reach economic potential levels; this recognizes that some portion of the market is typically constrained by barriers that cannot realistically be affected by CDM programs within the study period. 9.2.1 Achievable Potential versus Detailed Program Design It should also be emphasized that the estimation of Achievable Potential is not synonymous with either the setting of specific program targets or with program design. While both are closely linked to the discussion of Achievable Potential, they involve more detailed analysis that is beyond the scope of this study. Exhibit 63 illustrates the relationship between Achievable Potential and the more detailed program design.
Exhibit 63 Achievable Potential versus Detailed Program Design
This study examined about 80 technologies applicable to commercial electric end uses. Although considerable effort has been made to obtain up-to-date information on each technology and to tailor it to the local market in Newfoundland, this is not a substitute for the type of detailed groundwork needed to prepare a utility program. For each of the technologies selected for further investigation, it will be important to obtain further information on the technical viability and durability of the products in the Newfoundland climate, on the costs in the Newfoundland marketplace, and on real savings under local conditions. If the viability of the technology is confirmed, an assessment of the market barriers is required, leading to the development of program strategies to overcome these barriers.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Approach to the Estimation of Achievable Potential 9.3 Achievable Potential was estimated in a five-step approach. Priority opportunities were selected Opportunity profiles were created Opportunity worksheets were prepared A full-day workshop was held Workshop results were aggregated and applied to the remaining opportunities. Further discussion is provided below. Step 1 Select Priority Opportunities The first step in developing the Achievable Potential estimates required selection of the energy-saving opportunities identified in the Economic Potential Forecasts to be discussed during the Achievable workshop. Several criteria determined selection, including: The priority measures should represent a substantial fraction of the overall economic potential The priority measures should represent several different energy end uses The priority measures should have a variety of different likely patterns of market adoption, so the
discussions will be widely varied. A summary of the selected energy-efficiency actions, along with the approximate percentage that it represents in the Economic Potential Forecast, is provided in Exhibit 64.
Exhibit 64 Commercial Sector Actions – Energy Efficiency
Measure # Measure End Use
Percentage of 2029 Economic Potential
Consumption Savings
Demand Savings from EE
Measures
C1 LED Tubular Lamps General Lighting 3% 2%
C2 High-Efficiency Air Source Heat Pumps Space Heating 15% 21%
C3 ECM Motors and Evaporator Fan Motor Controllers Refrigeration 1% 0%
C4 VFDs on HVAC Motors HVAC Fans and Pumps 3% 2%
C5 Advanced Building Automation Systems Multiple 5% 4%
C6 High Performance New Construction (25% Better) Multiple 5% 5%
C7 PC Power Management Computer Equipment 1% 1%
C8 High Performance Glazing Systems Multiple 3% 4%
Grand Total 36% 39%
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Step 2 Create Opportunity Assessment Profiles The next step involved the development of brief profiles for each of the opportunities noted above in Exhibit 64, in the form of PowerPoint slides. The slides are presented in Appendix G. The purpose of the opportunity profiles was to provide a high-level logic framework that would serve as a guide for participant discussions in the Achievable workshop (see Step 4 below). The intent was to define a broad rationale and direction without getting into the much greater detail required of program design, which, as noted previously, is beyond the scope of this project. As illustrated in Appendix G, each opportunity profile addresses the following areas: Technology Description: Provides a summary statement of the broad goal and rationale for the
action. Target Sub sector and Typical Application: Highlights the sub sectors and applications
offering the most significant opportunities, and which provide a good starting point for discussion of the technology.
Financial and Economic Indicators: Provides estimates of average simple payback, cost of
conserved electricity (CCE) and basis of assessment (full-cost versus incremental). Eligible Participants: Provides an estimate of the sub sectors that could be affected during the
study period if the entire Economic Potential were to be captured. Economic Potential versus Time: Shows the pattern of the changing size of the opportunity
over the study period, for existing and new buildings. Some opportunities grow steadily through the study period, as more and more equipment reach the age when they would be replaced. Other opportunities are economical to capture immediately, and after that the growth over time is limited to opportunities in new buildings being built. Still other opportunities decline with time as they are eroded by natural conservation activities.
Step 3 Prepare Opportunity Worksheets A draft assessment worksheet was also prepared for each opportunity profile in advance of the Achievable workshop. The assessment worksheets complemented the information contained in the opportunity profiles by providing quantitative data on the potential electric energy savings for each opportunity as well as providing information on the size and composition of the eligible population of potential participants. Energy impacts and population data were taken from the detailed modelling results contained in the Economic Potential Forecast. The worksheets, including the results recorded during the workshop discussions, are provided in Appendix H. As illustrated in Appendix H, each opportunity assessment worksheet addresses the following areas: Approximate Cost of Conserved Electricity: Shows the approximate levelized cost of saving
each kWh of electricity saved by the measure. For the purposes of the workshop, this information provided participants with an indication of the cost-effectiveness of measures in certain scenarios.
Customer Payback: Shows the simple payback from the customer’s perspective for the
package of energy-efficiency measures included in the opportunity. This information provided an indication of the level of attractiveness that the opportunity would present to customers. This
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
provided an important reference point for the workshop participants when considering potential participation rates. When combined with the preceding CCE information, participants were able to roughly estimate the level of financial incentives that could be employed to increase the opportunity’s attractiveness to customers without making it economically unattractive to the Newfoundland utilities.
Economic Potential in Terms of Applicable Participants (e.g., number of sites): Shows the
total number of potential participants in terms of either sites or equipment (as appropriate) that could theoretically take part in the opportunity. Numbers shown are from the eligible populations used in the Economic Potential Forecasts.
Participation Rates (%): These fields were filled in during the workshops (described below in
the following step), based on input from the participants. They show the percentage of economic savings that workshop participants concluded could be achievable in the last milestone period (usually 2029, but may be earlier for measures that peak earlier).
Achievable Potential in Terms of Applicable Participants (e.g., number of sites): These
fields were calculated by the spreadsheet based on the participation rates provided by the participants.
Participation Rates Relative to the Discussion Scenario: These fields were filled in during the
workshops to provide guidance to the consulting team on how participation might differ in other regions or sub sectors, or for related or similar technologies.
Other Parameters: These fields were filled in during the workshop to capture highlights of the
discussion. Step 4 Conduct Achievable Workshop The most critical step in developing the estimates of Achievable Potential was a one-day Achievable Potential workshop that was held on April 22, 2015. Workshop participants consisted of core members of the consultant team, CDM program and technical personnel from the Utilities, industry representatives, and representatives of other stakeholders. Together, the participating personnel brought many years of experience to the workshop related to the technologies and markets. The purpose of this workshop was to: Promote discussion regarding the technical and market constraints confronting the identified
energy-efficiency opportunities Identify potential strategies for addressing the identified constraints, including potential partners
and delivery channels Compile participant views related to how much of the identified economic savings could
realistically be achieved over the study period. Following a brief consultant presentation that summarized the Commercial sector study results to date, the workshop provided a structured assessment of each of the selected opportunities. Opportunity assessment consisted of a facilitated discussion of the key elements affecting successful promotion and implementation of the CDM opportunity. More specifically: What are the major constraints/challenges constraining customer adoption of the identified
energy-efficiency opportunities? How big is the “won’t” portion of the market for this opportunity?
Preferred strategies and potential partners for addressing identified constraints (high level only)
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Key criteria that determine customers’ willingness to proceed Key potential channel partners Optimum intervention strategies e.g., push, pull, combination How sensitive is this opportunity to incentive levels?
Following discussion of market constraints and potential intervention strategies, the participants’ views on potential participation rates were recorded. The process involved the following steps: The participation rate for the upper Achievable scenario in 2029 was estimated. The shape of the adoption curve was selected for the upper Achievable scenario. Rather than
seek consensus on the specific values to be employed in each of the intervening years, workshop participants selected one of four curve shapes that best matched their view of the appropriate “ramp-up” rate for each opportunity (see Exhibit 65 below).
The process was then repeated for the lower Achievable scenario. Once participation rates had been established for the specific technology, sub sector and service
region selected for the opportunity discussion, workshop participants provided the consultants with guidelines for extrapolating the discussion results to the other sub sectors and service regions included in the opportunity, but not discussed in detail during the workshop. Where time permitted, participants also discussed how the adoption of similar, related technologies might differ from the technology being discussed.
Exhibit 65 Participation Rate “Ramp Up” Curves
Curve A represents a steady increase in the expected participation rate over the study period. Curve B represents a relatively slow participation rate during the first half of the study period followed by a rapid growth in participation during the second half of the 20-year study period. Curve C represents a rapid initial participation rate followed by a relatively slow growth in participation during the remainder of the study period. Curve D represents a very rapid initial participation rate that results in virtual full saturation of the applicable market during the first half of the study period. Step 5 Aggregate and Extend Opportunity Results The final step involved aggregating the results of the individual opportunities to provide a view of the potential Achievable in both the Residential and Commercial sectors.
Curve A Curve B Curve C Curve D
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Achievable Workshop Results 9.4 The following sub-sections present a summary of the workshop discussions for each of the commercial opportunities listed in Exhibit 64 above. The adoption rates and curves selected by the participant are summarized in Section 0. Included for each opportunity are: Participation estimates (for 2029) made by workshop participants, with comments, where
needed, about values assumed in the calculations (presented in Section 0). Where needed, additional participation estimates made after the workshop for the purposes of
the calculations (presented in Section 0). Selected highlights that attempt to capture key discussion themes related to the opportunity. Appendix H provides copies of the assessment worksheets used during the workshop. 9.4.1 LED Tubular Lamps For this technology, achievable workshop participants provided 2029 participation rate estimates of 80% for the upper Achievable Potential scenario and 70% for the lower Achievable Potential scenario. Participants thought the most likely adoption curve would be C in the upper Potential scenario and B in the lower potential scenario. Barriers that tend to lower adoption included the high cost of implementation, the lack of proper incentives, limited customer awareness of LED replacements for fluorescent tubes and public tendering act limitations. Uptake of this technology is limited due to the current economic crunch and in a lot of cases the lowest cost technology must be selected in some facilities where the public tendering act limits the technology that will be implemented. Since LED tubular lamp replacements for fluorescent tubes have not been around for very long, there is limited customer awareness of this particular option while others are still waiting for the LED technology to mature. In addition, workshop participants indicated that it is difficult for utilities to get in touch with the right contacts at the commercial facilities and while the Government in the province may tend to adopt such technologies quickly, the private sector is lagging behind. Participants suggested that financial barriers could be addressed by using non-energy benefits to help sell the technology and spreading the word through implementers and lighting distributors. With no incentives in place, there are currently a limited number of individuals going to the marketplace to make the case for LED tubular lamps. As such, incentives are key to the overall strategy and there is a high sensitivity to this. Participants believed some facilities may be overlit already, which allows for a deeper savings opportunity. Government agencies are also much more developed than they were 20 years ago and they can be an important partner in spreading the word. Participants believed that this technology is changing very rapidly and the cost is coming down quite quickly. The initial discussion focused on large offices on the Island grid. Participants believed that participation would be somewhat lower in the Labrador and Isolated regions because of the difficulty of finding materials and qualified installers in these communities. Participants also believed that participation would be similar for the retail sector, higher for the healthcare and education sectors and lower for warehouses and restaurants. Participants also discussed some of the other lighting measures. The adoption of LED Lamps, LED High Bay Fixtures and LED outdoor fixtures were expected to occur at a higher rate while reduced wattage T8 fixtures were expected to have a lower adoption rate. LED low bay fixtures were thought to be adopted at a similar rate.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
9.4.2 High-Efficiency Air Source Heat Pumps For this technology, achievable workshop participants provided 2029 participation rate estimates of 60% for the upper Achievable Potential scenario and 20% for the lower Achievable Potential scenario. Participants thought the most likely adoption curve in both the upper scenario and lower scenarios would be Curve B. Participants believed that this technology is fairly mature but that the existing infrastructure is fairly old. They also indicated that rooftop units (RTUs) are not very prevalent in large offices and the savings may not be as significant in some retail applications since lighting and internal loads create quite a bit of heat. As such, the heating systems don’t need to work as hard as one might expect. Participants indicated that variable refrigerant technology may make more sense in certain applications and that there is about 15% penetration of air source heat pumps (ASHPs) currently, although this may be limited to smaller RTUs. In particular, participants indicated that restaurants are starting to adopt this technology. Barriers that tend to lower adoption included infrastructure limitations in offices, high maintenance costs, lack of awareness and lack of a push for this technology from HVAC contractors. ASHP’s are not practical for many offices since RTUs aren’t too common and zoning would be required. In addition, due to most office buildings being leased it is likely that landlords would implement low cost equipment instead. Participants also believed that chains from other jurisdictions have natural gas space heating and may not be aware that there is an opportunity in electric space heating. Finally, participants indicated that many schools in the province are not allowed to be air conditioned. As such, air conditioning capabilities would need to be disabled in these applications. The initial discussion focused on food retail facilities on the Island grid. Participants believed that participation would be somewhat lower in the Labrador and Isolated regions because of the difficulty of finding materials and qualified installers in these communities. Participants also believed that participation would be similar for the non-food retail and school sectors, higher for the small office, large accommodations, and restaurant sectors and lower for large offices, small accommodations, healthcare, universities, and warehouses. Participants also discussed some of the other heating measures. The adoption of ductless mini-split heat pumps were expected to occur at a higher rate, while ground source heat pumps, high efficiency RTUs and high efficiency chillers were expected to have a lower adoption rate. 9.4.3 ECM Motors and Evaporator Fan Motor Controllers For this technology, achievable workshop participants provided 2029 participation rate estimates of 80% for the upper Achievable Potential scenario and 25% for the lower Achievable Potential scenario. Participants thought the most likely adoption curve in both the upper and lower Achievable Potential scenarios would be B. Participants noted that many larger facilities will already possess sophisticated equipment and have the support of qualified maintenance personnel. Smaller communities in Isolated regions have a lot of residential style equipment rather than centralised systems. Older equipment is also much less likely to be retrofitted. Barriers that tend to lower adoption included implementation cost, especially in smaller facilities, long payback periods, and a lack of awareness of the technology. In addition, many smaller retailers lease space and landlords are unwilling to make the investments in improvements when tenants pay the energy bills. Existing service contracts for refrigeration systems can also restrict retrofits, and participants believe that the technology may not be as widely available as necessary. There may
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
also be a perception among retailers that modifications to refrigeration systems can increase the risk of food spoiling. Participants identified the need for two different strategies, one tailored to large facilities and another for smaller businesses. The initial discussion focused on the food retail sector on the Island grid. Participants believed that participation would be somewhat lower in Labrador and much lower in the Isolated regions because of the difficulty of finding materials and qualified installers in these communities. Participants also believed that participation would be somewhat the same for large accommodations and universities, higher for warehouses, and lower for non-food retail and restaurants. Participants also discussed some of the related refrigeration measures. The adoption of LED refrigeration lighting and CEE rated fridges and freezers were expected to occur at a higher rate, while refrigerated display cases with doors, floating head pressure controls, defrost controllers, automatic door closers, and night covers were expected to be adopted more slowly. High efficiency compressors were expected to have a similar adoption rate to ECM Motors and Evaporator Fan Motor Controllers. 9.4.4 VFDs on HVAC Motors For this technology, achievable workshop participants provided 2029 participation rate estimates of 70% for the upper Achievable Potential scenario and 5% for the lower Achievable Potential scenario. Participants thought the most likely adoption curve would be B for both scenarios. Participants report that awareness of this measure is quite high, and it is commonly implemented on both fan and pump systems. Implementation is straightforward in many facilities, but significant additional retrofits are required in some cases. Barriers that tend to lower adoption include high implementation costs in certain situations, and landlords are less likely to make energy efficiency improvements in leased properties. Currently VFDs are only incented under the takeCHARGE Custom Program, which some contractors may not be aware of, and this may be slowing the adoption of VFDs. Participants suggest that prescriptive incentives may make funding more accessible, but there are potential concerns with the variability of the savings. Other strategies for increasing adoption include working with contractors to drum up sales and awareness, bundling with other retrofit measures, and an increased number of energy audits in order to identify retrofit opportunities. The initial discussion focused on the large office sector on the Island grid. Participants believed that participation would be somewhat lower in the Labrador and Isolated regions because of the difficulty of finding materials and qualified installers in these communities. Participants also believed that participation would be similar for the retail sectors, lower for small offices, and higher for large accommodations, healthcare, schools, and universities. Participants also discussed some of the related HVAC measures. The adoption of high efficiency motors is expected to occur at a higher rate, while lower adoption rates are expected for demand controlled ventilation (DCV) and kitchen fume hood DCV.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
9.4.5 Advanced Building Automation Systems For this technology, achievable workshop participants provided 2029 participation rate estimates of 70% for the upper Achievable Potential scenario and 20% for the lower Achievable Potential scenario. Participants thought the most likely adoption curve would be B for both scenarios. Barriers that tend to lower adoption include a lack of familiarity and trust of the technology among building operators, a lack of training for operators in the use of sophisticated control systems, a negative perception of the technology due to improperly installed and operated systems, and a reluctance among building owners to sign up for service contracts with controls suppliers. Equipment can also be relatively easily overridden which both erodes savings from installed systems and discourages the adoption of the technology. Strategies to mitigate these barriers include ensuring that equipment is being well maintained and that there is a service contract in place, increased education for both building operators and contractors, and improved commissioning and continuous optimisation. Participants suggested that advanced BAS controls can be bundled with a recommissioning program. The initial discussion focused on the large office sector on the Island grid. Participants believed that participation would be similar in Labrador and lower in the Isolated regions because of the difficulty of finding materials and qualified installers in these communities. Participants also believed that participation would be similar for the retail, large accommodation and school sectors, higher for healthcare, lower for small offices and universities, and much lower for warehouses. Participants also discussed some of the related controls measures. The adoption of hotel occupancy controls is expected to occur at a lower rate, daylighting controls at the same rate, and higher adoption rates are expected for programmable thermostats, and indoor and outdoor lighting controls. 9.4.6 High Performance New Construction For this measure, achievable workshop participants provided 2029 participation rate estimates of 80% for the upper Achievable Potential scenario and 50% for the lower Achievable Potential scenario. Participants thought the most likely adoption curve would be C for the upper achievable scenario and A for the lower achievable scenario. The primary barrier to implementation is the incremental cost of high performance new construction. Additionally, high performance building rating systems like LEED include many measures that don’t improve energy efficiency. Participants also noted that if energy efficiency improvements are missed at the time of new construction, it represents a major lost opportunity. Participants indicated that much of the recent new construction in the province has been for government buildings, and many of these are being built to high energy efficiency standards which is pushing the local industry to adopt better building standards overall. Strategies to encourage further adoption include presenting the non-energy benefits as part of the business case, including the ability to rent high performance buildings at a premium. Expert engineering consultants are considered key to successfully delivering projects, and increased training for building owners and the design community would help, particularly workshops on how to deal with the administrative burden of certification or strategies to implement energy efficiency outside of established rating systems. The initial discussion focused on large offices on the Island grid. Participants believed participation would be similar in Labrador and lower in Isolated regions. Participants also believed that participation would be higher for schools and universities, but lower in all other sub sectors. The adoption of high performance new construction practices that result in energy efficiency that is 40%
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
better than code are expected to be adopted at a much lower rate than practices that are 25% better than code. 9.4.7 PC Power Management For this measure, achievable workshop participants provided 2029 participation rate estimates of 50% for the upper Achievable Potential scenario and 10% for the lower Achievable Potential scenario. Participants thought the most likely adoption curve would be B for both scenarios. Barriers that tend to lower adoption included the potential for IT departments needing to make updates during off hours, individuals overriding power management settings, and the increased use of remote work computers limiting the proportion of computer equipment that can be shut down. Strategies to encourage adoption include driving implementation through the IT department and educating users in order to ensure the persistence of savings. Holding competitions among users, for example between different floors of an office building, can encourage participation. The initial discussion focused on the large office sector on the Island grid. Participants believed that participation would be somewhat lower in the Labrador and Isolated regions. Participants also believed that participation would be similar for small offices, schools, and universities while participation is expected to be lower for all other sub sectors. Participants also discussed some of the related behavioural measures. The adoption of ENERGY STAR® certified computers, office equipment, and servers is expected to be similar, while the use of task lighting, natural ventilation, and keeping doors closed is expected to be lower. 9.4.8 High Performance Glazing Systems For this measure, achievable workshop participants provided 2029 participation rate estimates of 80% for the upper Achievable Potential scenario and 10% for the lower Achievable Potential scenario. Participants thought the most likely adoption curve would be C for the upper achievable scenario and B for the lower achievable scenario. Barriers that tend to lower adoption include some presence of low quality products in the market, a lack of awareness about competitively priced high efficiency options, and a higher first cost. Landlords are also less likely to implement energy efficiency measures in leased buildings. Currently high performance glazing systems are only incented under the takeCHARGE Custom Program, which has seen a very low uptake to date. Strategies to improve adoption include engaging architects and contractors as partners to promote high efficiency glazing options, ensuring that high efficiency glazing is specified during design, and promoting the non-energy benefits such as improved occupant comfort. The initial discussion focused on the large office sector on the Island grid. Participants believed that participation would be higher in the Labrador and Isolated regions. Participants also believed that participation would be similar for large accommodations, higher for healthcare, schools, and universities, and lower for small offices, retail, small accommodations, warehouses, and restaurants. Participants also discussed some of the related whole building measures. The adoption of wall insulation and roof insulation is expected to be similar, while the penetration of recommissioning is expected to be higher.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
9.4.9 Aggregate Results Exhibit 66 summarizes the participant rate and “ramp up” curve assumptions discussed above.
Exhibit 66 Summary of Achievable Potential Participation Rates and Curves
Lower Potential Scenario Upper Potential Scenario
Technology 2029
Participation Factor
Adoption Curve
2029 Participation
Factor Adoption
Curve
C1: LED Tubular Lamps 70% Curve B 80% Curve C
C2: High-Efficiency Air Source Heat Pumps 20% Curve B 60% Curve B
C3: ECM Motors and Evaporator Fan Motor Controllers 25% Curve B 80% Curve B
C4: VFDs on HVAC Motors 5% Curve B 70% Curve B
C5: Advanced Building Automation Systems 20% Curve B 70% Curve B
C6: High Performance New Construction 50% Curve A 80% Curve C
C7: PC Power Management 10% Curve B 50% Curve B
C8: High Performance Glazing Systems 10% Curve B 80% Curve C
As noted earlier, it was not possible to fully address all opportunities in the one-day workshop. Consequently, the workshop focused on opportunities selected based on the criteria described in Step 1. Estimated participation rates for the remaining opportunities were extrapolated from the workshop results shown above and an aggregate set of results was prepared that included all of the eligible technologies. The results shown in the attached appendices and in the following summary section incorporate the results of all these inputs.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Summary of Potential Electric Energy Savings 9.5 This section presents a summary of the electric energy savings for the upper and lower achievable potential scenarios. The summary is organized and presented in the following sub-sections: Overview and selected highlights Electric energy savings – Upper Achievable scenario Electric energy savings – Lower Achievable scenario. It should be noted that measures are applied separately for each combination of region, sub sector, and milestone year. Some of the parameters that are used to assess measures in each circumstance can vary. For example, the potential savings or cost for a measure in one sub sector or region may be different from the savings or cost in another sub sector or region. In addition, the economic threshold value that is used to assess cost-effectiveness varies for each of the milestones. As such, measures that are marginally cost-effective, such as multi-split heat pumps, are only cost-effective in a subset of the regions, sub sectors, and milestone years being considered. 9.5.1 Overview and Selected Highlights Exhibit 67 presents an overview of the results for the total Newfoundland service territory by milestone year, for three scenarios: Economic Potential, upper Achievable Potential and lower Achievable Potential.
Exhibit 67 Electricity Savings by Milestone Year for Three Scenarios (GWh/yr.)
Selected Highlights – Potential Electric Energy Savings Selected highlights of the potential electric energy savings for the upper and lower achievable potential scenarios shown in Exhibit 67 are summarized below. Further detail is provided in the following sub-sections and in the accompanying appendices. Savings by Milestone Year Savings in both Achievable scenarios are achieved somewhat more steadily throughout the period than in the Economic Potential scenario. In the upper Achievable Potential scenario, 23% of the 2029 savings would be achieved by 2020, rising to 44% in 2023 and 71% by 2026. In the lower Achievable Potential scenario, 15% of the 2029 savings would be achieved by 2020, rising to 35% in 2023 and 66% by 2026. Although there are some measures in both scenarios that can be implemented early in the study period, the majority are expected to follow an adoption curve that starts slowly and builds up towards 2029.
Savings by Sub Sector Offices account for the largest portion of achievable savings with 21-23% of the achievable potential savings coming from this sector. Of this, large offices account for approximately 13% and 11% of the upper and lower Achievable Potential savings, respectively, and small offices account for 10% each of the upper and lower achievable potential savings. This reflects the larger market share of offices and their generally higher level of energy intensity. The retail sector accounts for 19-21% of the achievable potential savings with 6% of savings in large non-food retail for both scenarios, 7% savings in small non-food retail for both scenarios and 7% and 8% savings in food retail for the upper and lower scenarios respectively. Educational facilities also provide for a total of 16 -17% of achievable potential savings with schools accounting for approximately 11% and 10% of the upper and lower Achievable Potential savings, respectively, and Universities and colleges accounting for 6% each of the upper and lower achievable potential savings. Savings by Region The Island Interconnected region accounts are expected to comprise 88% of potential savings in 2029. The Labrador Interconnected region accounts provides 11% of the savings, and the Isolated region provides 1% of the potential savings in 2029. Savings by End Use Savings in the HVAC major end use (which includes space heating, space cooling, and HVAC Fans and Pumps) account for 57% of the upper achievable savings and 38% of the lower achievable savings in 2029. Space heating is the biggest contributor, at 42% of the overall upper achievable savings and 29% of the overall lower Achievable Potential savings. HVAC Fans and Pumps savings account for 13% of the overall 2029 upper Achievable Potential savings and 8% of the overall lower Achievable Potential savings. The most significant measures that save HVAC include ductless mini-split heat pumps, building recommissioning, air source heat pumps, demand control ventilation, and programmable thermostats. Although HVAC accounts for a very large percentage of the potential, the space heating savings potential is also a very large percentage of the reference case space heating consumption. Between 7% and 32% of HVAC consumption could potentially be saved, respectively, in the lower and upper Achievable Potential scenarios. Lighting savings accounts for 32% of the upper achievable savings and 53% of the lower achievable savings. Of this, the General Lighting savings accounts for 22% of the upper Achievable Potential savings in 2029 and 32% of the lower Achievable Potential savings. The most significant lighting savings come from LED lighting measures, building recommissioning, lighting occupancy sensors, and T8 Fixtures. Secondary Lighting accounts for 4% of the upper Achievable Potential savings and 10% of the lower Achievable Potential savings in 2029. The most significant savings for secondary lighting come from LED lighting measures. Street Lighting accounts for 2% of the upper Achievable Potential savings and 6% of the lower Achievable Potential savings. The potential reduction for street lighting comes solely from the LED Street Lighting measure. Refrigeration accounts for 5% of each of the 2029 upper Achievable Potential savings and lower Achievable Potential savings. The most significant refrigeration measures are the refrigerated display cases, high efficiency compressors and the evaporator fan upgrades measure (ECM Motors and Evaporator Fan Motor Controllers). The remaining major end uses are all under 5% in both scenarios. There are savings available in three other major end uses, including Domestic Hot Water, Food Service, and Plug Loads. Together they account for 7% of upper Achievable Potential savings in 2029 and 4% of lower Achievable Potential savings in 2029.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Savings by Measure The most significant savings in the Achievable Potential come from the following measures: Building recommissioning, which accounts for 20% of the upper Achievable Potential savings
in 2029 and 9% of the lower Achievable Potential savings in 2029 Ductless mini-split heat pumps, which account for 10% of the upper Achievable Potential
savings in 2029 and 11% of the lower Achievable Potential savings in 2029 Programmable Thermostats, which accounts for 6% of each of the upper Achievable Potential
savings and lower Achievable Potential savings in 2029 Air Source Heat Pumps, which accounts for 6% of the upper Achievable Potential savings in
2029 and 7% of the lower Achievable Potential savings in 2029 Advanced BAS, which accounts for 6% of each of the upper Achievable Potential savings and
lower Achievable Potential savings in 2029 Lighting Occupancy sensors, which accounts for 5% of the upper Achievable Potential
savings in 2029 and 4% of the lower Achievable Potential savings in 2029 High performance new construction (25% better), which accounts for 5% of the upper
Achievable Potential savings in 2029 and 8% of the lower Achievable Potential savings in 2029 LED tubes (applied to general and secondary lighting), which accounts for 5% of the upper
Achievable Potential savings in 2029 and 10% of the lower Achievable Potential savings in 2029 LED lamps (applied to general and secondary lighting), which accounts for 4% of the upper
Achievable Potential savings in 2029 and 11% of the lower Achievable Potential savings in 2029 There are numerous other smaller measures that contribute to the overall Achievable Potential results. 9.5.2 Electric Energy Savings – Upper Achievable Scenario The following exhibits present the potential electricity savings30 under the upper Achievable Potential scenario. The results shown are relative to the Reference Case. The results are broken down as follows: Exhibit 68 presents the results by region and by milestone year Exhibit 69 presents the results for the total NL service territory by sub sector and milestone year Exhibit 70 presents the results for the total NL service territory by end use and milestone year Exhibit 71 presents the results for the total NL service territory by technology and milestone year.
Exhibit 68 Upper Achievable Electricity Savings by Region (MWh/yr.)
30 Note: A value of “0” in the following exhibits means a relatively small number, not an absolute value of zero.
Region 2017 2020 2023 2026 20292029 Savings Relative to Ref Case
Exhibit 71 Upper Achievable Electricity Savings by Technology and Milestone Year (MWh/yr.) (cont’d…)
Note: Curves A and B in this exhibit are as presented in Exhibit 65. In the exhibit, a zero indicates a value that rounds off to zero (i.e., less than 0.5). A dash indicates a value that is actually zero.
2017 2020 2023 2026 2029 Island Labrador IsolatedHigh Performance Glazing Systems 1,620 3,544 6,313 11,969 22,110 C 4.2 5.8 3.1Demand Control Kitchen Ventilation (DCKV) 60 252 531 843 1,145 B 4.2 4.2 N/AT5HO Fixtures 946 1,642 2,030 2,148 2,063 C 4.5 4.5 4.5Refrigeration Controls 121 492 1,058 1,764 2,531 B 4.5 4.5 N/AOccupancy Sensors (Lighting) 1,419 5,417 11,949 20,758 31,654 B 4.5 4.8 5.3Drainwater Heat Recovery 13 73 199 423 773 B 4.5 4.5 4.5ECM Motors and Evaporator Fan Motor Controllers 237 927 2,140 3,682 5,538 B 4.7 4.7 4.7LED High Bay Fixtures 1,782 3,016 3,784 4,144 4,143 C 4.8 2.1 4.8High Performance T8 Fixtures 4,967 9,019 11,633 13,012 13,259 C 4.8 4.2 4.2T5HO Fixtures 317 525 662 701 673 C 5.0 4.3 3.6ENERGY STAR Dishwashers 54 214 520 924 1,442 B 5.0 5.0 N/AVentilation Heat Recovery 570 2,636 5,932 10,545 16,477 B 5.2 4.2 4.1LED High Bay Fixtures 504 848 1,058 1,156 1,156 C 5.2 3.6 3.8New Construction (40% More Efficient) 106 807 3,037 6,827 11,360 C 5.3 2.6 7.1Radiant Infrared Heaters 74 296 663 1,338 2,088 B 5.9 6.1 N/ADemand Control Ventilation (DCV) 1,149 4,503 11,254 18,613 26,045 B 5.9 4.5 N/ALED Tubular Lamps 2,078 3,435 4,205 4,482 4,598 C 6.0 3.5 6.8Ground Source Heat Pumps 223 652 1,291 2,056 2,861 B 6.4 N/A 12.1LED Tubular Lamps 6,452 9,659 11,469 25,145 25,694 C 7.1 N/A 8.7LED Street Lighting 6,088 10,474 13,256 14,552 14,491 C 7.8 N/A N/AAdvanced Building Automation Systems 1,960 7,531 15,931 25,891 36,727 B 8.1 4.3 N/ARefrigeration Heat Recovery 18 71 158 277 429 B 8.2 N/A N/ACEE-Rated Refrigerators and Freezers 52 75 127 157 157 B 8.4 N/A 8.4Ductless Mini-Split Heat Pump 2,651 10,777 23,888 42,741 66,022 B 8.9 2.4 6.0High Efficiency Chillers 0 0 0 0 0 B 10.5 N/A N/ARefrigerated Cases with Doors 339 1,357 3,053 5,427 8,480 B 10.9 N/A N/ALED Refrigerated Display Case Lighting 35 42 52 66 82 B 11.5 N/A 16.0Dimming Control (Daylighting) 2 10 22 39 62 B N/A N/A 18.6Freezer Defrost Controllers - - 1 2 3 B N/A N/A 27.9LED Troffers 8 22 41 62 66 C N/A N/A 19.3HVAC Impact from Other Savings (8,214) (13,872) (17,362) (23,095) (23,877) N/A N/A N/A N/A Grand Total 56,218 149,386 280,435 455,668 640,441
Measure Year Adoption Curve
Weighted Average CCE
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
9.5.3 Electric Energy Savings – Lower Achievable Scenario The following exhibits present the potential electricity savings31 under the lower Achievable Potential scenario. The results shown are relative to the Reference Case. The results are broken down as follows: Exhibit 72 presents the results by supply system, by region and milestone year Exhibit 73 presents the results for the total NL by sub sector and milestone year Exhibit 74 presents the results for the total NL by end use and milestone year Exhibit 75 presents the results for the total NL by technology and milestone year.
Exhibit 72 Lower Achievable Electricity Savings by Region (MWh/yr.)
31 A value of “0” in the following exhibits means a relatively small number, not an absolute value of zero.
Electric Peak Load Reductions from Energy Efficiency 9.6 Exhibit 76 presents a summary of the peak load reductions that would occur as a result of the electric energy savings contained in the Achievable Potential Forecast. The reductions are shown by milestone year, region and sub sector for both lower and upper achievable potential savings. In each case, the reductions are an average value over the peak period and are defined relative to the Reference Case presented previously in Sections 4 and 6. Exhibit 77 and Exhibit 78 show the lower and upper Achievable Potential savings by region, sub sector and principal end use for each milestone year. Exhibit 76, Exhibit 77 and Exhibit 78 only approximate the potential demand impacts associated with the energy-efficiency measures because they are based on the assumption that the measures do not change the load shape of the end uses they affect. This is not always correct. For example, most of the heat pump measures will not produce any peak demand savings, because during the winter peak period the heat pumps and mini-splits will revert to back-up electric resistance heating.32 Therefore, there will be no net reduction in space heating peak demand for these measures. Accordingly, the demand reductions for the heat pump measures have been manually filtered out of the results presented in these exhibits. Exhibit 79 shows the demand reductions associated with each electric energy savings measure contained in the Achievable Potential Forecast for the milestone year 2029. The heat pump measures are omitted from the exhibit, as with the previous two exhibits. One notable line item in the exhibit is “HVAC Impact from Other Savings” - the impact on peak space heating load resulting from the savings for other end uses within the sub sector. This is to capture the fact that in an electrically-heated building, savings of energy consuming equipment within the building will not reduce the winter peak demand. The impact of demand reductions for other end uses on the space heating demand can be seen graphically in Exhibit 77. As the demand impacts for many of the other end uses rise with time, the demand impacts for space heating actually decreases over time. Electric peak load reductions related to capacity-only measures are presented separately in Section 9.7.
32 In fact, this is a conservative assumption for the Island Interconnected region. Although the demand peak occurs on the coldest winter days, in a climate such as that of St. John’s the temperature is typically not very extreme on those peak days. Therefore, many heat pumps will continue to work in heat pump mode and not revert to electric resistance. In this study, we have retained the conservative assumption that they do not provide demand relief.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Exhibit 76 Electric Peak Load Reductions from Lower and Upper Achievable Potential Energy Savings Measures by Milestone Year, Region and Subsector (MW)
Exhibit 76 Electric Peak Load Reductions from Lower and Upper Achievable Potential Energy Savings Measures by Milestone Year, Region and Subsector (MW) (cont’d…)
Exhibit 77 Electric Peak Load Reductions from Upper Achievable Potential Energy Savings Measures, by Milestone Year End Use and Sub sector, Winter Peak Period (MW)
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
2017
2020
2023
2026
2029
2017
2020
2023
2026
2029
2017
2020
2023
2026
2029
2017
2020
2023
2026
2029
2017
2020
2023
2026
2029
2017
2020
2023
2026
2029
DHW Food Service HVAC Lighting Plug Loads Refrigeration
Upp
er A
chie
vabl
e Po
tent
ial D
eman
d Re
duct
ion
from
EE
(MW
) Large Office
Small Office
Large Non-food Retail
Small Non-food Retail
Food Retail
Large Accomodation
Small Accomodation
Healthcare
Schools
Universities and Colleges
Warehouse/Wholesale
Restaurants
Labrador Isolated C/I Buildings
Island Isolated C/I Buildings
Large Other Buildings
Small Other Buildings
Other Institutional
Non-Buildings
Street Lighting
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Exhibit 78 Electric Peak Load Reductions from Lower Achievable Potential Energy Savings Measures, by Milestone Year End Use and Sub sector, Winter Peak Period (MW)
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
2017
2020
2023
2026
2029
2017
2020
2023
2026
2029
2017
2020
2023
2026
2029
2017
2020
2023
2026
2029
2017
2020
2023
2026
2029
2017
2020
2023
2026
2029
DHW Food Service HVAC Lighting Plug Loads Refrigeration
Low
er A
chie
vabl
e Po
tent
ial D
eman
d Re
duct
ion
from
EE
(MW
) Large Office
Small Office
Large Non-food Retail
Small Non-food Retail
Food Retail
Large Accomodation
Small Accomodation
Healthcare
Schools
Universities and Colleges
Warehouse/Wholesale
Restaurants
Labrador Isolated C/I Buildings
Island Isolated C/I Buildings
Large Other Buildings
Small Other Buildings
Other Institutional
Non-Buildings
Street Lighting
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Summary of Peak Load Reductions 9.7 This section presents a summary of the electric peak load reductions that would result from the application of peak demand measures. Exhibit 80 compares the Reference Case, Lower Achievable Potential and Upper Achievable Potential Peak Demand Forecast levels of winter peak demand.33 As illustrated, under the Reference Case commercial peak demand would grow from the Base Year level of 520 MW to approximately 600 MW by 2029. This contrasts with the Lower Achievable Potential Forecast in which peak demand would decrease to approximately 570 MW for the same period, a difference of approximately 35 MW or about 6%. The Upper Achievable Potential forecasts peak demand at 480 MW, a difference of approximately 120 MW or 20%. The other two lines on the chart show the peak demand that would result if all the energy efficiency measures were applied but none of the demand reduction measures in each of the Lower and Upper Achievable Potential scenarios. As illustrated in the exhibit, approximately 97% of the reduction comes from the impact of energy efficiency measures in both the Upper Achievable Potential scenario and the Lower Achievable Potential scenario.
Exhibit 80 Peak Demand of Reference Case, Lower Achievable Potential and Upper Achievable Potential in Commercial Sector (MW)34
33 All results are reported at the customer’s point-of-use and do not include line losses. 34 Please note that all demand curtailment is accounted for in the Industrial sector analysis and reporting
480
490
500
510
520
530
540
550
560
570
580
590
600
2014 2016 2018 2020 2022 2024 2026 2028
Win
ter P
eak
Dem
and
(MW
)
Reference Case (MW) Demand with Upper EE Measures Applied (MW)Demand with Lower EE Measures Applied (MW) Upper Achievable Potential Demand (MW)Lower Achievable Potential Demand (MW)
Reference Case
Demand After Lower Achievable EE
Lower Achievable Demand
Demand After Upper Achievable EE
Upper Achievable Demand
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
9.7.1 Peak Demand Reduction Further detail on the total potential peak demand reduction provided by the Upper and Lower Achievable Potential Forecast is provided in the following exhibits:35 Exhibit 81 presents the results by end use, sub sector and milestone year Exhibit 82 provides a further disaggregation of the peak demand reduction by technology and
milestone year Exhibits 83 and 84 present peak demand reduction by major end use, milestone year and region Exhibits 85 and 86 present peak demand reduction by major end use, milestone year and sub
sector Exhibit 87 and Exhibit 88 present 2029 peak demand reduction by major end use and vintage.
35 MW reductions shown in the following exhibits are not incremental. For example, the space heating reductions in 2029 are not in addition to the space heating reductions from the previous milestone years. Rather, they are the difference between the Reference Case space heating peak demand in 2029 and the space heating peak demand if all the measures included in the Lower or Upper Achievable Potential scenario are implemented.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Exhibit 81 Total Lower and Upper Achievable Potential Peak Demand Reduction by End Use, Sub sector and Milestone Year (MW) (cont’d…)
Notes: 1) Results are measured at the customer’s point-of-use and do not include line losses. 2) Any differences in totals are due to rounding. 3) In the above exhibit a value displays as 0 if it is between 0 and 0.5. Totals are calculated using the actual numerical value. 4) MW reductions are not incremental. The space heating reductions in 2029 are not in addition to the reductions from the previous milestone years. Rather, they are the difference between the Reference Case space heating peak demand in 2029 and the space heating peak demand if all the measures included in the Economic Potential scenario are implemented. 5) The values in this exhibit do not include peak demand reductions from energy efficiency measures. 6) Demand-specific measure savings will fluctuate based on the demand savings from conservation measures. The demand reference case to which demand-specific measures are applied already factors in the corresponding Upper or Lower Achievable demand savings from conservation measures. So the more peak demand reductions are generated through conservation measures, the less peak demand remains for demand-specific measures to reduce.
9.7.2 Interpretation of Results Highlights of the results presented in the preceding exhibits are summarized below: Peak Demand Reduction by Milestone Year The Lower Achievable Potential peak load reductions increase from 0.01 MW in 2017 to 1.18 MW in 2029. The Upper Achievable Potential peak load reductions increase from 0.03 MW in 2017 to 4.21 MW in 2029. Peak Demand Reduction by Sub sector The hospitality sector accounts for the largest peak load reduction potential with 23% of the peak load reduction from this sector. Of this, 13% of the achievable peak load reduction savings are from the large accommodations sub sector as a result of the higher achievable savings for DHW and HVAC in these facilities. Office buildings account for 19% of the potential peak load reductions; this reflects their large market share and their generally high level of electrical intensity. Peak load reductions in the retail facilities and other buildings each account for 17% of the potential savings; and educational facilities account for 14% of the potential savings. Healthcare facilities account for 9% of the peak load reductions. The other sub sectors each account for less than 1% of the potential peak load reductions. Peak Demand Reduction by Region The Island Interconnected region accounts for 91% of the potential peak load reductions. The Labrador Interconnected region accounts for 8% of the potential peak load reductions, and the Isolated region accounts for less than 1% of the potential peak load reductions. Peak Demand Reduction by Existing Buildings versus New Construction Peak load reductions in existing buildings account for almost all of the reduction potential at the beginning of the study period; as new homes are constructed, the load reduction potential associated with them occupies a progressively larger portion of the total. By 2029, peak load reductions from new construction accounts for 24% of the total potential. Peak Demand Reduction by End Use HVAC measures account for 68% of the total load reductions in the Upper Achievable Potential Forecast in 2020, not including load reductions from energy efficiency measures; this decreases by to 64% by 2029. HVAC measures account for just over 74% of the total load reductions in the Lower Achievable Potential Forecast in 2020, not including load reductions from energy efficiency measures. With less than 1% of a decrease, the load reduction from HVAC remains at almost 74% by 2029. Of the 64% of 2029 reductions that come from HVAC in the Upper Achievable Potential scenario, approximately 56% of it is from the HVAC Demand Controls measure and almost 8% is from the Heating Controls measure. DHW measures account for approximately 20% of the total load reductions in the Upper Achievable Potential Forecast in 2020, not including load reductions from energy efficiency measures; this rises to 23% of the total by 2029. DHW measures account for approximately 12% of the total load reductions in the Lower Achievable Potential Forecast in 2020, not including load reductions from energy efficiency measures; this rises to 14% of the total by 2029. All of the potential savings come from the DHW controls measure. Lighting and Refrigeration makes up a smaller portion of the total load reduction opportunity with Lighting demand controls accounting for 8% of the total 2029 upper achievable potential savings and refrigeration demand controls accounting for 5% of the 2029 upper achievable potential savings.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Sensitivity of the Results to Changes in Avoided Cost 9.8 The avoided costs used in the Achievable Potential model are varied by region and by milestone year. As with any forecast, the projected avoided costs are subject to uncertainty. Accordingly, the model has been re-run with avoided costs varied within a reasonable range. The lower end of this range is considered to be 10% below the current projection, for both energy cost and demand cost. The upper end of the range is considered to be 30% above the current projections for energy cost and 20% above the current projections for demand cost. Exhibit 89 shows that the lower Achievable Potential results are sensitive to this range of avoided costs. By 2029, the exhibits show the following changes in achievable potential: The lower range of reasonableness produces lower Achievable Potential energy savings that are
1% higher in the Island Interconnected region, 5% lower in the Labrador region, and almost unchanged in the Isolated region.
The lower range of reasonableness produces lower Achievable Potential peak demand reductions that are almost unchanged in the Island Interconnected and Isolated regions and 4% lower in the Labrador region.
The upper range of reasonableness produces lower Achievable Potential energy savings that are 2% higher in both the Island Interconnected region and Labrador region and almost unchanged in the Isolated region.
The upper range of reasonableness produces lower Achievable Potential peak demand reductions that are 4% higher in the Island Interconnected region, 2% higher in the Labrador region and almost unchanged in the Isolated region.
Exhibit 89 Sensitivity of the Lower Achievable Potential Energy Savings and Peak Demand Reduction to
Avoided Cost
Energy Savings
(MWh/yr.)
Peak Demand
Reduction (MW)
Energy Savings
(MWh/yr.)
Peak Demand
Reduction (MW)
Energy Savings
(MWh/yr.)
Peak Demand
Reduction (MW)
2017 7,466 1 7,528 1 7,665 1
2020 29,627 5 29,913 5 30,932 5
2023 67,673 11 68,110 11 71,079 11
2026 120,163 19 126,145 20 127,373 20
2029 193,198 30 191,279 30 194,392 31
2017 416 0 433 0 507 0
2020 1,979 0 2,109 0 2,580 0
2023 4,967 1 5,117 1 6,418 1
2026 9,969 2 10,676 2 11,532 2
2029 16,462 3 17,359 3 17,740 3
2017 14 0 14 0 14 0
2020 77 0 77 0 77 0
2023 172 0 172 0 172 0
2026 311 0 311 0 311 0
2029 498 0 498 0 498 0
Base Scenario Upper Range of Reasonableness
Island Interconnected
Labrador Interconnected
Isolated
Region Year
Lower Range of Reasonableness
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Exhibit 90 shows that the upper Achievable Potential results are sensitive to this range of avoided costs. By 2029, the exhibits show the following changes in achievable potential: The lower range of reasonableness produces lower Achievable Potential energy savings that are
almost unchanged in the Island Interconnected region, 4% lower in the Labrador region, and 1% lower in the Isolated region.
The lower range of reasonableness produces lower Achievable Potential peak demand reductions that are almost 1% lower in the Island Interconnected region, 4% lower in the Labrador region and 2% lower in the Isolated region.
The upper range of reasonableness produces lower Achievable Potential energy savings that are 2% higher in the Island Interconnected region, 1% higher in the Labrador region and almost unchanged in the Isolated region.
The upper range of reasonableness produces lower Achievable Potential peak demand reductions that are 3% higher in the Island Interconnected region, 1% higher in the Labrador region and almost unchanged in the Isolated region.
Exhibit 90 Sensitivity of the Upper Achievable Potential Energy Savings and Peak Demand Reduction to
Avoided Cost
Energy Savings
(MWh/yr.)
Peak Demand
Reduction (MW)
Energy Savings
(MWh/yr.)
Peak Demand
Reduction (MW)
Energy Savings
(MWh/yr.)
Peak Demand
Reduction (MW)
2017 52,454 8 52,821 8 53,297 9
2020 136,874 24 137,859 24 141,796 25
2023 254,170 47 255,655 48 265,788 50
2026 396,303 75 407,167 77 415,059 79
2029 563,888 107 566,388 108 577,793 112
2017 2,616 0 2,763 0 3,438 1
2020 9,342 2 10,142 2 13,357 3
2023 22,055 4 22,594 4 30,071 6
2026 43,418 9 45,474 9 49,237 10
2029 67,045 13 70,163 14 70,976 14
2017 626 0 634 0 639 0
2020 1,362 0 1,384 0 1,392 0
2023 2,146 0 2,185 0 2,195 0
2026 2,973 0 3,027 0 3,037 0
2029 3,837 1 3,890 1 3,901 1
Base Scenario Upper Range of Reasonableness
Island Interconnected
Labrador Interconnected
Isolated
Region Year
Lower Range of Reasonableness
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Net-to-Gross 9.9 Net-to-gross ratios are used to estimate the free-ridership occurring in CDM programs. Free riders are program participants who would have undertaken an efficiency or demand management measure naturally, even without the influence of the utility’s program. A net-to-gross ratio is a factor that represents the net program impact divided by the gross program impact. The net impact can be found by multiplying the gross impact by the net-to-gross ratio. Net-to-gross ratios have been estimated for many of the utility programs conducted in NL over the past several years. Though net-to-gross ratios are dependent on many factors, the estimates from previous programs were assumed to provide a reasonable approximation for the ratios in the near future. Where measures in the present study were not included in past programs, the net-to-gross ratio for the most similar program was used. Sources The following sources were used to estimate the measure net-to-gross ratios shown in the following exhibits: Net-to-gross ratios provided by Newfoundland Power, from evaluations of the CDM programs
that have been run in the province. Ontario Energy Board TRC Guide recommendations.36 Performance Plus Impact and Process Evaluation, 2012, from the Efficiency Nova Scotia
Corporation.37 Emera Maine Heat Pump Pilot Program Final Report, 2014.38 Caveat The estimates produced by the models in this study are not purely gross achievable potential estimates, because the reference case includes some naturally occurring savings. In order to calibrate the model’s reference case to the Utilities’ load forecast, it was essential to make reasonable assumptions about what efficiency improvements customers would make during the study period, in the absence of new utility programs. The economic, upper achievable, and lower achievable potentials were all calculated from this reference baseline that includes some naturally occurring savings. If the results are then adjusted for net-to-gross ratios, the following adjustments are both being made in the model: Naturally occurring savings, from customers who would adopt the efficiency measures in the
absence of new utility programs, are being accounted for in the reference case Free-ridership, from customers who participate in a program but would have adopted the
efficiency measures without its influence, are being accounted for in the net-to-gross ratio It appears likely that there is some double-counting between naturally occurring savings and free-ridership: some of the customers who would have adopted the measures naturally and some of the customers who would be free-riders in a program are actually the same people. Therefore, the exhibits shown below with net upper and lower achievable potential, are likely underestimates of the true net potential.
36 Ontario Energy Board, Total Resource Cost Guide. October, 2006. 37 Efficiency Nova Scotia Corporation, Performance Plus Impact and Process Evaluation, 2012. March, 2013. 38 Emera Maine, Heat Pump Pilot Program Final Report. November, 2014.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Results The net and gross achievable potential results are presented in the following four exhibits: Exhibit 91 shows the gross and net upper achievable potential for energy efficiency, by measure
and region for the year 2029, along with the net-to-gross ratios used Exhibit 92 shows the gross and net lower achievable potential for energy efficiency, by measure
and region for the year 2029, along with the net-to-gross ratios used Exhibit 93 shows the gross and net upper achievable potential for demand reduction, by
measure and region for the year 2029, along with the net-to-gross ratios used Exhibit 94 shows the gross and net lower achievable potential for demand reduction, by measure
and region for the year 2029, along with the net-to-gross ratios used At this time, net-to-gross ratios were not available for demand reduction programs in NL. Because these measures offer no financial advantages to the customer where time of use rates are not in use, free-ridership is assumed to be zero for these measures. The net-to-gross ratios are therefore assumed to be 1.0, and the net potential is equal to the gross potential.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
References 10The sources listed below include references used in preparation of this report and additional resources likely to be helpful for research on energy consumption patterns and efficient technologies. Additional references on specific technologies may be found in the TRC Analysis Workbooks, supplied as an accompanying deliverable with this report. Air Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute (AHRI), in association with the Gas Appliance Manufacturers Association (GAMA). Directory of Certified Product Performance. http://www.ahridirectory.org/ahridirectory/pages/home.aspx American Council for an Energy Efficient Economy (ACEEE). Emerging Energy-Saving Technologies and Practices for the Buildings Sector, 2004. Applied Energy Group. Cross-Sector Load Shape Library Model (LOADLIB). (Internal Files). ND. Applied Energy Group. Massachusetts Joint Utility End Use Monitoring Project Final Report. 1989. BC Hydro, Power Smart. QA Standard, Technology: Effective Measure Life, Sept. 11, 2006. BC Hydro. FY 2005 (April 2004 – March 2005) Residential Load Research data by segment (SDH – Single Family; Row – Row Houses). Brown, Richard, William Rittelmann, Danny Parker and Gregory Homan. “Appliances, Lighting, Electronics, and Miscellaneous Equipment Electricity Use in New Homes.” 2006 ACEEE Summer Study on Energy Efficiency in Buildings. California EPA, Air Resources Board. Fact Sheet: Battery Electric Vehicles. Sacramento, CA, 2003. http://www.arb.ca.gov/msprog/zevprog/factsheets/clean_vehicle_incentives.pdf Canadian Mortgage and Housing Corporation. Northern Housing Report, 2011, http://www.cmhc-schl.gc.ca/odpub/esub/65446/65446_2011_A01.pdf?fr=1323709811046 Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation. Optimizing Heat and Air Distribution Systems when Retrofitting Houses with Energy Efficient Equipment. 2002. Chiara, S. and Lopes, J. Massachusetts JUMP Update and Analysis (Appliance Monitoring Project). AEIC Northeast Regional Conference and Proceedings; Hartford, CT; September 16, 1988. Edlington, C., et al. “Standby Trends in Australia and Mandatory Standby Power Proposals,” 2006 ACEEE Summer Study on Energy Efficiency in Buildings. Emera Maine. Heat Pump Pilot Program Final Report. November, 2014. http://www.emiconsulting.com/assets/Emera-Maine-Heat-Pump-Final-Report-2014.09.30.pdf ENERGY STAR Savings Calculator, available on NRCan website at http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/residential/personal/appliances/energy-cost-calculator.cfm?attr=4 E Source Heating Technology Atlas, http://www.esource.com/public/products/prosp_atlas.asp. Fuller, S. K. and Petersen, S. R. Life Cycle Costing Manual for the Federal Energy Management Program, National Institute of Standards and Technology Handbook 135, 1995 Edition, Washington, DC.
Gusdorf, John, Mike Swinton, Craig Simpson, Evgueniy Enchev, Skip Hayden, David Furdasm and Bill Castellan. “Saving Electricity and Reducing GHG Emissions with ECM Furnace Motors: Results from the CCHT and Projections to Various Houses and Locations.” 2006 ACEEE Summer Study on Energy Efficiency in Buildings. Harrington, Lloyd, Keith Jones and Bob Harrison. “Trends in Television Energy Use: Where It Is and Where It’s Going.” 2006 ACEEE Summer Study on Energy Efficiency in Buildings. International Energy Agency. Things That Go Blip In The Night: Standby Power And How To Limit It. Energy Efficiency Policy Profiles. ISBN 92-64-18557-7. Paris, France. 2001. Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory (LBL). Stand-by Power. Accessed 2010. http://standby.lbl.gov/ Long Island Lighting Company. DSM Program Evaluations. 1988 – 1991. Manning et al. The Effects of Thermostat Setback and Setup on Seasonal Energy Consumption: Surface Temperatures and Recovery Time at the CCHT Twin House Research Facility. Ottawa, 2007. Marbek Resource Consultants. Enbridge Natural Gas Efficiency Potential Study: Commercial Sector Report - Reference Forecast, Technical, Economic and Achievable Potential: 2004-2014, prepared for Enbridge Gas Distribution Inc., Dec. 2005. Marbek Resource Consultants. Natural Gas Energy Efficiency Potential. Prepared for Union Gas, March, 2009. Marbek Resource Consultants Ltd. Technology and Market Profile: Consumer Electronics – Final Report. Prepared for Natural Resources Canada. September 2006. Marbek Resource Consultants in association with Applied Energy Group and SAR Engineering. 2007 Conservation Potential Review: The Potential for Electricity Savings through Technology Adoption, 2006-2026 - Commercial Sector in British Columbia, prepared for BC Hydro, Nov. 2007. Marbek Resource Consultants. Energy Efficiency Measure Cost and Performance Database. (Internal Files). ND. Marbek Resource Consultants in association with Habart & Associates and Innes Hood Consulting. Terasen Gas Conservation Potential Review: Commercial Sector Report, prepared for Terasen Gas, April 2006. Marbek Resource Consultants in association with Sustainable Housing and Education Consultants and Applied Energy Group. Conservation and Demand Management (CDM) Potential: Newfoundland and Labrador - Commercial Sector Report, prepared for Newfoundland & Labrador Hydro and Newfoundland Power, Jan. 2008. Natural Resources Canada. Comprehensive Energy Use Database, 2008, http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/corporate/statistics/neud/dpa/comprehensive_tables/index.cfm Natural Resources Canada. Energy Consumption of Major Household Appliances Shipped in Canada: Trends for 1990-2008, Mar. 2011. Natural Resources Canada, Energy Use Data Handbook, 2005.
Natural Resources Canada. Energy Use Data Handbook Tables – Commercial Sector, 2010, http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/corporate/statistics/neud/dpa/handbook_res_ca.cfm?attr=0 Natural Resources Canada. HOT2000 Software. Download from: http://canmetenergy-canmetenergie.nrcan-rncan.gc.ca/eng/software_tools/hot2000.html Natural Resources Canada. RETscreen Software. Download from: http://www.retscreen.net/ang/home.php Natural Resources Canada. Survey of Household Energy Use, Detailed Statistical Report, 2007. Natural Resources Defense Council and Ecos Consulting. Issue paper: Televisions - Active Mode Energy Use and Opportunities for Energy Savings. March 2005. Navigant Consulting. Measures and Assumptions for Demand Side Management (DSM) Planning. Prepared for the Ontario Energy Board. April 16, 2009. Newfoundland Labrador Hydro, Complete Set of Rates effective July 1 14, provided February 2015. Newfoundland Labrador Hydro, Island Interconnected Residential and Area Lighting Breakdown, proprietary data provided January 2015. Newfoundland Labrador Hydro, Isolated Residential and Area Lighting Breakdown, proprietary data provided January 2015. Newfoundland Labrador Hydro, Isolated Systems Load Forecast, provided February 2015. Newfoundland Labrador Hydro, Labrador Residential and Area Lighting, proprietary data provided January 2015. Newfoundland Labrador Hydro, Load Forecast information for ICF Potential Study, provided February 2015. Newfoundland Labrador Hydro and Newfoundland Power, Free Ridership 2014, provided February 2015. Newfoundland Labrador Hydro and Newfoundland Power, Marginal cost projections for ICF Potential Study, provided February 2015. Newfoundland Labrador Hydro and Newfoundland Power, Measure Cost, provided January 2015. Newfoundland Labrador Hydro and Newfoundland Power, Participation 2014, provided March 2015. Newfoundland Labrador Hydro and Newfoundland Power, Residential End Use Survey, 2014, provided January 2015. Newfoundland Power, CDM Potential Data NP, proprietary data provided January 2015. Newfoundland Power, System and average demand data for ICF Potential Study, provided February 2015. Ontario Energy Board. Total Resource Cost Guide. October, 2006. http://www.ontarioenergyboard.ca/documents/cases/RP-2004-0203/cdm_trcguide_021006.pdf
Ontario Power Authority. OPA Measures and Assumptions List (prescriptive). January, 2010. Pacific Northwest National Laboratory. Description of Electric Energy Use in Single-Family Residences in the Pacific Northwest (ELCAP). DOE/BP-13795-21. Ref. in “Building America Research Benchmark Definition”; January 2008. Phillips, B. Blower Efficiency in Domestic Heating Systems, CEA Report No. 9202-U-921, 1995. Statistics Canada. Private households by structural type of dwelling, by province and territory (2006 Census). http://www40.statcan.ca/l01/cst01/famil55d-eng.htm USDOE Renewable Energy Laboratory. Building America Research Benchmark Definition – Updated December 20, 2007. NREL/TP-550-42662, January 2008.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Glossary 11Achievable Potential: The portion of the economic conservation potential that is achievable through utility interventions and programs given institutional, economic and market barriers. Avoided Cost: By reducing electricity consumption and capacity requirements through the implementation of conservation and demand management programs, the NL utilities avoid the cost of having to buy electricity on the open market, contract for long term supply, and/or build and run new generation facilities. This avoided cost is used to develop a benchmark against which the cost of energy efficiency measures can be compared. Base Year: The base year for the 2015 CDM potential assessment is the 2014 sales for the two utilities. This number is derived from 2014 sales and forecast 2014 electric energy and capacity requirements as is explained in each report. Benchmark for Economic Analysis: The study established benchmarks for the economic cut-off for new avoided electrical supply on each of the different supply systems in NL. These values were selected to provide the CDM potential assessment with a reasonably useful time horizon (life) to allow planners to examine options that may become more cost-effective over time. The following values were used:
Cost of Conserved Energy (CCE): The CCE is calculated for each energy-efficiency measure. The CCE is the annualized incremental capital and operating and maintenance (O&M) cost of the upgrade measure divided by the annual energy savings achieved, excluding any administrative or program costs. The CCE represents the cost of conserving one kWh of electricity; it can be compared directly to the cost of supplying one new kWh of electricity. Cost of Electric Peak Reduction (CEPR): The CEPR for a peak load reduction measure is defined as the annualized incremental capital and O&M cost of the measure divided by the annual peak reduction achieved, excluding any administrative or program costs. The CEPR represents the cost of reducing one kW of electricity during a peak period; it can be compared to the cost of supplying one new kW of electric capacity during the same period. Conservation and Demand Management (CDM): CDM is the influencing of customers' electricity use to obtain desirable and quantifiable changes in that use. For example, CDM comprises such cooperative joint customer and utility initiatives as peak
Island Interconnected
Labrador Interconnected Isolated
2014 $0.11 $0.04 $0.21
2017 $0.13 $0.04 $0.23
2020 $0.05 $0.05 $0.26
2023 $0.06 $0.05 $0.29
2026 $0.07 $0.06 $0.34
2029 $0.08 $0.07 $0.37
Avoided Cost per kWhYear
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
clipping, valley filling, load shifting, strategic conservation, strategic load growth, flexible load shape, customer on-site generation and other similar activities. Economic Potential: The Economic Potential is the savings in electricity consumption due to energy efficient measures whose Cost of Conserved Energy (CCE) is less than or equal to the Benchmark for Economic Analysis. Effective Measure Life (EML): The estimated median number of years that the measures installed under a program are still in place and operable. EML incorporates: field conditions, obsolescence, building remodelling, renovation, demolition, and occupancy changes. Electricity Audit: An on-site inspection and cataloguing of electricity-using equipment/buildings, electricity consumption and the related end uses. The purpose is to provide information to the customer and the utility. Audits are useful for load research, for CDM program design, and identifying specific energy savings projects. Electric Capacity: The maximum electric power that a device or network is capable of producing or transferring. Electricity Conservation: Activities by utilities or electricity users that result in a reduction of electric energy use without adversely affecting the level or quality of energy service provided. Electricity conservation measures include substitution of high-efficiency motors for standard efficiency ones, occupancy sensors in office buildings, insulation in residences, etc. Electricity Efficiency: The ratio of the useful energy delivered by a dynamic system to the amount of electric energy supplied to it. Electric Energy: Energy in the form of electricity. Energy is the ability to perform work. Electric energy is different from electric power. Electric energy is measured in kilowatt-hours, megawatt-hours or gigawatt-hours. Electricity Intensity: Electric energy use measured per application or end use. Examples would include kilowatt-hours per square meter of lit office space per day, kilowatt-hours per tonne of pulp produced, and kilowatt-hours per year per residential refrigerator. Electricity intensity increases as electricity efficiency decreases. Electric Power: The rate at which electric energy is produced or transferred, usually measured in watts, kilowatts and megawatts. End use: The services of economic value to the users of energy. For example, office lighting is an end use, whereas electricity sold to the office tenant is of no value without the equipment (light fixtures, wiring, etc.) necessary to convert the electricity into visible light. End use is often used interchangeably with energy service.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Energy Service: An amenity or service supplied jointly by energy and other components such as buildings, motors and lights. Examples of energy services include residential space heating, commercial refrigeration, paper production, and lighting. The same energy service can frequently be supplied with different mixes of equipment and energy. Financial Incentive: Certain financial features in the utility's conservation and demand management programs designed to motivate customer participation. These may include features designed to reduce a customer's net cash outlay, pay-back period or cost of finance to participate in a specific conservation and demand management measure or technology. Flexible Load Shape: This is utility action to present customers with variations in service quality in exchange for incentives. Programs involved may be variations of interruptible or curtailable load, concepts of pooled, integrated energy management systems, or individual customer load control devices offering service constraints. Gigawatt-hour (GWh): One gigawatt-hour is one million kilowatt-hours. Integrated Planning or Integrated Resource Planning (IRP): See Supply Planning. Integrated Electricity Planning (IEP): See Supply Planning. Kilowatt (kW): One thousand watts; the basic unit of measurement of electric energy. One kilowatt-hour represents the power of one thousand watts (one kilowatt) for a period of one hour. A typical non-electrically heated detached home in NL uses about 10,700 kWh per year. A four foot fluorescent lamp in an office might use about 100-200 kWh per year and a large coal-fired plant might produce about three billion kWh per year. Levelized Cost of Conservation (LCC): The LCC is calculated for each energy efficiency measure. The LCC is the annualized incremental capital and O&M cost of the measure divided by the annual energy conserved, excluding any administrative or program costs. The LCC represents the cost of generating or conserving one kWh of electricity; it can be compared directly to the cost of supplying one new kWh of electricity. In the context of commercial energy efficiency measures, it is essentially the same as the cost of conserved energy (CCE), which is the term used in this report. Load Forecast: This is a forecast of electricity demand over a specified time period. Long-term load forecasts usually pertain to a 10 to 20-year period. In the case of NL, the load forecast assumes a specific set of rates or prices for electricity and competing energy forms, as well as many other economic variables. In addition, forecasts of electricity conserved through CDM programs are incorporated into the Supply Planning process.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Load Research: Research to disaggregate and analyze patterns of electricity consumption by various sub sectors and end uses is defined as load research. Load research supports the development of the load forecast and the design of conservation and demand management programs. Load Shape: The time pattern and magnitude of a utility's electrical demand. Load Shifting: Utility program activity to shift demand from peak to off-peak periods is defined as load shifting. Measure Total Resource Cost (TRC): The measure TRC calculates the net present value of energy savings that result from an investment in an energy-efficiency measure. The measure TRC is equal to its full or incremental capital cost (depending on application) plus any change (positive or negative) in the combined annual energy and O&M costs. This calculation includes, among others, the following inputs: the avoided electricity supply costs, the life of the technology, and the selected discount rate, which in this analysis has been set at 7%. A measure with a positive measure TRC value is included in subsequent stages of the analysis, which consists of the Economic and Achievable Potential scenarios. A measure with a negative TRC value is not economically attractive and is therefore not included in subsequent stages of the analysis. Megawatt (MW): One thousand kilowatts. Natural Change in Electricity Intensity: The future change in electricity intensity in a given end use that is expected to occur in the absence of conservation and demand management programs. In developing an estimate of natural change in electricity intensity it is necessary to make an explicit assumption about the future prices of electricity and competing fuels. Peak Clipping: Utility program activity to reduce peak demand without reducing demand at other times of the day or year. Peak Demand: Peak demand is the maximum electric power required by a customer or electric system during a short time period, typically one hour. The peak is the time (usually of day or year) at which peak demand occurs. The peak period of interest in NL is from 7 a.m. to noon and 4 p.m. to 8 p.m. on the four coldest days of the winter, for a total of 36 hours. Rate Structure: The formulas used to calculate charges for the use of electricity. For example, the present rate structures for both NL utilities for most commercial customers consists of a fixed monthly charge and charges for both electric energy usage and monthly peak demand usage. Reference Case: Provides a forecast of electricity sales that includes natural conservation (that which would occur in the absence of CDM programs) but no impacts of utility CDM programs. The reference case for the study is based on the 2014 base year and the Utilities’ Load Forecast.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Sector: A group of customers having a common type of economic activity. This CDM potential assessment includes the Residential, Commercial, and Industrial sectors. Sub sectors: A classification of customers within a sector by common features. Residential sub sectors are by type of home (single-family dwelling or apartment). Commercial sub sectors are generally by type of commercial service (retail and wholesale trade). Supply Curves: A graph that depicts the volume of energy at the appropriate screened price in ascending order of cost. Steps A through D below represent programs options, or technologies arranged as a supply curve.
[Cos
t ($/
MW
hr)]
Generation (MWhr)
A
B
C
D
Cos
t ($/
MW
)
[Generation (MW)] Supply Planning: The process of long-term planning of electricity generation and associated transmission facilities, in combination with supply reductions made possible through conservation and demand management, in order to meet forecast demands. Supply Planning in NL is done in a framework that recognizes economic, financial, environmental and social costs, risks, and impacts. Technical Efficiency: Efficiency of a system, process, or device in achieving a certain purpose, measured in terms of the physical inputs required to produce a given output. In the context of electricity conservation the relevant input is electric energy. Technology-Based Potential: Energy and or capacity/demand savings realized through the implementation of energy-efficiency technologies. Watt: The basic unit of measurement of electric power.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Introduction This appendix provides additional detailed information related to the generation of the Commercial sector Base Year profile. The appendix discusses the following: Sub sector descriptions Sales data analysis Detailed Results CEEAM archetype summaries – existing buildings A.1 Sub Sector Descriptions Exhibit 95 presents brief descriptions of the Commercial sub sectors. Detailed building archetype profiles for each sub sector are provided in Sections A.4 (Existing buildings) and C.4 (New buildings) of Appendices A and C, respectively.
Exhibit 95 Sub sector Descriptions
Sub Sector Definition Examples of Building Types
Large Office Buildings used for office or public administration, demand greater than 100 kW
Municipal office, government office building, private office buildings
Small Office Buildings used for office or public administration, demand less than 100 kW
Municipal office, government office building, private office buildings
Food Retail Retail store that primarily sells food items and has a significant refrigeration load Supermarket
Large Non-Food Retail Retail store which primarily sells non-food items, demand greater than 100 kW “Big box” store, strip mall, enclosed mall unit
Small Non-Food Retail Retail store which primarily sells non-food items, demand less than 100 kW Convenience store, independent retailer
Large Accomodation Large accomodations with common areas, food preparation, and amenities, demand greater than 100 kW
Hotel
Small Accomodation Small accommodations with very few amenities, demand less than 100 kW Motel, bed and breakfast
Healthcare Buildings used for providing multiple accommodations for short- or long-term care residents
Hospital, nursing home, nursing station
Schools Buildings whose primary function is education. Typically characterized by seasonably variable occupancy.
Elementary or secondary schools
Universities and Colleges
Buildings that make up a campus related to post-secondary education University campus
Warehouse / Wholesale
Typically metal-clad building with high ceilings and predominantly high-bay lighting
Restaurant Full service or quick service restaurant Family restaurant, franchise restaurant, diner
Large Other Building Commercial, institutional, manufacturing or light industrial buildings which do not fit the above categories, demand greater than 100 kW
Municipal workshop, prisons, light manufacturing
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Small Other Building Commercial, institutional, manufacturing or light industrial buildings which do not fit the above categories, demand less than 100 kW
Service garages, religious buildings, theaters, light manufacturing
Other Institutional Buildings that form Canadian Forces Base Goose Bay Barracks, mess halls, hangers, warehouses
Non-Building Structures for which electricity is primarily used by unique equipment
Telephone exchange, microwave repeater station
Street Lighting Street lighting N/A
Island Isolated C/I Buildings
Buildings located in isolated regions on the Island of Newfoundland
Restaurants, schools, variety stores, medical clinics, multi-purpose garages and sheds
Labrador Isolated C/I Buildings
Buildings located in isolated regions in Labrador, including Lanse-Aux-Loup
Restaurants, schools, variety stores, medical clinics, multi-purpose garages and sheds
A.2 Sales Data Analysis This section outlines the methodology for the allocation of the sales data provided by NLH and NLP to the Commercial sub sectors identified above. Both NLH and NLP provided sales data to ICF. This data included monthly consumption for accounts grouped by sector, sub sector, and rate class. The sales data was aggregated into the sub sector categories defined by ICF, with the distinction between small and large sub sector building types being made at the 100 kW demand level. Because the three diesel regions of Island Isolated, Labrador Isolated, and Lanse-Aux-Loup have relatively few commercial accounts, it was agreed that instead of reporting at the sub sector level, data and results would be reported in the following aggregate categories: Island Isolated C/I Buildings, Labrador Isolated C/I Buildings, and Street Lighting.
Exhibit 96 Sales Data Subsector Assignments
Sub Sector Description CDM Potential Subsector Assignment
Accommodations Other Small/Large Accommodation
Accommodations Restaurants Restaurants
Education Colleges and Universities Universities and Colleges
Education Other Schools
Health Care Hospitals Health Care
Health Care Other Health Care
Non-Buildings Non-Buildings
Office Small/Large Office
Other Buildings Small/Large Other Buildings
Other Buildings DND Other Institutional
Retail Trade Food Stores Food Retail
Retail Trade Other Small/Large Non-Food Retail
Wholesalers & Warehouse Warehouse/Wholesale
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Exhibit 96, above, describes how utility sub sectors were mapped to the sub sector definitions given above. A.3 Detailed Results This section of the appendix presents the base year electricity consumption for all three regions.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
A.4 CEEAM Archetype Summaries – Existing Buildings This section includes summary profiles of the twenty four existing building archetypes constructed for this study. Exhibit 100 presents a table of contents for the CEEAM building profiles that follow. A glossary of terms and acronyms used in the building profiles is included at the end of this appendix.
Exhibit 100 Table of Contents - Existing CEEAM Building Profiles
Region Sub Sector Page #
Island Interconnected Large Office A – 8 Island Interconnected Small Office A – 13 Island Interconnected Food Retail A – 18 Island Interconnected Small Non-food Retail A – 23 Island Interconnected Small Non-food Retail A – 28 Island Interconnected Large Accommodation A – 33 Island Interconnected Small Accommodation A – 38 Island Interconnected Healthcare A – 43 Island Interconnected Schools A – 48 Island Interconnected Universities and Colleges A – 53 Island Interconnected Warehouse / Wholesale A – 58 Island Interconnected Restaurant A – 63 Labrador Interconnected Large Office A – 68 Labrador Interconnected Small Office A – 73 Labrador Interconnected Food Retail A – 78 Labrador Interconnected Small Non-food Retail A – 83 Labrador Interconnected Small Non-food Retail A – 88 Labrador Interconnected Large Accommodation A – 93 Labrador Interconnected Small Accommodation A – 98 Labrador Interconnected Healthcare A – 103 Labrador Interconnected Schools A – 108 Labrador Interconnected Universities and Colleges A – 113 Labrador Interconnected Warehouse / Wholesale A – 118 Labrador Interconnected Restaurant A – 123 N/A Terms Used in Building Profiles A – 128
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILEEXISTING BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Large Office > 100 kW Island InterconnectedBaselineCONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.71 W/m².°C 0.12 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 3,717 m² 40,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.48 W/m².°C 0.09 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 1,239 m² 13,333 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 3.97 W/m².°C 0.70 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 1
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 45%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.40 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.58 Typical # Stories 3
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 3.7 m 12.0 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 75% 25% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 60%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 26 m²/person 274 ft²/person %OA 22.09%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 90%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. PeriodFresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 20 L/s.person 42 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right:(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation L/s.m² CFM/ft²
operation (%)Sizing Factor 1.3Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 3.55 L/s.m² 0.70 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.70 L/s.m² 0.14 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load 1,067,682
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 462,384 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 21,510 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 3.55 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 24 °C 75.2 °F 14 °C 57.2 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 98%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 15 °C 59 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 3300 Light Level (Lux) 450 550 650 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 5460 % Distribution 10% 80% 10% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 95% Weighted Average 550Usage During Unoccupied Period 20%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 20.0% 80.0% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 5.2
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 2.36Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 91.24Usage during unoccupied period 66% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.72
MJ/m².yr 27.70
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENTProvide description below: Fuel Oil / Propane Fuel Sh Electricity Fuel Share: 100.0% Fuel Oil / Propane EUI All Electric EUILunch room/cafeteria/restaurant EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.2 EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.1
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILEEXISTING BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Small Office < 100 kW Island InterconnectedBaselineCONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.38 W/m².°C 0.07 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 1,859 m² 20,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.19 W/m².°C 0.03 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 929 m² 10,000 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 3.97 W/m².°C 0.70 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 1
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 45%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.30 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.58 Typical # Stories 2
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 3.7 m 12.0 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 100% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 60%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 26 m²/person 274 ft²/person %OA 23.47%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 90%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. PeriodFresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 20 L/s.person 42 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right:(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation L/s.m² CFM/ft²
operation (%)Sizing Factor 1.3Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 3.34 L/s.m² 0.66 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.70 L/s.m² 0.14 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load 520,257
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 217,608 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 10,123 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 3.34 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 24 °C 75.2 °F 14 °C 57.2 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 98%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 15 °C 59 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 2500 Light Level (Lux) 450 550 650 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 6260 % Distribution 10% 80% 10% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 95% Weighted Average 550Usage During Unoccupied Period 20%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 20.0% 80.0% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 4.7
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 2.36Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 91.24Usage during unoccupied period 66% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.72
MJ/m².yr 27.70
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENTProvide description below: Fuel Oil / Propane Fuel Sh Electricity Fuel Share: 100.0% Fuel Oil / Propane EUI All Electric EUI
( % ) Fuel Oil / Propane EUIFire Side Inspection 75% kWh/ft².yr 14.1Water Side Inspection for Scale Buildup 100% MJ/m².yr 547Inspection of Controls & Safeties 100%Inspection of Burner 100% Market Composite EUIFlue Gas Analysis & Burner Set-up 90% kWh/ft².yr 10.3
MJ/m².yr 399
SPACE COOLING
A/C Plant TypeWSHP Absorption Chillers Total
Standard HE Open DX W. H. CWSystem Present (%) 100.0% 100.0%COP 4.7 5.4 3.5 3.5 2.6 0.9 1Performance (1 / COP) 0.21 0.19 0.29 0.29 0.38 1.11 1.00(kW/kW)Additional RefrigerantRelated Information
Control Mode Incidence of Use Fixed ResetSetpoint
Chilled WaterCondenser Water
Setpoint Chilled Water 7 °C 44.6 °FCondenser Water 30 °C 86 °FSupply Air 14.0 °C 57.2 °F
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILEEXISTING BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Food Retail All Island InterconnectedBaselineCONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.55 W/m².°C 0.10 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 2,788 m² 30,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.40 W/m².°C 0.07 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 2,788 m² 30,000 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 4.17 W/m².°C 0.73 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 1
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 45%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.06 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.69 Typical # Stories 1
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 4.6 m 15.0 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 100% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 50%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 30 m²/person 323 ft²/person %OA 22.97%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 90%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. PeriodFresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 20 L/s.person 42 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right:(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation 0.5 L/s.m² 0.10 CFM/ft²
50% operation (%)Sizing Factor 1.5Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 2.90 L/s.m² 0.57 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.70 L/s.m² 0.14 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load 631,563
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 245,685 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 11,429 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 2.90 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 22 °C 71.6 °F 13 °C 55.4 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 100%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 22 °C 71.6 °F 16 °C 60.8 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 5000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 3760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 100% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period 20%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 3% 2% 15% 75% 5% 0% 0% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 7.0
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 5000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 3760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 100% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period 100%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTAL Fixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 15% 75% 8% 2% 0% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 1.1
EUI = Load X Hrs. X SF X GLFF MJ/m².yr 43SPECIAL PURPOSE LIGHTINGLight Level 300.00 Lux 27.9 ft-candles Floor fraction check: should = 1.00 1.00Floor Fraction (HBLFF)Connected Load 14.0 W/m² 1.3 W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 0% Weighted Average 300Usage During Unoccupied Period 100%
INC CFL T12 T8 MH HPS TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 0% 100% 0% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.55 0.55
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 84 88 65 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr
MJ/m².yr
TOTAL LIGHTING Overall LP 14.38 W/m² EUI TOTAL kWh/ft².yr 8MJ/m².yr 312
OFFICE EQUIPMENT & PLUG LOADS
Equipment Type Computers Monitors Printers Copiers Servers Plug Loads
Total end-use load (occupied period) 2.9 W/m² 0.3 W/ft² to see notes (cells with red indicator in upper right corner, type "SHIFT F2"Compter Servers EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.11Total end-use load (unocc. period) 1.7 W/m² 0.2 W/ft² MJ/m².yr 4.42
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.78Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 30.2Usage during unoccupied period 58% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.84
MJ/m².yr 32.5
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENTProvide description below: Fuel Oil / Propane Fuel Share: Electricity Fuel Share: 100.0% Fuel Oil / Propane EUI All Electric EUI
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILEEXISTING BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Food Retail All Island InterconnectedBaseline
HVAC FANS & PUMPS
SUPPLY FANS Ventilation and Exhaust Fan Operation & ControlVentilation Fan Exhaust Fan
System Design Air Flow 2.9 L/s.m² 0.57 CFM/ft² Control Fixed Variable Fixed VariableSystem Static Pressure CAV 750 Pa 3.0 wg Flow FlowSystem Static Pressure VAV 750 Pa 3.0 wg Incidence of Use 100% 100%Fan Efficiency 60% Operation ContinuousScheduledContinuousScheduledFan Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 1.00 Incidence of Use 100% 100%Fan Design Load CAV 4.5 W/m² 0.42 W/ft²Fan Design Load VAV 4.5 W/m² 0.42 W/ft² Comments:
EXHAUST FANS
Washroom Exhaust 100 L/s.washroom 212 CFM/washroomWashroom Exhaust per gross unit area 0.1 L/s.m² 0.01 CFM/ft²Other Exhaust (Smoking/Conference) 0.1 L/s.m² 0.02 CFM/ft²Total Building Exhaust 0.2 L/s.m² 0.03 CFM/ft²Exhaust System Static Pressure 250 Pa 1.0 wgFan Efficiency 25%Fan Motor Efficiency 75%Sizing Factor 1.0Exhaust Fan Connected Load 0.2 W/m² 0.02 W/ft²
AUXILIARY COOLING EQUIPMENT (Condenser Pump and Cooling Tower/Condenser Fans)
Average Condenser Fan Power Draw 0.020 kW/kW 0.07 kW/Ton(Cooling Tower/Evap. Condenser/ Air Cooled Condenser) 1.33 W/m² 0.12 W/ft²
Condenser Pump
Pump Design Flow 0.053 L/s.KW 3.0 U.S. gpm/TonPump Design Flow per unit floor area 0.004 L/s.m² 0.005 U.S. gpm/ft²Pump Head Pressure kPa ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 1.0Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
CIRCULATING PUMP (Heating & Cooling)
Pump Design Flow @ 5 °C (10 °F) delta T 0.003 L/s.m² 0.0042 U.S. gpm/ft² 2.4 U.S. gpm/TonPump Head Pressure 100 kPa 50 ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 0.8Pump Connected Load 0.6 W/m² 0.05 W/ft²
Supply Fan Occ. Period 5000 hrs./yearSupply Fan Unocc. Period 3760 hrs./yearSupply Fan Energy Consumption 39.7 kWh/m².yr
Exhaust Fan Occ. Period 5000 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Unocc. Period 3760 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Energy Consumption 2.0 kWh/m².yr
Condenser Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yrCooling Tower /Condenser Fans Energy Consumption 0.4 kWh/m².yr
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILEEXISTING BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Large Non-Food Retail > 100 kW Island InterconnectedBaselineCONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.55 W/m².°C 0.10 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 1,859 m² 20,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.40 W/m².°C 0.07 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 1,859 m² 20,000 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 4.17 W/m².°C 0.73 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 5
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 45%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.10 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.75 Typical # Stories 1
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 5.0 m 16.5 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 100% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 50%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 25 m²/person 269 ft²/person %OA 12.88%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 90%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. PeriodFresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 20 L/s.person 42 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right: 34%(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation 0.5 L/s.m² 0.10 CFM/ft²
50% operation (%)Sizing Factor 2Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 6.21 L/s.m² 1.22 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate L/s.m² CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load 571,544
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 262,842 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 12,227 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 6.21 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 14 °C 57.2 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 100%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 15 °C 59 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4500 Light Level (Lux) 400 500 600 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4260 % Distribution 25% 50% 25% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 95% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period 15%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 10% 10% 20% 55% 5% 0% 0% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 8.9
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4500 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4260 % Distribution 30% 40% 30% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 95% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period 50%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTAL Fixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 30% 5% 10% 50% 0% 5% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.9
EUI = Load X Hrs. X SF X GLFF MJ/m².yr 36SPECIAL PURPOSE LIGHTINGLight Level Lux ft-candles Floor fraction check: should = 1.00 1.00Floor Fraction (HBLFF)Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % DistributionUsage During Occupied Period 0% Weighted AverageUsage During Unoccupied Period 100%
INC CFL T12 T8 MH HPS TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%)Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.55 0.55
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 84 88 65 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr
MJ/m².yr
TOTAL LIGHTING Overall LP 21.07 W/m² EUI TOTAL kWh/ft².yr 10MJ/m².yr 381
OFFICE EQUIPMENT & PLUG LOADS
Equipment Type Computers Monitors Printers Copiers Servers Plug Loads
Total end-use load (occupied period) 2.1 W/m² 0.2 W/ft² to see notes (cells with red indicator in upper right corner, type "SHIFT F2"Computer Servers EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.11Total end-use load (unocc. period) 1.2 W/m² 0.1 W/ft² MJ/m².yr 4.42
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.49Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 19.14Usage during unoccupied period 59% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.64
MJ/m².yr 24.92
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT 5Provide description below: Fuel Oil / Propane Fuel Share: Electricity Fuel Share: 100.0% Fuel Oil / Propane EUI All Electric EUI
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILEEXISTING BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Large Non-Food Retail > 100 kW Island InterconnectedBaseline
HVAC FANS & PUMPS
SUPPLY FANS Ventilation and Exhaust Fan Operation & ControlVentilation Fan Exhaust Fan
System Design Air Flow 6.2 L/s.m² 1.22 CFM/ft² Control Fixed Variable Fixed VariableSystem Static Pressure CAV 750 Pa 3.0 wg Flow FlowSystem Static Pressure VAV 750 Pa 3.0 wg Incidence of Use 100% 100%Fan Efficiency 60% Operation ContinuousScheduledContinuousScheduledFan Motor Efficiency 88%Sizing Factor 1.00 Incidence of Use 90% 10% 90% 10%Fan Design Load CAV 8.8 W/m² 0.82 W/ft²Fan Design Load VAV 8.8 W/m² 0.82 W/ft² Comments:
EXHAUST FANS
Washroom Exhaust 50 L/s.washroom 106 CFM/washroomWashroom Exhaust per gross unit area 0.1 L/s.m² 0.01 CFM/ft²Other Exhaust (Smoking/Conference) 0.1 L/s.m² 0.02 CFM/ft²Total Building Exhaust 0.2 L/s.m² 0.03 CFM/ft²Exhaust System Static Pressure 250 Pa 1.0 wgFan Efficiency 25%Fan Motor Efficiency 75%Sizing Factor 1.0Exhaust Fan Connected Load 0.2 W/m² 0.02 W/ft²
AUXILIARY COOLING EQUIPMENT (Condenser Pump and Cooling Tower/Condenser Fans)
Average Condenser Fan Power Draw 0.020 kW/kW 0.07 kW/Ton(Cooling Tower/Evap. Condenser/ Air Cooled Condenser) 1.80 W/m² 0.17 W/ft²
Condenser Pump
Pump Design Flow L/s.KW U.S. gpm/TonPump Design Flow per unit floor area L/s.m² U.S. gpm/ft²Pump Head Pressure 45 kPa 15 ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 1.0Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
CIRCULATING PUMP (Heating & Cooling)
Pump Design Flow @ 5 °C (10 °F) delta T 0.004 L/s.m² 0.0057 U.S. gpm/ft² 2.4 U.S. gpm/TonPump Head Pressure kPa ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 0.8Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
Supply Fan Occ. Period 5500 hrs./yearSupply Fan Unocc. Period 3260 hrs./yearSupply Fan Energy Consumption 74.4 kWh/m².yr
Exhaust Fan Occ. Period 5500 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Unocc. Period 3260 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Energy Consumption 1.7 kWh/m².yr
Condenser Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yrCooling Tower /Condenser Fans Energy Consumption 0.5 kWh/m².yr
Circulating Pump Yearly Operation 7000 hrs./yearCirculating Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yr
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILEEXISTING BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Non-Food Retail < 100 kW Island InterconnectedBaselineCONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.43 W/m².°C 0.07 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 929 m² 10,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.19 W/m².°C 0.03 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 929 m² 10,000 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 4.17 W/m².°C 0.73 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 5
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 45%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.10 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.75 Typical # Stories 1
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 5.0 m 16.5 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 100% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 50%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 25 m²/person 269 ft²/person %OA 18.18%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 90%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. PeriodFresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 20 L/s.person 42 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right: 34%(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation 0.5 L/s.m² 0.10 CFM/ft²
50% operation (%)Sizing Factor 1.25Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 4.40 L/s.m² 0.87 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.42 L/s.m² 0.08 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load 303,354
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 149,003 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 6,932 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 4.40 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 14 °C 57.2 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 100%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 15 °C 59 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 3500 Light Level (Lux) 400 500 600 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 5260 % Distribution 25% 50% 25% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 95% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period 15%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 10% 10% 20% 55% 5% 0% 0% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 7.5
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 3500 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 5260 % Distribution 30% 40% 30% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 95% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period 50%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTAL Fixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 30% 5% 10% 50% 0% 5% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.9
EUI = Load X Hrs. X SF X GLFF MJ/m².yr 34SPECIAL PURPOSE LIGHTINGLight Level Lux ft-candles Floor fraction check: should = 1.00 1.00Floor Fraction (HBLFF)Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 3500 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 5260 % DistributionUsage During Occupied Period 0% Weighted AverageUsage During Unoccupied Period 100%
INC CFL T12 T8 MH HPS TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%)Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.55 0.55
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 84 88 65 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr
MJ/m².yr
TOTAL LIGHTING Overall LP 21.07 W/m² EUI TOTAL kWh/ft².yr 8MJ/m².yr 323
OFFICE EQUIPMENT & PLUG LOADS
Equipment Type Computers Monitors Printers Copiers Servers Plug Loads
Total end-use load (occupied period) 2.1 W/m² 0.2 W/ft² to see notes (cells with red indicator in upper right corner, type "SHIFT F2"Computer Servers EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.11Total end-use load (unocc. period) 1.2 W/m² 0.1 W/ft² MJ/m².yr 4.42
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.49Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 19.14Usage during unoccupied period 59% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.64
MJ/m².yr 24.92
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT 5Provide description below: Fuel Oil / Propane Fuel Sh Electricity Fuel Share: 100.0% Fuel Oil / Propane EUI All Electric EUI
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILEEXISTING BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Non-Food Retail < 100 kW Island InterconnectedBaseline
HVAC FANS & PUMPS
SUPPLY FANS Ventilation and Exhaust Fan Operation & ControlVentilation Fan Exhaust Fan
System Design Air Flow 4.4 L/s.m² 0.87 CFM/ft² Control Fixed Variable Fixed VariableSystem Static Pressure CAV 750 Pa 3.0 wg Flow FlowSystem Static Pressure VAV 750 Pa 3.0 wg Incidence of Use 100% 100%Fan Efficiency 60% Operation ContinuousScheduledContinuousScheduledFan Motor Efficiency 88%Sizing Factor 1.00 Incidence of Use 90% 10% 90% 10%Fan Design Load CAV 6.2 W/m² 0.58 W/ft²Fan Design Load VAV 6.2 W/m² 0.58 W/ft² Comments:
EXHAUST FANS
Washroom Exhaust 50 L/s.washroom 106 CFM/washroomWashroom Exhaust per gross unit area 0.1 L/s.m² 0.02 CFM/ft²Other Exhaust (Smoking/Conference) 0.1 L/s.m² 0.02 CFM/ft²Total Building Exhaust 0.2 L/s.m² 0.04 CFM/ft²Exhaust System Static Pressure 250 Pa 1.0 wgFan Efficiency 25%Fan Motor Efficiency 75%Sizing Factor 1.0Exhaust Fan Connected Load 0.3 W/m² 0.03 W/ft²
AUXILIARY COOLING EQUIPMENT (Condenser Pump and Cooling Tower/Condenser Fans)
Average Condenser Fan Power Draw 0.020 kW/kW 0.07 kW/Ton(Cooling Tower/Evap. Condenser/ Air Cooled Condenser) 1.91 W/m² 0.18 W/ft²
Condenser Pump
Pump Design Flow L/s.KW U.S. gpm/TonPump Design Flow per unit floor area L/s.m² U.S. gpm/ft²Pump Head Pressure 45 kPa 15 ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 1.0Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
CIRCULATING PUMP (Heating & Cooling)
Pump Design Flow @ 5 °C (10 °F) delta T 0.004 L/s.m² 0.0061 U.S. gpm/ft² 2.4 U.S. gpm/TonPump Head Pressure kPa ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 0.8Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
Supply Fan Occ. Period 5500 hrs./yearSupply Fan Unocc. Period 3260 hrs./yearSupply Fan Energy Consumption 52.7 kWh/m².yr
Exhaust Fan Occ. Period 5500 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Unocc. Period 3260 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Energy Consumption 2.3 kWh/m².yr
Condenser Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yrCooling Tower /Condenser Fans Energy Consumption 0.6 kWh/m².yr
Circulating Pump Yearly Operation 7000 hrs./yearCirculating Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yr
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILEEXISTING BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Large Accommodation > 100 kW Island InterconnectedBaselineCONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.38 W/m².°C 0.07 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 3,717 m² 40,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.38 W/m².°C 0.07 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 1,239 m² 13,333 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 3.84 W/m².°C 0.68 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 4
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 45%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.28 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.57 Typical # Stories 3
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 3.7 m 12.0 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 90% 10% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 60%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 46 m²/person 495 ft²/person %OA 5.42%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 50%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. Period 80%Fresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 8 L/s.person 16 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right: 15%(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation 0.5 L/s.m² 0.10 CFM/ft²
50% operation (%)Sizing Factor 1.4Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 3.01 L/s.m² 0.59 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 1.00 L/s.m² 0.20 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load 492,851
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 363,672 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 16,918 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 3.01 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 22 °C 71.6 °F 13 °C 55.4 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 100%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 15 °C 59 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 18 °C 64.4 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 2500 Light Level (Lux) 100 125 150 300 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 6260 % Distribution 25% 50% 25% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 50% Weighted Average 125Usage During Unoccupied Period 25%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 70% 20% 5% 5% 0% 0% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 2.8
MJ/m².yr 108LOBBY, BALLROOMS, CORRIDORS, BACK OF HOUSE OTHERLight Level 300 Lux 27.9 ft-candlesFloor Fraction (ALFF) 0.25Connected Load 23.3 W/m² 2.2 W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 3000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 5760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 85% Weighted Average 300Usage During Unoccupied Period 50%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTAL Fixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 40% 10% 35% 10% 0% 5% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 2.9
EUI = Load X Hrs. X SF X GLFF MJ/m².yr 114SPECIAL PURPOSE LIGHTINGLight Level 300.00 Lux 27.9 ft-candles Floor fraction check: should = 1.00 1.00Floor Fraction (HBLFF)Connected Load 14.0 W/m² 1.3 W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 0% Weighted Average 300Usage During Unoccupied Period 100%
INC CFL T12 T8 MH HPS TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 0% 100% 0% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.55 0.55
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 84 88 65 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr
MJ/m².yr
TOTAL LIGHTING Overall LP 16.52 W/m² EUI TOTAL kWh/ft².yr 6MJ/m².yr 222
OFFICE EQUIPMENT & PLUG LOADS
Equipment Type Computers Monitors Printers Copiers Servers Plug Loads
Total end-use load (occupied period) 2.0 W/m² 0.2 W/ft² to see notes (cells with red indicator in upper right corner, type "SHIFT F2"Computer Servers EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.10Total end-use load (unocc. period) 1.0 W/m² 0.1 W/ft² MJ/m².yr 3.68
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.45Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 17.51Usage during unoccupied period 48% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.49
MJ/m².yr 19.12
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENTProvide description below: Fuel Oil / Propane Fuel Sh 2.0% Electricity Fuel Share: 98.0% Fuel Oil / Propane EUI All Electric EUIKitchen services EUI kWh/ft².yr 2.6 EUI kWh/ft².yr 1.3
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILEEXISTING BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Large Accommodation > 100 kW Island InterconnectedBaseline
HVAC FANS & PUMPS
SUPPLY FANS Ventilation and Exhaust Fan Operation & ControlVentilation Fan Exhaust Fan
System Design Air Flow 3.0 L/s.m² 0.59 CFM/ft² Control Fixed Variable Fixed VariableSystem Static Pressure CAV 338 Pa 1.4 wg Flow FlowSystem Static Pressure VAV 338 Pa 1.4 wg Incidence of Use 100% 100%Fan Efficiency 45% Operation ContinuousScheduledContinuousScheduledFan Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 1.00 Incidence of Use 75% 25% 75% 25%Fan Design Load CAV 2.8 W/m² 0.26 W/ft²Fan Design Load VAV 2.8 W/m² 0.26 W/ft² Comments:
EXHAUST FANS
Washroom Exhaust 100 L/s.washroom 212 CFM/washroomWashroom Exhaust per gross unit area 0.2 L/s.m² 0.03 CFM/ft²Other Exhaust (Smoking/Conference) 0.1 L/s.m² 0.02 CFM/ft²Total Building Exhaust 0.3 L/s.m² 0.05 CFM/ft²Exhaust System Static Pressure 250 Pa 1.0 wgFan Efficiency 25%Fan Motor Efficiency 75%Sizing Factor 1.0Exhaust Fan Connected Load 0.3 W/m² 0.03 W/ft²
AUXILIARY COOLING EQUIPMENT (Condenser Pump and Cooling Tower/Condenser Fans)
Average Condenser Fan Power Draw 0.024 kW/kW 0.08 kW/Ton(Cooling Tower/Evap. Condenser/ Air Cooled Condenser) 0.78 W/m² 0.07 W/ft²
Condenser Pump
Pump Design Flow 0.053 L/s.KW 3.0 U.S. gpm/TonPump Design Flow per unit floor area 0.002 L/s.m² 0.003 U.S. gpm/ft²Pump Head Pressure kPa ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 1.0Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
CIRCULATING PUMP (Heating & Cooling)
Pump Design Flow @ 5 °C (10 °F) delta T 0.001 L/s.m² 0.0021 U.S. gpm/ft² 2.4 U.S. gpm/TonPump Head Pressure 100 kPa 33 ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 0.8Pump Connected Load 0.3 W/m² 0.03 W/ft²
Supply Fan Occ. Period 3500 hrs./yearSupply Fan Unocc. Period 5260 hrs./yearSupply Fan Energy Consumption 21.0 kWh/m².yr
Exhaust Fan Occ. Period 3500 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Unocc. Period 5260 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Energy Consumption 2.6 kWh/m².yr
Condenser Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yrCooling Tower /Condenser Fans Energy Consumption 0.4 kWh/m².yr
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILEEXISTING BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Small Accommodation < 100 kW Island InterconnectedBaselineCONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.38 W/m².°C 0.07 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 1,859 m² 20,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.19 W/m².°C 0.03 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 929 m² 10,000 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 3.84 W/m².°C 0.68 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 4
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 45%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.28 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.57 Typical # Stories 2
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 3.7 m 12.0 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 100% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 60%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 46 m²/person 495 ft²/person %OA 5.24%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 50%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. Period 80%Fresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 8 L/s.person 16 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right: 15%(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation 0.5 L/s.m² 0.10 CFM/ft²
50% operation (%)Sizing Factor 1.4Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 3.11 L/s.m² 0.61 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 1.00 L/s.m² 0.20 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load 252,853
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 188,263 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 8,758 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 3.11 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 22 °C 71.6 °F 13 °C 55.4 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 100%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 15 °C 59 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 18 °C 64.4 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 2500 Light Level (Lux) 100 125 150 300 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 6260 % Distribution 25% 50% 25% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 50% Weighted Average 125Usage During Unoccupied Period 25%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 70% 20% 5% 5% 0% 0% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 3.2
MJ/m².yr 123LOBBY, BALLROOMS, CORRIDORS, BACK OF HOUSE OTHERLight Level 300 Lux 27.9 ft-candlesFloor Fraction (ALFF) 0.15Connected Load 23.3 W/m² 2.2 W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 3000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 5760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 85% Weighted Average 300Usage During Unoccupied Period 50%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTAL Fixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 40% 10% 35% 10% 0% 5% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 1.8
EUI = Load X Hrs. X SF X GLFF MJ/m².yr 68SPECIAL PURPOSE LIGHTINGLight Level 300.00 Lux 27.9 ft-candles Floor fraction check: should = 1.00 1.00Floor Fraction (HBLFF)Connected Load 14.0 W/m² 1.3 W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 3000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 5760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 0% Weighted Average 300Usage During Unoccupied Period 100%
INC CFL T12 T8 MH HPS TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 0% 100% 0% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.55 0.55
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 84 88 65 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr
MJ/m².yr
TOTAL LIGHTING Overall LP 15.62 W/m² EUI TOTAL kWh/ft².yr 5MJ/m².yr 191
OFFICE EQUIPMENT & PLUG LOADS
Equipment Type Computers Monitors Printers Copiers Servers Plug Loads
Total end-use load (occupied period) 2.0 W/m² 0.2 W/ft² to see notes (cells with red indicator in upper right corner, type "SHIFT F2"Computer Servers EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.10Total end-use load (unocc. period) 1.0 W/m² 0.1 W/ft² MJ/m².yr 3.68
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.45Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 17.51Usage during unoccupied period 48% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.49
MJ/m².yr 19.12
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENTProvide description below: Fuel Oil / Propane Fuel Share: Electricity Fuel Share: 100.0% Fuel Oil / Propane EUI All Electric EUIKitchen services EUI kWh/ft².yr 2.6 EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.6
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILEEXISTING BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Small Accommodation < 100 kW Island InterconnectedBaseline
HVAC FANS & PUMPS
SUPPLY FANS Ventilation and Exhaust Fan Operation & ControlVentilation Fan Exhaust Fan
System Design Air Flow 3.1 L/s.m² 0.61 CFM/ft² Control Fixed Variable Fixed VariableSystem Static Pressure CAV 338 Pa 1.4 wg Flow FlowSystem Static Pressure VAV 338 Pa 1.4 wg Incidence of Use 100% 100%Fan Efficiency 45% Operation ContinuousScheduledContinuousScheduledFan Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 0.50 Incidence of Use 75% 25% 75% 25%Fan Design Load CAV 1.5 W/m² 0.14 W/ft²Fan Design Load VAV 1.5 W/m² 0.14 W/ft² Comments:
EXHAUST FANS
Washroom Exhaust 100 L/s.washroom 212 CFM/washroomWashroom Exhaust per gross unit area 0.2 L/s.m² 0.04 CFM/ft²Other Exhaust (Smoking/Conference) 0.1 L/s.m² 0.02 CFM/ft²Total Building Exhaust 0.3 L/s.m² 0.06 CFM/ft²Exhaust System Static Pressure 250 Pa 1.0 wgFan Efficiency 25%Fan Motor Efficiency 75%Sizing Factor 0.5Exhaust Fan Connected Load 0.2 W/m² 0.02 W/ft²
AUXILIARY COOLING EQUIPMENT (Condenser Pump and Cooling Tower/Condenser Fans)
Average Condenser Fan Power Draw 0.024 kW/kW 0.08 kW/Ton(Cooling Tower/Evap. Condenser/ Air Cooled Condenser) 0.80 W/m² 0.07 W/ft²
Condenser Pump
Pump Design Flow 0.053 L/s.KW 3.0 U.S. gpm/TonPump Design Flow per unit floor area 0.002 L/s.m² 0.003 U.S. gpm/ft²Pump Head Pressure kPa ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 0.5Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
CIRCULATING PUMP (Heating & Cooling)
Pump Design Flow @ 5 °C (10 °F) delta T 0.001 L/s.m² 0.0021 U.S. gpm/ft² 2.4 U.S. gpm/TonPump Head Pressure 100 kPa 33 ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 0.5Pump Connected Load 0.2 W/m² 0.02 W/ft²
Supply Fan Occ. Period 3500 hrs./yearSupply Fan Unocc. Period 5260 hrs./yearSupply Fan Energy Consumption 10.9 kWh/m².yr
Exhaust Fan Occ. Period 3500 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Unocc. Period 5260 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Energy Consumption 1.6 kWh/m².yr
Condenser Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yrCooling Tower /Condenser Fans Energy Consumption 0.4 kWh/m².yr
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILEEXISTING BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Health Care All Island InterconnectedBaselineCONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.38 W/m².°C 0.07 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 8,829 m² 95,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.38 W/m².°C 0.07 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 1,750 m² 18,830 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 3.84 W/m².°C 0.68 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 2
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 45%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.15 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.65 Typical # Stories 3
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 3.7 m 12.0 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 80% 20% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 50%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 30 m²/person 323 ft²/person %OA 34.02%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 90%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. Period 75%Fresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 45 L/s.person 95 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right: 15%(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation 0.5 L/s.m² 0.10 CFM/ft²
50% operation (%)Sizing Factor 4Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 4.41 L/s.m² 0.87 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.70 L/s.m² 0.14 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load #######
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 443,312 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R.H 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 20,623 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air flo 4.41 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 24 °C 75.2 °F 14 °C 57.2 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 100%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 24 °C 75.2 °F 16.5 °C 61.7 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 24 °C 75.2 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 8760 Light Level (Lux) 50 100 200 300 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) % Distribution 50% 50% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 40% Weighted Average 250Usage During Unoccupied Period
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 5% 5% 45% 45% 0% 0% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 1.1
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 8760 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 600 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 65% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period 20%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTAL Fixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 4% 5% 50% 40% 0% 1% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 5.4
EUI = Load X Hrs. X SF X GLFF MJ/m².yr 209TERTIARY LIGHTINGLight Level 250.00 Lux 23.2 ft-candles Floor fraction check: should = 1.00 1.00Floor Fraction (HBLFF)Connected Load 11.9 W/m² 1.1 W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) 200 300 500 700 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % Distribution 50% 50% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 100% Weighted Average 250Usage During Unoccupied Period 100%
INC CFL T12 T8 MH HPS TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 15% 15% 20% 50% 0% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.55 0.55
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 88 65 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr
MJ/m².yr
TOTAL LIGHTING Overall LPD 13.72 W/m² EUI TOTAL kWh/ft².yr 7MJ/m².yr 254
OFFICE EQUIPMENT & PLUG LOADS
Equipment Type Computers Monitors Printers Copiers Servers Plug Loads
Total end-use load (occupied period) 5.4 W/m² 0.5 W/ft² to see notes (cells with red indicator in upper right corner, type "SHIFT F2"Compter Servers EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.2 Total end-use load (unocc. period) 2.2 W/m² 0.2 W/ft² MJ/m².yr 8.10
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.9 Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 35.0 Usage during unoccupied period 40% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 1.7
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILEEXISTING BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Schools All Island InterconnectedBaselineCONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.38 W/m².°C 0.07 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 3,717 m² 40,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.38 W/m².°C 0.07 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 3,717 m² 40,000 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 3.84 W/m².°C 0.68 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 5
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 50%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.13 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.65 Typical # Stories 1
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 3.7 m 12.0 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 100% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 50%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 10 m²/person 108 ft²/person %OA 10.15%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 90%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. PeriodFresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 3 L/s.person 6 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right: 34%(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation 0.5 L/s.m² 0.10 CFM/ft²
50% operation (%)Sizing Factor 1.3Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 2.96 L/s.m² 0.58 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.42 L/s.m² 0.08 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load 689,051
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 385,006 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 17,910 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 2.96 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 13 °C 55.4 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 100%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 15 °C 59 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 18.8 °C 65.84 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 2000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 6760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 85% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period 15%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 70% 30% 0% 0% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 3.1
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 2000 Light Level (Lux) 400 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 6760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 90% Weighted Average 400Usage During Unoccupied Period 15%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTAL Fixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 12% 10% 15% 10% 40% 10% 3% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.7
EUI = Load X Hrs. X SF X GLFF MJ/m².yr 27SPECIAL PURPOSE LIGHTINGLight Level 300.00 Lux 27.9 ft-candles Floor fraction check: should = 1.00 1.00Floor Fraction (HBLFF)Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 3000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 5760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 100% Weighted Average 300Usage During Unoccupied Period 10%
INC CFL T12 T8 MH HPS TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%)Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.55 0.55
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 84 88 65 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr
MJ/m².yr
TOTAL LIGHTING Overall LP 15.17 W/m² EUI TOTAL kWh/ft².yr 4MJ/m².yr 149
OFFICE EQUIPMENT & PLUG LOADS
Equipment Type Computers Monitors Printers Copiers Servers Plug Loads
Total end-use load (occupied period) 1.3 W/m² 0.1 W/ft² to see notes (cells with red indicator in upper right corner, type "SHIFT F2"Computer Servers EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.10Total end-use load (unocc. period) 0.8 W/m² 0.1 W/ft² MJ/m².yr 3.68
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.54Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 21.01Usage during unoccupied period 59% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.11
MJ/m².yr 4.23
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENTProvide description below: Fuel Oil / Propane Fuel Share: Electricity Fuel Share: 100.0% Fuel Oil / Propane EUI All Electric EUI
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILEEXISTING BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Schools All Island InterconnectedBaseline
HVAC FANS & PUMPS
SUPPLY FANS Ventilation and Exhaust Fan Operation & ControlVentilation Fan Exhaust Fan
System Design Air Flow 3.0 L/s.m² 0.58 CFM/ft² Control Fixed Variable Fixed VariableSystem Static Pressure CAV 250 Pa 1.0 wg Flow FlowSystem Static Pressure VAV 250 Pa 1.0 wg Incidence of Use 100% 100%Fan Efficiency 60% Operation ContinuousScheduledContinuousScheduledFan Motor Efficiency 88%Sizing Factor 1.00 Incidence of Use 25% 75% 25% 75%Fan Design Load CAV 1.4 W/m² 0.13 W/ft²Fan Design Load VAV 1.4 W/m² 0.13 W/ft² Comments:
EXHAUST FANS
Washroom Exhaust 100 L/s.washroom 212 CFM/washroomWashroom Exhaust per gross unit area 0.1 L/s.m² 0.01 CFM/ft²Other Exhaust (Smoking/Conference) 0.1 L/s.m² 0.02 CFM/ft²Total Building Exhaust 0.2 L/s.m² 0.03 CFM/ft²Exhaust System Static Pressure 250 Pa 1.0 wgFan Efficiency 25%Fan Motor Efficiency 75%Sizing Factor 1.0Exhaust Fan Connected Load 0.2 W/m² 0.02 W/ft²
AUXILIARY COOLING EQUIPMENT (Condenser Pump and Cooling Tower/Condenser Fans)
Average Condenser Fan Power Draw 0.020 kW/kW 0.07 kW/Ton(Cooling Tower/Evap. Condenser/ Air Cooled Condenser) 1.09 W/m² 0.10 W/ft²
Condenser Pump
Pump Design Flow 0.053 L/s.KW 3.0 U.S. gpm/TonPump Design Flow per unit floor area 0.003 L/s.m² 0.004 U.S. gpm/ft²Pump Head Pressure kPa ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 1.0Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
CIRCULATING PUMP (Heating & Cooling)
Pump Design Flow @ 5 °C (10 °F) delta T 0.002 L/s.m² 0.0034 U.S. gpm/ft² 2.4 U.S. gpm/TonPump Head Pressure 100 kPa 33 ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 0.8Pump Connected Load 0.5 W/m² 0.04 W/ft²
Supply Fan Occ. Period 2000 hrs./yearSupply Fan Unocc. Period 6760 hrs./yearSupply Fan Energy Consumption 5.2 kWh/m².yr
Exhaust Fan Occ. Period 2000 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Unocc. Period 6760 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Energy Consumption 0.8 kWh/m².yr
Condenser Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yrCooling Tower /Condenser Fans Energy Consumption 0.5 kWh/m².yr
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILEEXISTING BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:University/College All Island InterconnectedBaselineCONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.38 W/m².°C 0.07 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 6,506 m² 70,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.38 W/m².°C 0.07 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 3,253 m² 35,000 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 3.58 W/m².°C 0.63 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 7
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 50%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.30 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.65 Typical # Stories 2
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 3.7 m 12.0 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 90% 10% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 50%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 14 m²/person 151 ft²/person %OA 17.57%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 90%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. PeriodFresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 10 L/s.person 21 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right: 34%(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation 0.5 L/s.m² 0.10 CFM/ft²
50% operation (%)Sizing Factor 1.6Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 4.06 L/s.m² 0.80 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.70 L/s.m² 0.14 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load #######
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 752,785 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 35,020 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 4.06 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 24 °C 75.2 °F 13 °C 55.4 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 100%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 22 °C 71.6 °F 16 °C 60.8 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 90% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period 20%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 60% 35% 5% 0% 0% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 5.4
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 100% Weighted Average 300Usage During Unoccupied Period 50%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTAL Fixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 8% 10% 15% 65% 0% 2% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.7
EUI = Load X Hrs. X SF X GLFF MJ/m².yr 26SPECIAL PURPOSE LIGHTINGLight Level 300.00 Lux 27.9 ft-candles Floor fraction check: should = 1.00 1.00Floor Fraction (HBLFF)Connected Load 14.0 W/m² 1.3 W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 0% Weighted Average 300Usage During Unoccupied Period 100%
INC CFL T12 T8 MH HPS TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 0% 100% 0% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.55 0.55
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 84 88 65 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr
MJ/m².yr
TOTAL LIGHTING Overall LP 13.79 W/m² EUI TOTAL kWh/ft².yr 6MJ/m².yr 233
OFFICE EQUIPMENT & PLUG LOADS
Equipment Type Computers Monitors Printers Copiers Servers Plug Loads
Total end-use load (occupied period) 3.9 W/m² 0.4 W/ft² to see notes (cells with red indicator in upper right corner, type "SHIFT F2"Computer Servers EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.10Total end-use load (unocc. period) 2.2 W/m² 0.2 W/ft² MJ/m².yr 3.68
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 1.34Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 51.73Usage during unoccupied period 55% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.65
MJ/m².yr 25.18
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENTProvide description below: Fuel Oil / Propane Fuel Share: Electricity Fuel Share: 100.0% Fuel Oil / Propane EUI All Electric EUI
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILEEXISTING BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:University/College All Island InterconnectedBaseline
HVAC FANS & PUMPS
SUPPLY FANS Ventilation and Exhaust Fan Operation & ControlVentilation Fan Exhaust Fan
System Design Air Flow 4.1 L/s.m² 0.80 CFM/ft² Control Fixed Variable Fixed VariableSystem Static Pressure CAV 750 Pa 3.0 wg Flow FlowSystem Static Pressure VAV 750 Pa 3.0 wg Incidence of Use 90% 10% 100%Fan Efficiency 60% Operation ContinuousScheduledContinuousScheduledFan Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 1.00 Incidence of Use 75% 25% 75% 25%Fan Design Load CAV 6.4 W/m² 0.59 W/ft²Fan Design Load VAV 6.4 W/m² 0.59 W/ft² Comments:
EXHAUST FANS
Washroom Exhaust 100 L/s.washroom 212 CFM/washroomWashroom Exhaust per gross unit area 0.1 L/s.m² 0.01 CFM/ft²Other Exhaust (Smoking/Conference) 0.1 L/s.m² 0.02 CFM/ft²Total Building Exhaust 0.2 L/s.m² 0.03 CFM/ft²Exhaust System Static Pressure 250 Pa 1.0 wgFan Efficiency 25%Fan Motor Efficiency 75%Sizing Factor 1.0Exhaust Fan Connected Load 0.2 W/m² 0.02 W/ft²
AUXILIARY COOLING EQUIPMENT (Condenser Pump and Cooling Tower/Condenser Fans)
Average Condenser Fan Power Draw 0.024 kW/kW 0.08 kW/Ton(Cooling Tower/Evap. Condenser/ Air Cooled Condenser) 1.87 W/m² 0.17 W/ft²
Condenser Pump
Pump Design Flow 0.053 L/s.KW 3.0 U.S. gpm/TonPump Design Flow per unit floor area 0.004 L/s.m² 0.006 U.S. gpm/ft²Pump Head Pressure kPa ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 1.0Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
CIRCULATING PUMP (Heating & Cooling)
Pump Design Flow @ 5 °C (10 °F) delta T 0.003 L/s.m² 0.0051 U.S. gpm/ft² 2.4 U.S. gpm/TonPump Head Pressure 100 kPa 50 ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 0.8Pump Connected Load 0.7 W/m² 0.06 W/ft²
Supply Fan Occ. Period 4000 hrs./yearSupply Fan Unocc. Period 4760 hrs./yearSupply Fan Energy Consumption 45.9 kWh/m².yr
Exhaust Fan Occ. Period 4000 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Unocc. Period 4760 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Energy Consumption 1.6 kWh/m².yr
Condenser Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yrCooling Tower /Condenser Fans Energy Consumption 0.7 kWh/m².yr
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILEEXISTING BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Warehouse/Wholesale All Island InterconnectedBaselineCONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.38 W/m².°C 0.07 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 5,576 m² 60,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.38 W/m².°C 0.07 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 5,576 m² 60,000 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 3.84 W/m².°C 0.68 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 1
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 45%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.05 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.80 Typical # Stories 1
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 6.1 m 19.9 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 100% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 50%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 100 m²/person 1076 ft²/person %OA 6.56%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 90%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. PeriodFresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 10 L/s.person 21 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right:(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation 0.5 L/s.m² 0.10 CFM/ft²
50% operation (%)Sizing Factor 1Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 1.53 L/s.m² 0.30 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.70 L/s.m² 0.14 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load 509,519
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 387,357 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 18,020 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 1.53 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 22 °C 71.6 °F 13 °C 55.4 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 100%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 16 °C 60.8 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 3500 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 5260 % Distribution 50% 50% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 100% Weighted Average 400Usage During Unoccupied Period 15%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 20% 10% 60% 10% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 3.8
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 3000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 5760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 100% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period 15%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTAL Fixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 10% 5% 60% 25% 0% 0% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.8
EUI = Load X Hrs. X SF X GLFF MJ/m².yr 29SPECIAL PURPOSE LIGHTINGLight Level Lux ft-candles Floor fraction check: should = 1.00 1.00Floor Fraction (HBLFF)Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % DistributionUsage During Occupied Period 0% Weighted AverageUsage During Unoccupied Period 100%
INC CFL T12 T8 MH HPS TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 0% 0% 0.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.55 0.55
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 84 88 65 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr
MJ/m².yr
TOTAL LIGHTING Overall LP 11.57 W/m² EUI TOTAL kWh/ft².yr 4.5MJ/m².yr 175
OFFICE EQUIPMENT & PLUG LOADS
Equipment Type Computers Monitors Printers Copiers Servers Plug Loads
Total end-use load (occupied period) 2.6 W/m² 0.2 W/ft² to see notes (cells with red indicator in upper right corner, type "SHIFT F2"Computer Servers EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.11Total end-use load (unocc. period) 1.0 W/m² 0.1 W/ft² MJ/m².yr 4.42
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.34Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 13.30Usage during unoccupied period 39% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.83
MJ/m².yr 32.15
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENTProvide description below: Fuel Oil / Propane Fuel Share: Electricity Fuel Share: 100.0% Fuel Oil / Propane EUI All Electric EUI
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILEEXISTING BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Warehouse/Wholesale All Island InterconnectedBaseline
HVAC FANS & PUMPS
SUPPLY FANS Ventilation and Exhaust Fan Operation & ControlVentilation Fan Exhaust Fan
System Design Air Flow 1.5 L/s.m² 0.30 CFM/ft² Control Fixed Variable Fixed VariableSystem Static Pressure CAV 300 Pa 1.2 wg Flow FlowSystem Static Pressure VAV 300 Pa 1.2 wg Incidence of Use 100% 100%Fan Efficiency 60% Operation ContinuousScheduledContinuousScheduledFan Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 1.00 Incidence of Use 80% 20% 80% 20%Fan Design Load CAV 1.0 W/m² 0.09 W/ft²Fan Design Load VAV 1.0 W/m² 0.09 W/ft² Comments:
EXHAUST FANS
Washroom Exhaust 100 L/s.washroom 212 CFM/washroomWashroom Exhaust per gross unit area 0.0 L/s.m² 0.01 CFM/ft²Other Exhaust (Smoking/Conference) 0.1 L/s.m² 0.02 CFM/ft²Total Building Exhaust 0.1 L/s.m² 0.03 CFM/ft²Exhaust System Static Pressure 250 Pa 1.0 wgFan Efficiency 25%Fan Motor Efficiency 75%Sizing Factor 1.0Exhaust Fan Connected Load 0.2 W/m² 0.02 W/ft²
AUXILIARY COOLING EQUIPMENT (Condenser Pump and Cooling Tower/Condenser Fans)
Average Condenser Fan Power Draw 0.020 kW/kW 0.07 kW/Ton(Cooling Tower/Evap. Condenser/ Air Cooled Condenser) 0.54 W/m² 0.05 W/ft²
Condenser Pump
Pump Design Flow 0.053 L/s.KW 3.0 U.S. gpm/TonPump Design Flow per unit floor area 0.001 L/s.m² 0.002 U.S. gpm/ft²Pump Head Pressure kPa ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 1.0Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
CIRCULATING PUMP (Heating & Cooling)
Pump Design Flow @ 5 °C (10 °F) delta T 0.001 L/s.m² 0.0017 U.S. gpm/ft² 2.4 U.S. gpm/TonPump Head Pressure 50 kPa 17 ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 0.8Pump Connected Load 0.1 W/m² 0.01 W/ft²
Supply Fan Occ. Period 3500 hrs./yearSupply Fan Unocc. Period 5260 hrs./yearSupply Fan Energy Consumption 7.3 kWh/m².yr
Exhaust Fan Occ. Period 3500 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Unocc. Period 5260 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Energy Consumption 1.4 kWh/m².yr
Condenser Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yrCooling Tower /Condenser Fans Energy Consumption 0.2 kWh/m².yr
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILEEXISTING BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Restaurant All Island InterconnectedBaselineCONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.38 W/m².°C 0.07 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 929 m² 10,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.19 W/m².°C 0.03 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 929 m² 10,000 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 3.97 W/m².°C 0.70 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 1
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 45%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.36 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.58 Typical # Stories 1
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 3.7 m 12.0 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 60% 40% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 60%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 20 m²/person 215 ft²/person %OA 24.92%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 90%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. PeriodFresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 20 L/s.person 42 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right:(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation L/s.m² CFM/ft²
operation (%)Sizing Factor 1.3Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 4.01 L/s.m² 0.79 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.70 L/s.m² 0.14 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load 323,602
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 130,664 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 6,078 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 4.01 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 24 °C 75.2 °F 14 °C 57.2 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 98%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 15 °C 59 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4300 Light Level (Lux) 450 550 650 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4460 % Distribution 10% 80% 10% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 100% Weighted Average 550Usage During Unoccupied Period 10%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 20.0% 80.0% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 2.4
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.41Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 16.00Usage during unoccupied period 65% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.55
( % ) Fuel Oil / Propane EUIFire Side Inspection 75% kWh/ft².yr 19.1Water Side Inspection for Scale Buildup 100% MJ/m².yr 738Inspection of Controls & Safeties 100%Inspection of Burner 100% Market Composite EUIFlue Gas Analysis & Burner Set-up 90% kWh/ft².yr 13.9
MJ/m².yr 539
SPACE COOLING
A/C Plant TypeWSHP Absorption Chillers Total
Standard HE Open DX W. H. CWSystem Present (%) 100.0% 100.0%COP 4.7 5.4 3.5 3.5 2.6 0.9 1Performance (1 / COP) 0.21 0.19 0.29 0.29 0.38 1.11 1.00(kW/kW)Additional RefrigerantRelated Information
Control Mode Incidence of Use Fixed ResetSetpoint
Chilled WaterCondenser Water
Setpoint Chilled Water 7 °C 44.6 °FCondenser Water 30 °C 86 °FSupply Air 14.0 °C 57.2 °F
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.33 W/m².°C 0.06 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 929 m² 10,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.24 W/m².°C 0.04 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 929 m² 10,000 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 3.52 W/m².°C 0.62 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 1
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 45%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.40 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.58 Typical # Stories 1
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 3.7 m 12.0 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 75% 25% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 60%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 26 m²/person 274 ft²/person %OA 7.43%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 90%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. PeriodFresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 8 L/s.person 16 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right:(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation L/s.m² CFM/ft²
operation (%)Sizing Factor 1.3Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 3.96 L/s.m² 0.78 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.40 L/s.m² 0.08 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load 190,872
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 128,897 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 5,996 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 3.96 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 24 °C 75.2 °F 14 °C 57.2 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 98%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 15 °C 59 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 3300 Light Level (Lux) 450 550 650 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 5460 % Distribution 10% 80% 10% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 95% Weighted Average 550Usage During Unoccupied Period 20%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 20.0% 80.0% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 5.2
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 2.36Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 91.24Usage during unoccupied period 66% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.72
MJ/m².yr 27.70
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENTProvide description below: Fuel Oil / Propane Fuel Share: Electricity Fuel Share: 100.0% Fuel Oil / Propane EUI All Electric EUILunch room/cafeteria/restaurant EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.1 EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.1
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.28 W/m².°C 0.05 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 929 m² 10,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.19 W/m².°C 0.03 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 929 m² 10,000 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 3.52 W/m².°C 0.62 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 1
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 45%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.30 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.58 Typical # Stories 1
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 3.7 m 12.0 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 100% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 60%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 26 m²/person 274 ft²/person %OA 8.06%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 90%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. PeriodFresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 8 L/s.person 16 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right:(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation L/s.m² CFM/ft²
operation (%)Sizing Factor 1.3Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 3.65 L/s.m² 0.72 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.40 L/s.m² 0.08 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load 180,760
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 118,786 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 5,526 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 3.65 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 24 °C 75.2 °F 14 °C 57.2 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 98%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 15 °C 59 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 2500 Light Level (Lux) 450 550 650 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 6260 % Distribution 10% 80% 10% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 95% Weighted Average 550Usage During Unoccupied Period 20%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 20.0% 80.0% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 4.7
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 2.36Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 91.24Usage during unoccupied period 66% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.72
MJ/m².yr 27.70
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENTProvide description below: Fuel Oil / Propane Fuel Share: Electricity Fuel Share: 100.0% Fuel Oil / Propane EUI All Electric EUI
( % ) Fuel Oil / Propane EUIFire Side Inspection 75% kWh/ft².yrWater Side Inspection for Scale Buildup 100% MJ/m².yrInspection of Controls & Safeties 100%Inspection of Burner 100% Market Composite EUIFlue Gas Analysis & Burner Set-up 90% kWh/ft².yr 10.7
MJ/m².yr 414
SPACE COOLING
A/C Plant TypeWSHP Absorption Chillers Total
Standard HE Open DX W. H. CWSystem Present (%) 100.0% 100.0%COP 4.7 5.4 3.5 3.5 2.6 0.9 1Performance (1 / COP) 0.21 0.19 0.29 0.29 0.38 1.11 1.00(kW/kW)Additional RefrigerantRelated Information
Control Mode Incidence of Use Fixed ResetSetpoint
Chilled WaterCondenser Water
Setpoint Chilled Water 7 °C 44.6 °FCondenser Water 30 °C 86 °FSupply Air 14.0 °C 57.2 °F
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILEEXISTING BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Food Retail All Existing Labrador InterconnectedBaselineCONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.38 W/m².°C 0.07 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 929 m² 10,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.33 W/m².°C 0.06 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 929 m² 10,000 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 3.52 W/m².°C 0.62 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 1
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 45%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.06 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.69 Typical # Stories 1
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 4.3 m 14.0 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 100% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 50%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 30 m²/person 323 ft²/person %OA 37.75%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 90%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. PeriodFresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 30 L/s.person 64 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right:(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation 0.5 L/s.m² 0.10 CFM/ft²
50% operation (%)Sizing Factor 1Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 2.65 L/s.m² 0.52 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.70 L/s.m² 0.14 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load 301,505
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 112,121 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 5,216 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 2.65 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 22 °C 71.6 °F 13 °C 55.4 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 100%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 22 °C 71.6 °F 16 °C 60.8 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4500 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4260 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 100% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period 20%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 3% 2% 15% 75% 5% 0% 0% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 6.5
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4500 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4260 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 100% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period 50%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTAL Fixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 15% 75% 10% 0% 0% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.8
EUI = Load X Hrs. X SF X GLFF MJ/m².yr 32SPECIAL PURPOSE LIGHTINGLight Level 300.00 Lux 27.9 ft-candles Floor fraction check: should = 1.00 1.00Floor Fraction (HBLFF)Connected Load 14.0 W/m² 1.3 W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 0% Weighted Average 300Usage During Unoccupied Period 100%
INC CFL T12 T8 MH HPS TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 0% 100% 0% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.55 0.55
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 84 88 65 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr
MJ/m².yr
TOTAL LIGHTING Overall LP 14.39 W/m² EUI TOTAL kWh/ft².yr 7MJ/m².yr 284
OFFICE EQUIPMENT & PLUG LOADS
Equipment Type Computers Monitors Printers Copiers Servers Plug Loads
Total end-use load (occupied period) 2.9 W/m² 0.3 W/ft² to see notes (cells with red indicator in upper right corner, type "SHIFT F2"Computer Servers EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.03Total end-use load (unocc. period) 1.7 W/m² 0.2 W/ft² MJ/m².yr 1.24
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.78Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 30.2Usage during unoccupied period 58% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.84
MJ/m².yr 32.5
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENTProvide description below: Fuel Oil / Propane Fuel Share: Electricity Fuel Share: 100.0% Fuel Oil / Propane EUI All Electric EUI
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILEEXISTING BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Food Retail All Existing Labrador InterconnectedBaseline
HVAC FANS & PUMPS
SUPPLY FANS Ventilation and Exhaust Fan Operation & ControlVentilation Fan Exhaust Fan
System Design Air Flow 2.6 L/s.m² 0.52 CFM/ft² Control Fixed Variable Fixed VariableSystem Static Pressure CAV 350 Pa 1.4 wg Flow FlowSystem Static Pressure VAV 350 Pa 1.4 wg Incidence of Use 100% 100%Fan Efficiency 60% Operation ContinuousScheduledContinuousScheduledFan Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 1.00 Incidence of Use 100% 100%Fan Design Load CAV 1.9 W/m² 0.18 W/ft²Fan Design Load VAV 1.9 W/m² 0.18 W/ft² Comments:
EXHAUST FANS
Washroom Exhaust 100 L/s.washroom 212 CFM/washroomWashroom Exhaust per gross unit area 0.2 L/s.m² 0.04 CFM/ft²Other Exhaust (Smoking/Conference) 0.1 L/s.m² 0.02 CFM/ft²Total Building Exhaust 0.3 L/s.m² 0.06 CFM/ft²Exhaust System Static Pressure 250 Pa 1.0 wgFan Efficiency 25%Fan Motor Efficiency 75%Sizing Factor 1.0Exhaust Fan Connected Load 0.4 W/m² 0.04 W/ft²
AUXILIARY COOLING EQUIPMENT (Condenser Pump and Cooling Tower/Condenser Fans)
Average Condenser Fan Power Draw 0.020 kW/kW 0.07 kW/Ton(Cooling Tower/Evap. Condenser/ Air Cooled Condenser) 1.90 W/m² 0.18 W/ft²
Condenser Pump
Pump Design Flow 0.053 L/s.KW 3.0 U.S. gpm/TonPump Design Flow per unit floor area 0.005 L/s.m² 0.007 U.S. gpm/ft²Pump Head Pressure kPa ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 1.0Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
CIRCULATING PUMP (Heating & Cooling)
Pump Design Flow @ 5 °C (10 °F) delta T 0.004 L/s.m² 0.0060 U.S. gpm/ft² 2.4 U.S. gpm/TonPump Head Pressure 100 kPa 50 ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 0.8Pump Connected Load 0.8 W/m² 0.08 W/ft²
Supply Fan Occ. Period 5000 hrs./yearSupply Fan Unocc. Period 3760 hrs./yearSupply Fan Energy Consumption 16.9 kWh/m².yr
Exhaust Fan Occ. Period 5000 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Unocc. Period 3760 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Energy Consumption 3.7 kWh/m².yr
Condenser Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yrCooling Tower /Condenser Fans Energy Consumption 0.3 kWh/m².yr
Circulating Pump Yearly Operation 7000 hrs./yearCirculating Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yr
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.38 W/m².°C 0.07 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 929 m² 10,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.28 W/m².°C 0.05 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 929 m² 10,000 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 3.52 W/m².°C 0.62 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 5
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 45%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.10 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.75 Typical # Stories 1
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 4.3 m 14.0 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 100% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 50%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 25 m²/person 269 ft²/person %OA 9.43%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 90%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. PeriodFresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 18 L/s.person 38 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right: 34%(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation 0.5 L/s.m² 0.10 CFM/ft²
50% operation (%)Sizing Factor 2Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 7.64 L/s.m² 1.50 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate L/s.m² CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load 301,435
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 161,666 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 7,521 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 7.64 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 14 °C 57.2 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 100%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 15 °C 59 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) 400 500 600 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % Distribution 25% 50% 25% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 95% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period 15%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 10% 10% 20% 55% 5% 0% 0% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 8.2
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % Distribution 30% 40% 30% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 95% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period 50%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTAL Fixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 30% 5% 10% 50% 0% 5% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.9
EUI = Load X Hrs. X SF X GLFF MJ/m².yr 35SPECIAL PURPOSE LIGHTINGLight Level Lux ft-candles Floor fraction check: should = 1.00 1.00Floor Fraction (HBLFF)Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % DistributionUsage During Occupied Period 0% Weighted AverageUsage During Unoccupied Period 100%
INC CFL T12 T8 MH HPS TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%)Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.55 0.55
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 84 88 65 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr
MJ/m².yr
TOTAL LIGHTING Overall LP 21.07 W/m² EUI TOTAL kWh/ft².yr 9MJ/m².yr 352
OFFICE EQUIPMENT & PLUG LOADS
Equipment Type Computers Monitors Printers Copiers Servers Plug Loads
Total end-use load (occupied period) 2.1 W/m² 0.2 W/ft² to see notes (cells with red indicator in upper right corner, type "SHIFT F2"Computer Servers EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.1Total end-use load (unocc. period) 1.2 W/m² 0.1 W/ft² MJ/m².yr 4.42
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.5Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 19.1Usage during unoccupied period 59% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.6
MJ/m².yr 24.9
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT 5Provide description below: Fuel Oil / Propane Fuel Share: Electricity Fuel Share: 100.0% Fuel Oil / Propane EUI All Electric EUI
SUPPLY FANS Ventilation and Exhaust Fan Operation & ControlVentilation Fan Exhaust Fan
System Design Air Flow 7.6 L/s.m² 1.50 CFM/ft² Control Fixed Variable Fixed VariableSystem Static Pressure CAV 350 Pa 1.4 wg Flow FlowSystem Static Pressure VAV 350 Pa 1.4 wg Incidence of Use 100% 100%Fan Efficiency 60% Operation ContinuousScheduledContinuousScheduledFan Motor Efficiency 88%Sizing Factor 1.00 Incidence of Use 90% 10% 90% 10%Fan Design Load CAV 5.1 W/m² 0.47 W/ft²Fan Design Load VAV 5.1 W/m² 0.47 W/ft² Comments:
EXHAUST FANS
Washroom Exhaust 50 L/s.washroom 106 CFM/washroomWashroom Exhaust per gross unit area 0.1 L/s.m² 0.02 CFM/ft²Other Exhaust (Smoking/Conference) 0.1 L/s.m² 0.02 CFM/ft²Total Building Exhaust 0.2 L/s.m² 0.04 CFM/ft²Exhaust System Static Pressure 250 Pa 1.0 wgFan Efficiency 25%Fan Motor Efficiency 75%Sizing Factor 1.0Exhaust Fan Connected Load 0.3 W/m² 0.03 W/ft²
AUXILIARY COOLING EQUIPMENT (Condenser Pump and Cooling Tower/Condenser Fans)
Average Condenser Fan Power Draw 0.020 kW/kW 0.07 kW/Ton(Cooling Tower/Evap. Condenser/ Air Cooled Condenser) 1.90 W/m² 0.18 W/ft²
Condenser Pump
Pump Design Flow L/s.KW U.S. gpm/TonPump Design Flow per unit floor area L/s.m² U.S. gpm/ft²Pump Head Pressure 45 kPa 15 ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 1.0Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
CIRCULATING PUMP (Heating & Cooling)
Pump Design Flow @ 5 °C (10 °F) delta T 0.004 L/s.m² 0.0060 U.S. gpm/ft² 2.4 U.S. gpm/TonPump Head Pressure kPa ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 0.8Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
Supply Fan Occ. Period 5500 hrs./yearSupply Fan Unocc. Period 3260 hrs./yearSupply Fan Energy Consumption 42.7 kWh/m².yr
Exhaust Fan Occ. Period 5500 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Unocc. Period 3260 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Energy Consumption 2.3 kWh/m².yr
Condenser Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yrCooling Tower /Condenser Fans Energy Consumption 0.4 kWh/m².yr
Circulating Pump Yearly Operation 7000 hrs./yearCirculating Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yr
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.28 W/m².°C 0.05 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 929 m² 10,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.19 W/m².°C 0.03 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 929 m² 10,000 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 3.52 W/m².°C 0.62 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 5
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 45%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.10 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.75 Typical # Stories 1
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 4.3 m 14.0 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 100% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 50%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 25 m²/person 269 ft²/person %OA 19.11%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 90%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. PeriodFresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 18 L/s.person 38 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right: 34%(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation 0.5 L/s.m² 0.10 CFM/ft²
50% operation (%)Sizing Factor 1Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 3.77 L/s.m² 0.74 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.42 L/s.m² 0.08 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load 299,238
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 159,469 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 7,418 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 3.77 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 14 °C 57.2 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 100%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 15 °C 59 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) 400 500 600 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % Distribution 25% 50% 25% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 95% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period 15%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 10% 10% 20% 55% 5% 0% 0% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 8.2
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % Distribution 30% 40% 30% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 95% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period 50%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTAL Fixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 30% 5% 10% 50% 0% 5% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.9
EUI = Load X Hrs. X SF X GLFF MJ/m².yr 35SPECIAL PURPOSE LIGHTINGLight Level Lux ft-candles Floor fraction check: should = 1.00 1.00Floor Fraction (HBLFF)Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % DistributionUsage During Occupied Period 0% Weighted AverageUsage During Unoccupied Period 100%
INC CFL T12 T8 MH HPS TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%)Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.55 0.55
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 84 88 65 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr
MJ/m².yr
TOTAL LIGHTING Overall LP 21.07 W/m² EUI TOTAL kWh/ft².yr 9MJ/m².yr 352
OFFICE EQUIPMENT & PLUG LOADS
Equipment Type Computers Monitors Printers Copiers Servers Plug Loads
Total end-use load (occupied period) 2.1 W/m² 0.2 W/ft² to see notes (cells with red indicator in upper right corner, type "SHIFT F2"Computer Servers EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.1Total end-use load (unocc. period) 1.2 W/m² 0.1 W/ft² MJ/m².yr 4.42
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.5Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 19.1Usage during unoccupied period 59% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.6
MJ/m².yr 24.9
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT 5Provide description below: Fuel Oil / Propane Fuel Share: Electricity Fuel Share: 100.0% Fuel Oil / Propane EUI All Electric EUI
SUPPLY FANS Ventilation and Exhaust Fan Operation & ControlVentilation Fan Exhaust Fan
System Design Air Flow 3.8 L/s.m² 0.74 CFM/ft² Control Fixed Variable Fixed VariableSystem Static Pressure CAV 350 Pa 1.4 wg Flow FlowSystem Static Pressure VAV 350 Pa 1.4 wg Incidence of Use 100% 100%Fan Efficiency 60% Operation ContinuousScheduledContinuousScheduledFan Motor Efficiency 88%Sizing Factor 1.00 Incidence of Use 90% 10% 90% 10%Fan Design Load CAV 2.5 W/m² 0.23 W/ft²Fan Design Load VAV 2.5 W/m² 0.23 W/ft² Comments:
EXHAUST FANS
Washroom Exhaust 50 L/s.washroom 106 CFM/washroomWashroom Exhaust per gross unit area 0.1 L/s.m² 0.02 CFM/ft²Other Exhaust (Smoking/Conference) 0.1 L/s.m² 0.02 CFM/ft²Total Building Exhaust 0.2 L/s.m² 0.04 CFM/ft²Exhaust System Static Pressure 250 Pa 1.0 wgFan Efficiency 25%Fan Motor Efficiency 75%Sizing Factor 1.0Exhaust Fan Connected Load 0.3 W/m² 0.03 W/ft²
AUXILIARY COOLING EQUIPMENT (Condenser Pump and Cooling Tower/Condenser Fans)
Average Condenser Fan Power Draw 0.020 kW/kW 0.07 kW/Ton(Cooling Tower/Evap. Condenser/ Air Cooled Condenser) 1.89 W/m² 0.18 W/ft²
Condenser Pump
Pump Design Flow L/s.KW U.S. gpm/TonPump Design Flow per unit floor area L/s.m² U.S. gpm/ft²Pump Head Pressure 45 kPa 15 ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 1.0Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
CIRCULATING PUMP (Heating & Cooling)
Pump Design Flow @ 5 °C (10 °F) delta T 0.004 L/s.m² 0.0060 U.S. gpm/ft² 2.4 U.S. gpm/TonPump Head Pressure kPa ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 0.8Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
Supply Fan Occ. Period 5500 hrs./yearSupply Fan Unocc. Period 3260 hrs./yearSupply Fan Energy Consumption 21.1 kWh/m².yr
Exhaust Fan Occ. Period 5500 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Unocc. Period 3260 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Energy Consumption 2.3 kWh/m².yr
Condenser Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yrCooling Tower /Condenser Fans Energy Consumption 0.4 kWh/m².yr
Circulating Pump Yearly Operation 7000 hrs./yearCirculating Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yr
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.28 W/m².°C 0.05 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 1,394 m² 15,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.28 W/m².°C 0.05 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 1,394 m² 15,000 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 3.52 W/m².°C 0.62 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 4
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 45%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.28 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.57 Typical # Stories 1
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 3.7 m 12.0 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 90% 10% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 60%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 46 m²/person 495 ft²/person %OA 5.39%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 50%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. Period 80%Fresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 8 L/s.person 16 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right: 15%(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation 0.5 L/s.m² 0.10 CFM/ft²
50% operation (%)Sizing Factor 1.3Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 3.02 L/s.m² 0.60 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.70 L/s.m² 0.14 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load 196,081
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 147,639 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 6,868 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 3.02 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 22 °C 71.6 °F 13 °C 55.4 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 100%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 15 °C 59 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 18 °C 64.4 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 2500 Light Level (Lux) 100 125 150 300 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 6260 % Distribution 25% 50% 25% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 50% Weighted Average 125Usage During Unoccupied Period 25%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 60% 20% 5% 5% 0% 10% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 2.5
MJ/m².yr 97LOBBY, BALLROOMS, CORRIDORS, BACK OF HOUSE OTHERLight Level 300 Lux 27.9 ft-candlesFloor Fraction (ALFF) 0.25Connected Load 23.3 W/m² 2.2 W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 3000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 5760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 85% Weighted Average 300Usage During Unoccupied Period 50%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTAL Fixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 40% 10% 35% 10% 0% 5% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 2.9
EUI = Load X Hrs. X SF X GLFF MJ/m².yr 114SPECIAL PURPOSE LIGHTINGLight Level 300.00 Lux 27.9 ft-candles Floor fraction check: should = 1.00 1.00Floor Fraction (HBLFF)Connected Load 14.0 W/m² 1.3 W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 0% Weighted Average 300Usage During Unoccupied Period 100%
INC CFL T12 T8 MH HPS TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 0% 100% 0% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.55 0.55
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 84 88 65 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr
MJ/m².yr
TOTAL LIGHTING Overall LP 15.37 W/m² EUI TOTAL kWh/ft².yr 5MJ/m².yr 210
OFFICE EQUIPMENT & PLUG LOADS
Equipment Type Computers Monitors Printers Copiers Servers Plug Loads
Total end-use load (occupied period) 1.6 W/m² 0.2 W/ft² to see notes (cells with red indicator in upper right corner, type "SHIFT F2"Computer Servers EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.10Total end-use load (unocc. period) 1.0 W/m² 0.1 W/ft² MJ/m².yr 3.68
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.38Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 14.80Usage during unoccupied period 59% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.49
MJ/m².yr 19.12
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENTProvide description below: Fuel Oil / Propane Fuel Share: Electricity Fuel Share: 100.0% Fuel Oil / Propane EUI All Electric EUIKitchen services EUI kWh/ft².yr 1.0 EUI kWh/ft².yr 1.3
SUPPLY FANS Ventilation and Exhaust Fan Operation & ControlVentilation Fan Exhaust Fan
System Design Air Flow 3.0 L/s.m² 0.60 CFM/ft² Control Fixed Variable Fixed VariableSystem Static Pressure CAV 300 Pa 1.2 wg Flow FlowSystem Static Pressure VAV 300 Pa 1.2 wg Incidence of Use 100% 100%Fan Efficiency 45% Operation ContinuousScheduledContinuousScheduledFan Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 1.00 Incidence of Use 75% 25% 75% 25%Fan Design Load CAV 2.5 W/m² 0.23 W/ft²Fan Design Load VAV 2.5 W/m² 0.23 W/ft² Comments:
EXHAUST FANS
Washroom Exhaust 100 L/s.washroom 212 CFM/washroomWashroom Exhaust per gross unit area 0.1 L/s.m² 0.03 CFM/ft²Other Exhaust (Smoking/Conference) 0.1 L/s.m² 0.02 CFM/ft²Total Building Exhaust 0.2 L/s.m² 0.05 CFM/ft²Exhaust System Static Pressure 250 Pa 1.0 wgFan Efficiency 25%Fan Motor Efficiency 75%Sizing Factor 1.0Exhaust Fan Connected Load 0.3 W/m² 0.03 W/ft²
AUXILIARY COOLING EQUIPMENT (Condenser Pump and Cooling Tower/Condenser Fans)
Average Condenser Fan Power Draw 0.020 kW/kW 0.07 kW/Ton(Cooling Tower/Evap. Condenser/ Air Cooled Condenser) 0.70 W/m² 0.07 W/ft²
Condenser Pump
Pump Design Flow 0.053 L/s.KW 3.0 U.S. gpm/TonPump Design Flow per unit floor area 0.002 L/s.m² 0.003 U.S. gpm/ft²Pump Head Pressure kPa ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 1.0Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
CIRCULATING PUMP (Heating & Cooling)
Pump Design Flow @ 5 °C (10 °F) delta T 0.002 L/s.m² 0.0022 U.S. gpm/ft² 2.4 U.S. gpm/TonPump Head Pressure 100 kPa 33 ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 0.8Pump Connected Load 0.3 W/m² 0.03 W/ft²
Supply Fan Occ. Period 3500 hrs./yearSupply Fan Unocc. Period 5260 hrs./yearSupply Fan Energy Consumption 18.8 kWh/m².yr
Exhaust Fan Occ. Period 3500 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Unocc. Period 5260 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Energy Consumption 2.4 kWh/m².yr
Condenser Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yrCooling Tower /Condenser Fans Energy Consumption 0.2 kWh/m².yr
Circulating Pump Yearly Operation 5000 hrs./yearCirculating Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yr
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.28 W/m².°C 0.05 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 697 m² 7,500 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.19 W/m².°C 0.03 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 697 m² 7,500 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 3.52 W/m².°C 0.62 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 4
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 45%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.28 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.57 Typical # Stories 1
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 3.7 m 12.0 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 100% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 60%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 46 m²/person 495 ft²/person %OA 4.53%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 50%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. Period 80%Fresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 8 L/s.person 16 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right: 15%(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation 0.5 L/s.m² 0.10 CFM/ft²
50% operation (%)Sizing Factor 1.3Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 3.60 L/s.m² 0.71 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.70 L/s.m² 0.14 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load 112,083
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 87,862 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 4,087 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 3.60 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 22 °C 71.6 °F 13 °C 55.4 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 100%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 15 °C 59 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 18 °C 64.4 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 2500 Light Level (Lux) 100 125 150 300 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 6260 % Distribution 25% 50% 25% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 50% Weighted Average 125Usage During Unoccupied Period 25%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 70% 20% 5% 5% 0% 0% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 3.2
MJ/m².yr 123LOBBY, BALLROOMS, CORRIDORS, BACK OF HOUSE OTHERLight Level 300 Lux 27.9 ft-candlesFloor Fraction (ALFF) 0.15Connected Load 23.3 W/m² 2.2 W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 3000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 5760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 85% Weighted Average 300Usage During Unoccupied Period 50%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTAL Fixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 40% 10% 35% 10% 0% 5% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 1.8
EUI = Load X Hrs. X SF X GLFF MJ/m².yr 68SPECIAL PURPOSE LIGHTINGLight Level 300.00 Lux 27.9 ft-candles Floor fraction check: should = 1.00 1.00Floor Fraction (HBLFF)Connected Load 14.0 W/m² 1.3 W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 0% Weighted Average 300Usage During Unoccupied Period 100%
INC CFL T12 T8 MH HPS TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 0% 100% 0% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.55 0.55
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 84 88 65 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr
MJ/m².yr
TOTAL LIGHTING Overall LP 15.62 W/m² EUI TOTAL kWh/ft².yr 5MJ/m².yr 191
OFFICE EQUIPMENT & PLUG LOADS
Equipment Type Computers Monitors Printers Copiers Servers Plug Loads
Total end-use load (occupied period) 1.6 W/m² 0.2 W/ft² to see notes (cells with red indicator in upper right corner, type "SHIFT F2"Computer Servers EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.10Total end-use load (unocc. period) 1.0 W/m² 0.1 W/ft² MJ/m².yr 3.68
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.38Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 14.80Usage during unoccupied period 59% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.49
MJ/m².yr 19.12
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENTProvide description below: Fuel Oil / Propane Fuel Share: Electricity Fuel Share: 100.0% Fuel Oil / Propane EUI All Electric EUIKitchen services EUI kWh/ft².yr 1.0 EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.6
SUPPLY FANS Ventilation and Exhaust Fan Operation & ControlVentilation Fan Exhaust Fan
System Design Air Flow 3.6 L/s.m² 0.71 CFM/ft² Control Fixed Variable Fixed VariableSystem Static Pressure CAV 300 Pa 1.2 wg Flow FlowSystem Static Pressure VAV 300 Pa 1.2 wg Incidence of Use 100% 100%Fan Efficiency 45% Operation ContinuousScheduledContinuousScheduledFan Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 0.50 Incidence of Use 75% 25% 75% 25%Fan Design Load CAV 1.5 W/m² 0.14 W/ft²Fan Design Load VAV 1.5 W/m² 0.14 W/ft² Comments:
EXHAUST FANS
Washroom Exhaust 100 L/s.washroom 212 CFM/washroomWashroom Exhaust per gross unit area 0.3 L/s.m² 0.06 CFM/ft²Other Exhaust (Smoking/Conference) 0.1 L/s.m² 0.02 CFM/ft²Total Building Exhaust 0.4 L/s.m² 0.08 CFM/ft²Exhaust System Static Pressure 250 Pa 1.0 wgFan Efficiency 25%Fan Motor Efficiency 75%Sizing Factor 0.5Exhaust Fan Connected Load 0.3 W/m² 0.02 W/ft²
AUXILIARY COOLING EQUIPMENT (Condenser Pump and Cooling Tower/Condenser Fans)
Average Condenser Fan Power Draw 0.020 kW/kW 0.07 kW/Ton(Cooling Tower/Evap. Condenser/ Air Cooled Condenser) 0.80 W/m² 0.07 W/ft²
Condenser Pump
Pump Design Flow 0.053 L/s.KW 3.0 U.S. gpm/TonPump Design Flow per unit floor area 0.002 L/s.m² 0.003 U.S. gpm/ft²Pump Head Pressure kPa ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 0.5Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
CIRCULATING PUMP (Heating & Cooling)
Pump Design Flow @ 5 °C (10 °F) delta T 0.002 L/s.m² 0.0025 U.S. gpm/ft² 2.4 U.S. gpm/TonPump Head Pressure 100 kPa 33 ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 0.5Pump Connected Load 0.2 W/m² 0.02 W/ft²
Supply Fan Occ. Period 3500 hrs./yearSupply Fan Unocc. Period 5260 hrs./yearSupply Fan Energy Consumption 11.2 kWh/m².yr
Exhaust Fan Occ. Period 3500 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Unocc. Period 5260 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Energy Consumption 1.9 kWh/m².yr
Condenser Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yrCooling Tower /Condenser Fans Energy Consumption 0.3 kWh/m².yr
Circulating Pump Yearly Operation 5000 hrs./yearCirculating Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yr
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILEEXISTING BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Health Care All Existing Labrador InterconnectedBaselineCONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.33 W/m².°C 0.06 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 8,829 m² 95,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.33 W/m².°C 0.06 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 2,943 m² 31,667 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 3.52 W/m².°C 0.62 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 2
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 45%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.15 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.65 Typical # Stories 3
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 3.7 m 12.0 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 80% 20% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 50%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 30 m²/person 323 ft²/person %OA 9.76%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 90%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. Period 75%Fresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 15 L/s.person 32 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right: 15%(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation 0.5 L/s.m² 0.10 CFM/ft²
50% operation (%)Sizing Factor 3Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 5.12 L/s.m² 1.01 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.70 L/s.m² 0.14 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load #######
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 686,735 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R.H 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 31,947 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air flo 5.12 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 24 °C 75.2 °F 14 °C 57.2 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 100%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 24 °C 75.2 °F 16.5 °C 61.7 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 24 °C 75.2 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 8760 Light Level (Lux) 50 100 200 300 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) % Distribution 50% 50% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 40% Weighted Average 250Usage During Unoccupied Period
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 5% 5% 45% 45% 0% 0% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 1.1
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 8760 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 600 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 65% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period 20%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTAL Fixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 4% 5% 50% 40% 0% 1% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 5.4
EUI = Load X Hrs. X SF X GLFF MJ/m².yr 209TERTIARY LIGHTINGLight Level 250.00 Lux 23.2 ft-candles Floor fraction check: should = 1.00 1.00Floor Fraction (HBLFF)Connected Load 11.9 W/m² 1.1 W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) 200 300 500 700 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % Distribution 50% 50% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 100% Weighted Average 250Usage During Unoccupied Period 100%
INC CFL T12 T8 MH HPS TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 15% 15% 20% 50% 0% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.55 0.55
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 88 65 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr
MJ/m².yr
TOTAL LIGHTING Overall LPD 13.72 W/m² EUI TOTAL kWh/ft².yr 7MJ/m².yr 254
OFFICE EQUIPMENT & PLUG LOADS
Equipment Type Computers Monitors Printers Copiers Servers Plug Loads
Total end-use load (occupied period) 5.4 W/m² 0.5 W/ft² to see notes (cells with red indicator in upper right corner, type "SHIFT F2"Computer Servers EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.2 Total end-use load (unocc. period) 2.2 W/m² 0.2 W/ft² MJ/m².yr 8.10
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.9 Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 35.0 Usage during unoccupied period 40% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 1.7
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILEEXISTING BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Schools All Labrador Interconnected
CONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.28 W/m².°C 0.05 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 3,717 m² 40,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.28 W/m².°C 0.05 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 3,717 m² 40,000 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 3.52 W/m².°C 0.62 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 5
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 50%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.13 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.65 Typical # Stories 1
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 3.7 m 12.0 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 100% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 50%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 10 m²/person 108 ft²/person %OA 18.16%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 90%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. PeriodFresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 6 L/s.person 13 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right: 34%(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation 0.5 L/s.m² 0.10 CFM/ft²
50% operation (%)Sizing Factor 1.3Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 3.30 L/s.m² 0.65 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.42 L/s.m² 0.08 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load 947,110
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 424,335 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 19,740 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 3.30 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 13 °C 55.4 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 100%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 15 °C 59 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 18.8 °C 65.84 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 2000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 6760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 85% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period 15%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 70% 30% 0% 0% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 3.1
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 2000 Light Level (Lux) 400 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 6760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 90% Weighted Average 400Usage During Unoccupied Period 15%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTAL Fixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 10% 10% 15% 10% 30% 20% 5% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.6
EUI = Load X Hrs. X SF X GLFF MJ/m².yr 25SPECIAL PURPOSE LIGHTINGLight Level 300.00 Lux 27.9 ft-candles Floor fraction check: should = 1.00 1.00Floor Fraction (HBLFF)Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 3000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 5760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 100% Weighted Average 300Usage During Unoccupied Period 10%
INC CFL T12 ES T8 Mag T8 Elec MH HPS TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%)Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.55 0.55
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 84 88 65 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr
MJ/m².yr
TOTAL LIGHTING Overall LP 14.96 W/m² EUI TOTAL kWh/ft².yr 4MJ/m².yr 147
OFFICE EQUIPMENT & PLUG LOADS
Equipment Type Computers Monitors Printers Copiers Servers Plug Loads
Total end-use load (occupied period) 1.3 W/m² 0.1 W/ft² to see notes (cells with red indicator in upper right corner, type "SHIFT F2"Computer Servers EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.10Total end-use load (unocc. period) 0.8 W/m² 0.1 W/ft² MJ/m².yr 3.68
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.54Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 21.01Usage during unoccupied period 59% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.11
MJ/m².yr 4.23
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENTProvide description below: Fuel Oil / Propane Fuel Sh Electricity Fuel Share: 100.0% Fuel Oil / Propane EUI All Electric EUI
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILEEXISTING BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Schools All Labrador Interconnected
HVAC FANS & PUMPS
SUPPLY FANS Ventilation and Exhaust Fan Operation & ControlVentilation Fan Exhaust Fan
System Design Air Flow 3.3 L/s.m² 0.65 CFM/ft² Control Fixed Variable Fixed VariableSystem Static Pressure CAV 350 Pa 1.4 wg Flow FlowSystem Static Pressure VAV 350 Pa 1.4 wg Incidence of Use 100% 100%Fan Efficiency 60% Operation ContinuousScheduledContinuousScheduledFan Motor Efficiency 88%Sizing Factor 1.00 Incidence of Use 50% 50% 50% 50%Fan Design Load CAV 2.2 W/m² 0.20 W/ft²Fan Design Load VAV 2.2 W/m² 0.20 W/ft² Comments:
EXHAUST FANS
Washroom Exhaust 100 L/s.washroom 212 CFM/washroomWashroom Exhaust per gross unit area 0.1 L/s.m² 0.01 CFM/ft²Other Exhaust (Smoking/Conference) 0.1 L/s.m² 0.02 CFM/ft²Total Building Exhaust 0.2 L/s.m² 0.03 CFM/ft²Exhaust System Static Pressure 250 Pa 1.0 wgFan Efficiency 25%Fan Motor Efficiency 75%Sizing Factor 1.0Exhaust Fan Connected Load 0.2 W/m² 0.02 W/ft²
AUXILIARY COOLING EQUIPMENT (Condenser Pump and Cooling Tower/Condenser Fans)
Average Condenser Fan Power Draw 0.020 kW/kW 0.07 kW/Ton(Cooling Tower/Evap. Condenser/ Air Cooled Condenser) 1.50 W/m² 0.14 W/ft²
Condenser Pump
Pump Design Flow 0.053 L/s.KW 3.0 U.S. gpm/TonPump Design Flow per unit floor area 0.004 L/s.m² 0.006 U.S. gpm/ft²Pump Head Pressure kPa ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 1.0Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
CIRCULATING PUMP (Heating & Cooling)
Pump Design Flow @ 5 °C (10 °F) delta T 0.003 L/s.m² 0.0048 U.S. gpm/ft² 2.4 U.S. gpm/TonPump Head Pressure 100 kPa 33 ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 0.8Pump Connected Load 0.6 W/m² 0.06 W/ft²
Supply Fan Occ. Period 2000 hrs./yearSupply Fan Unocc. Period 6760 hrs./yearSupply Fan Energy Consumption 11.8 kWh/m².yr
Exhaust Fan Occ. Period 2000 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Unocc. Period 6760 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Energy Consumption 1.1 kWh/m².yr
Condenser Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yrCooling Tower /Condenser Fans Energy Consumption 0.4 kWh/m².yr
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILEEXISTING BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:University/College All Existing Labrador InterconnectedBaselineCONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.33 W/m².°C 0.06 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 6,506 m² 70,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.33 W/m².°C 0.06 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 3,253 m² 35,000 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 3.52 W/m².°C 0.62 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 7
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 50%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.30 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.65 Typical # Stories 2
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 3.7 m 12.0 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 90% 10% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 50%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 14 m²/person 151 ft²/person %OA 16.85%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 90%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. PeriodFresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 10 L/s.person 21 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right: 34%(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation 0.5 L/s.m² 0.10 CFM/ft²
50% operation (%)Sizing Factor 1.6Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 4.24 L/s.m² 0.83 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.70 L/s.m² 0.14 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load #######
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 784,929 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 36,515 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 4.24 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 24 °C 75.2 °F 13 °C 55.4 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 100%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 22 °C 71.6 °F 16 °C 60.8 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 90% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period 20%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 60% 35% 5% 0% 0% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 5.4
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 100% Weighted Average 300Usage During Unoccupied Period 50%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTAL Fixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 8% 10% 15% 65% 0% 2% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.7
EUI = Load X Hrs. X SF X GLFF MJ/m².yr 26SPECIAL PURPOSE LIGHTINGLight Level 300.00 Lux 27.9 ft-candles Floor fraction check: should = 1.00 1.00Floor Fraction (HBLFF)Connected Load 6.6 W/m² 0.6 W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 0% Weighted Average 300Usage During Unoccupied Period 100%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 0% 100% 0% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 84 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr
MJ/m².yr
TOTAL LIGHTING Overall LP 13.79 W/m² EUI TOTAL kWh/ft².yr 6MJ/m².yr 233
OFFICE EQUIPMENT & PLUG LOADS
Equipment Type Computers Monitors Printers Copiers Servers Plug Loads
Total end-use load (occupied period) 3.9 W/m² 0.4 W/ft² to see notes (cells with red indicator in upper right corner, type "SHIFT F2"Computer Servers EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.10Total end-use load (unocc. period) 2.2 W/m² 0.2 W/ft² MJ/m².yr 3.68
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 1.34Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 51.73Usage during unoccupied period 55% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.65
MJ/m².yr 25.18
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENTProvide description below: Fuel Oil / Propane Fuel Share: Electricity Fuel Share: 100.0% Fuel Oil / Propane EUI All Electric EUI
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILEEXISTING BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:University/College All Existing Labrador InterconnectedBaseline
HVAC FANS & PUMPS
SUPPLY FANS Ventilation and Exhaust Fan Operation & ControlVentilation Fan Exhaust Fan
System Design Air Flow 4.2 L/s.m² 0.83 CFM/ft² Control Fixed Variable Fixed VariableSystem Static Pressure CAV 500 Pa 2.0 wg Flow FlowSystem Static Pressure VAV 500 Pa 2.0 wg Incidence of Use 90% 10% 100%Fan Efficiency 60% Operation ContinuousScheduledContinuousScheduledFan Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 1.00 Incidence of Use 75% 25% 75% 25%Fan Design Load CAV 4.4 W/m² 0.41 W/ft²Fan Design Load VAV 4.4 W/m² 0.41 W/ft² Comments:
EXHAUST FANS
Washroom Exhaust 100 L/s.washroom 212 CFM/washroomWashroom Exhaust per gross unit area 0.1 L/s.m² 0.01 CFM/ft²Other Exhaust (Smoking/Conference) 0.1 L/s.m² 0.02 CFM/ft²Total Building Exhaust 0.2 L/s.m² 0.03 CFM/ft²Exhaust System Static Pressure 250 Pa 1.0 wgFan Efficiency 25%Fan Motor Efficiency 75%Sizing Factor 1.0Exhaust Fan Connected Load 0.2 W/m² 0.02 W/ft²
AUXILIARY COOLING EQUIPMENT (Condenser Pump and Cooling Tower/Condenser Fans)
Average Condenser Fan Power Draw 0.020 kW/kW 0.07 kW/Ton(Cooling Tower/Evap. Condenser/ Air Cooled Condenser) 1.62 W/m² 0.15 W/ft²
Condenser Pump
Pump Design Flow 0.053 L/s.KW 3.0 U.S. gpm/TonPump Design Flow per unit floor area 0.004 L/s.m² 0.006 U.S. gpm/ft²Pump Head Pressure kPa ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 1.0Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
CIRCULATING PUMP (Heating & Cooling)
Pump Design Flow @ 5 °C (10 °F) delta T 0.003 L/s.m² 0.0052 U.S. gpm/ft² 2.4 U.S. gpm/TonPump Head Pressure 100 kPa 50 ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 0.8Pump Connected Load 0.7 W/m² 0.06 W/ft²
Supply Fan Occ. Period 4000 hrs./yearSupply Fan Unocc. Period 4760 hrs./yearSupply Fan Energy Consumption 31.9 kWh/m².yr
Exhaust Fan Occ. Period 4000 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Unocc. Period 4760 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Energy Consumption 1.6 kWh/m².yr
Condenser Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yrCooling Tower /Condenser Fans Energy Consumption 0.4 kWh/m².yr
Circulating Pump Yearly Operation 6000 hrs./yearCirculating Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yr
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILEEXISTING BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Warehouse/Wholesale All Existing Labrador InterconnectedBaselineCONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.38 W/m².°C 0.07 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 1,859 m² 20,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.38 W/m².°C 0.07 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 1,859 m² 20,000 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 3.52 W/m².°C 0.62 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 1
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 45%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.05 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.80 Typical # Stories 1
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 6.1 m 20.1 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 100% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 50%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 100 m²/person 1076 ft²/person %OA 6.49%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 90%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. PeriodFresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 15 L/s.person 32 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right:(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation 0.5 L/s.m² 0.10 CFM/ft²
50% operation (%)Sizing Factor 1Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 2.31 L/s.m² 0.45 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.70 L/s.m² 0.14 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load 254,531
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 195,583 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 9,099 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 2.31 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 22 °C 71.6 °F 13 °C 55.4 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 100%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 16 °C 60.8 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 3500 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 5260 % Distribution 50% 50% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 100% Weighted Average 400Usage During Unoccupied Period 15%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 20% 10% 60% 10% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 3.8
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 3000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 5760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 100% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period 15%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTAL Fixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 10% 5% 60% 25% 0% 0% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.8
EUI = Load X Hrs. X SF X GLFF MJ/m².yr 29SPECIAL PURPOSE LIGHTINGLight Level Lux ft-candles Floor fraction check: should = 1.00 1.00Floor Fraction (HBLFF)Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % DistributionUsage During Occupied Period 0% Weighted AverageUsage During Unoccupied Period 100%
INC CFL T12 T8 MH HPS TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 0% 0% 0.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.55 0.55
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 84 88 65 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr
MJ/m².yr
TOTAL LIGHTING Overall LP 11.57 W/m² EUI TOTAL kWh/ft².yr 4.5MJ/m².yr 175
OFFICE EQUIPMENT & PLUG LOADS
Equipment Type Computers Monitors Printers Copiers Servers Plug Loads
Total end-use load (occupied period) 2.6 W/m² 0.2 W/ft² to see notes (cells with red indicator in upper right corner, type "SHIFT F2"Computer Servers EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.11Total end-use load (unocc. period) 1.0 W/m² 0.1 W/ft² MJ/m².yr 4.42
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.34Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 13.30Usage during unoccupied period 39% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.83
MJ/m².yr 32.15
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENTProvide description below: Fuel Oil / Propane Fuel Share: Electricity Fuel Share: 100.0% Fuel Oil / Propane EUI All Electric EUI
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILEEXISTING BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Warehouse/Wholesale All Existing Labrador InterconnectedBaseline
HVAC FANS & PUMPS
SUPPLY FANS Ventilation and Exhaust Fan Operation & ControlVentilation Fan Exhaust Fan
System Design Air Flow 2.3 L/s.m² 0.45 CFM/ft² Control Fixed Variable Fixed VariableSystem Static Pressure CAV 300 Pa 1.2 wg Flow FlowSystem Static Pressure VAV 300 Pa 1.2 wg Incidence of Use 100% 100%Fan Efficiency 60% Operation ContinuousScheduledContinuousScheduledFan Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 1.00 Incidence of Use 80% 20% 80% 20%Fan Design Load CAV 1.4 W/m² 0.13 W/ft²Fan Design Load VAV 1.4 W/m² 0.13 W/ft² Comments:
EXHAUST FANS
Washroom Exhaust 100 L/s.washroom 212 CFM/washroomWashroom Exhaust per gross unit area 0.1 L/s.m² 0.02 CFM/ft²Other Exhaust (Smoking/Conference) 0.1 L/s.m² 0.02 CFM/ft²Total Building Exhaust 0.2 L/s.m² 0.04 CFM/ft²Exhaust System Static Pressure 250 Pa 1.0 wgFan Efficiency 25%Fan Motor Efficiency 75%Sizing Factor 1.0Exhaust Fan Connected Load 0.3 W/m² 0.03 W/ft²
AUXILIARY COOLING EQUIPMENT (Condenser Pump and Cooling Tower/Condenser Fans)
Average Condenser Fan Power Draw 0.020 kW/kW 0.07 kW/Ton(Cooling Tower/Evap. Condenser/ Air Cooled Condenser) 0.80 W/m² 0.07 W/ft²
Condenser Pump
Pump Design Flow 0.053 L/s.KW 3.0 U.S. gpm/TonPump Design Flow per unit floor area 0.002 L/s.m² 0.003 U.S. gpm/ft²Pump Head Pressure kPa ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 1.0Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
CIRCULATING PUMP (Heating & Cooling)
Pump Design Flow @ 5 °C (10 °F) delta T 0.002 L/s.m² 0.0025 U.S. gpm/ft² 2.4 U.S. gpm/TonPump Head Pressure 50 kPa 17 ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 0.8Pump Connected Load 0.2 W/m² 0.02 W/ft²
Supply Fan Occ. Period 3500 hrs./yearSupply Fan Unocc. Period 5260 hrs./yearSupply Fan Energy Consumption 11.1 kWh/m².yr
Exhaust Fan Occ. Period 3500 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Unocc. Period 5260 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Energy Consumption 2.1 kWh/m².yr
Condenser Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yrCooling Tower /Condenser Fans Energy Consumption 0.2 kWh/m².yr
Circulating Pump Yearly Operation 5000 hrs./yearCirculating Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yr
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILEEXISTING BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Restaurant All Existing Labrador InterconnectedBaselineCONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.28 W/m².°C 0.05 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 929 m² 10,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.19 W/m².°C 0.03 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 929 m² 10,000 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 3.52 W/m².°C 0.62 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 1
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 45%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.36 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.58 Typical # Stories 1
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 3.7 m 12.0 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 60% 40% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 60%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 20 m²/person 215 ft²/person %OA 9.29%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 90%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. PeriodFresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 8 L/s.person 16 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right:(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation L/s.m² CFM/ft²
operation (%)Sizing Factor 1.3Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 4.03 L/s.m² 0.79 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.40 L/s.m² 0.08 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load 210,389
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 131,371 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 6,111 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 4.03 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 24 °C 75.2 °F 14 °C 57.2 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 98%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 15 °C 59 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4300 Light Level (Lux) 400 550 650 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4460 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 100% Weighted Average 400Usage During Unoccupied Period 10%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 20.0% 80.0% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 2.4
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4300 Light Level (Lux) 200 300 400 500 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4460 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 100% Weighted Average 400Usage During Unoccupied Period 10%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTAL Fixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 60% 25% 15% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 84 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 6.8
EUI = Load X Hrs. X SF X GLFF MJ/m².yr 262SPECIAL PURPOSE LIGHTINGLight Level Lux ft-candles Floor fraction check: should = 1.00 1.00Floor Fraction (HBLFF)Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % DistributionUsage During Occupied Period 0% Weighted AverageUsage During Unoccupied Period 100%
INC CFL T12 T8 MH HPS TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%)Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.55 0.55
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 84 88 65 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr
MJ/m².yr
TOTAL LIGHTING Overall LP 20.72 W/m² EUI TOTAL kWh/ft².yr 9MJ/m².yr 354
OFFICE EQUIPMENT & PLUG LOADS
Equipment Type Computers Monitors Printers Copiers Servers Plug Loads
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.41Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 16.00Usage during unoccupied period 65% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.60
MJ/m².yr 23.23
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENTProvide description below: Fuel Oil / Propane Fuel Share: Electricity Fuel Share: 100.0% Fuel Oil / Propane EUI All Electric EUILunch room/cafeteria/restaurant EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.1 EUI kWh/ft².yr 34.3
( % ) Fuel Oil / Propane EUIFire Side Inspection 75% kWh/ft².yrWater Side Inspection for Scale Buildup 100% MJ/m².yrInspection of Controls & Safeties 100%Inspection of Burner 100% Market Composite EUIFlue Gas Analysis & Burner Set-up 90% kWh/ft².yr 12.7
MJ/m².yr 492
SPACE COOLING
A/C Plant TypeWSHP Absorption Chillers Total
Standard HE Open DX W. H. CWSystem Present (%) 100.0% 100.0%COP 4.7 5.4 3.5 3.5 2.6 0.9 1Performance (1 / COP) 0.21 0.19 0.29 0.29 0.38 1.11 1.00(kW/kW)Additional RefrigerantRelated Information
Control Mode Incidence of Use Fixed ResetSetpoint
Chilled WaterCondenser Water
Setpoint Chilled Water 7 °C 44.6 °FCondenser Water 30 °C 86 °FSupply Air 14.0 °C 57.2 °F
Profile Term Explanation Building envelope Defines the thermal characteristics of a building’s
exterior components U-value The rate of heat loss, in Btu per hour per square foot per
degree Fahrenheit (BTU/hr. f2.oF) through walls, roofs and windows. The U-value is the reciprocal of the R-value
Shading coefficient (SC) Is a measure of the total amount of heat passing through the glazing compared with that through a single clear glass
Window-to-wall ratio Defines the ratio of window to insulated exterior wall area General lighting Defines the lighting types that are used within the main
areas of a building, e.g., for a School, the area is classrooms and the lighting type is fluorescent; for a Food Retail store, the main area is the retail floor.
LPD Lighting power density expressed in terms of W/ft2 Lux The amount of visible light per square meter incident on
a surface (lumen/m2) Inc Incandescent lamps CFL Compact fluorescent lamps T12 T12 fluorescent lamps with magnetic ballasts T8 T8 fluorescent lamps with electronic ballasts MH Metal halide lamps HPS High-pressure sodium lamps HID High-intensity discharge lighting includes both MH and
HPS T5HO T5 High Output fluorescent lamps LED Light Emitting Diode lamps Secondary lighting Defines the lighting types that are used within the
secondary areas of a building, e.g., for a School, the secondary areas are corridors, lobbies, foyers, etc.
Outdoor lighting Defines the outdoor lighting including parking lot and façade
Overall LPD The total floor weighted LPD that includes general, secondary, and outdoor
Fans Defines the mix of air handling systems CAV Constant air volume VAV Variable air volume Space heating Defines the mix of heating equipment types found within
the stock of buildings ASHP Air-source heat pump WSHP Water-source heat pump Resistance Electric resistance heating equipment including boilers
and baseboard heaters Fuel Oil / Propane Fossil fuel fired equipment, including space heating,
domestic hot water heating, and cooking equipment Space cooling Defines the mix of cooling equipment types found within
the stock of buildings Centrifugal Standard centrifugal chillers with a full load performance
of 0.75 kW/ton Centri HE High-efficiency centrifugal chillers assumed to have a
performance of <0.65 kW/ton Recip open Semi-hermetic reciprocating chillers DX Direct expansion cooling equipment that use small
Introduction Appendix B provides additional detailed information related to each of the major steps employed in the generation of the Commercial sector Base Year peak loads. The discussion is organized as follows: Overview of peak load methodology Segmentation of commercial sub sectors Detailed results B.1 Overview of Peak Load Profile Methodology As noted in the main text, development of the electric peak load estimates employs four specific factors as outlined below: Monthly Usage Allocation Factor: This factor represents the percent of annual electric energy
usage that is allocated to each month. This set of monthly fractions (percentages) reflects the seasonality of the load shape, whether a facility, process or end use, and is dictated by weather or other seasonal factors. This allocation factor can be obtained from either (in decreasing order of priority): (a) monthly consumption statistics from end-use load studies; (b) monthly seasonal sales (preferably weather normalized) obtained by subtracting a “base” month from winter and summer heating and cooling months; or (c) heating or cooling degree days on an appropriate base.
Weekend to Weekday Factor: This factor is a ratio that describes the relationship between weekends and weekdays, reflecting the degree of weekend activity inherent in the facility or end use. This may vary by month or season. Based on this ratio, the average electric energy per day type can be computed from the corresponding monthly electric energy.
Peak Day Factor: This factor reflects the degree of daily weather sensitivity associated with the load shape, particularly heating or cooling; it compares a peak (e.g., hottest or coldest) day to a typical weekday in that month.
Per Unit Hourly Factor: The relationship of load among different hours of the day for each day type (weekday, weekend day, peak day) and for each month reflects the operating hours of the electric equipment or end use within facilities by sub sector. For example, for lighting, this would be affected by time of day, season (affected by daylight), and space type, where applicable. For the Base Year, lighting is treated on an aggregate basis by facility.
The four factors (sets of ratios) defined above provide the basis for converting annual energy to any hourly demand specified including the grouping of hours used in the four peak periods defined in this study. Exhibit 101, below, illustrates how each of the above four factors is applied sequentially to a known annual energy value to produce a peak load value, defined as a specific peak period. In the example, the 36-hour winter peak period is used. The winter peak is defined as follows:
The morning period from 7 am to noon and the evening period from 4 pm to 8 pm on the four coldest days in the December to March period; this is a total of 36 hours per year.39
Exhibit 101 Illustrative Application of Annual Energy to Peak Period Value Factors
The Winter Peak demand is computed based on the average demand for the 36-hour period. The NL peak is assumed to occur on the four coldest days in December and January. The following steps are required: Step 1: The monthly usage allocation factor for December and January are applied to the
annual energy use to calculate December and January energy use. Step 2: The average weekday in December and January is calculated based on the formula
shown below, which adjusts the average day type use to reflect any difference in typical weekend use versus typical weekday use.
1
(𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝑖𝑖 𝑀𝑀𝑖𝑀ℎ) ∗ �57 + �2
7 ∗𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑖𝑊 𝑅𝐷𝑀𝑖𝑀��
Step 3: The peak day factor is then applied to the average weekday electric energy use to determine the peak day use for the four peak days (as defined by the NL utilities).
Step 4: The average peak over the 9 hours of peak period per day is then calculated based on allocating the peak day use according to the per unit hourly load factor for a peak winter day, using the percentage of use in those hours versus the daily usage for the peak day.
It should be noted that the methodology shown in Exhibit 101 produces aggregate diversified average loads for all customers or end uses in the defined sub sector. Exhibit 102 provides a specific numeric example for the calculation of Winter Peak Period demand (kW). The example presented in Exhibit 102 is for secondary lighting use in large office buildings, prior to adjustment for fuel share. The example shows how the annual consumption of 10,000 kWh can be converted to a peak demand value for the Winter Peak Period by the calculation of a corresponding hours-use value.
Exhibit 102 Sample Hours-Use Calculation for Office Secondary Lighting
𝐴𝑖𝑖𝐴𝐷𝐴 𝑊𝑊ℎ ×𝑀𝑀.𝐴𝐴𝐴𝑀𝐴𝐷𝑀𝑖𝑀𝑖 (𝐷𝑊𝐴)
𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝑖𝑖 𝑀𝑀𝑖𝑀ℎ × �57 + �27 × 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑖𝑊 𝑅𝐷𝑀𝑖𝑀��
× 𝑃𝑊𝐷𝑊 𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝐹𝐷𝐴𝑀𝑀𝐹 × 𝑃𝑊𝐷𝑊 𝐻𝑀𝐴𝐹 % 𝐷𝐷𝑖𝐴𝐷 𝑊𝑊ℎ
10,000 [Ann. kWh] × 14.75% [Mo. Alloc. ]
62 × �57 + �27 × 1.0 [Dec. Wkend Ratio]��
× 1.0 [Peak Day Fact. ] × 0.06410 [Peak Hr % Day kWh]
10,000 [annual kWh]1.525 [Winter Peak Period]
= 6,557 [Winter Peak Hours Use]
Winter Peak Period =
Winter Peak Period =
= 1.525 kW Hours-use Factor =
This means that any applicable Office annual secondary lighting kWh can be converted to average demand in kW during the 36-hour winter peak period by dividing by 6,557 hours.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
B2 Segmentation of Commercial Buildings The Commercial sector segmentation used to generate the electric peak load profiles is the same as that used for electric energy use. That is, there is a load profile that corresponds to each combination of sub sector and end use. Exhibit 103 shows the Commercial sub sectors and end uses that were addressed.
Exhibit 103 Commercial Segmentation Used for Electric Peak Load Calculations Sub sectors (Large Office, Small Office, Large Non-Food Retail, Small Non-Food Retail, Food Retail, Large Accommodation, Small Accommodation, Healthcare, School, Universities and College, Warehouse/Wholesale, Restaurant) End uses (general lighting, secondary lighting, outdoor lighting, computer equipment, computer servers, other plug load, food service equipment, refrigeration, elevator, miscellaneous equipment, space heating space cooling, HVAC fans & pumps, domestic hot water, block heaters, street lighting) Exhibit 104 describes the assumptions and data sources for the load profile factors that were used to develop the corresponding hours-use factors. To produce a demand for a combination of sub sector and end use, the corresponding annual energy is divided by the hours-use factor for the peak period for the applicable load shape. For certain end uses that are assumed to have no usage during the winter months (e.g., cooling) the hours-use values are considered infinite (noted by 1E+15), resulting in virtually zero demand when divided into annual energy. Most of the studies referenced in the exhibit are the same as those used to develop hours-use factors for the CDM Potential Study completed for NL in 2008 and are also the same as those used for studies in other provinces. For most end uses, hours-use factors remain very stable from year to year and across jurisdictions, as long as the peak period of interest is the same. The amount of energy consumed varies from year to year and from place to place, but the shape of the load – when the energy is used – remains very similar. In this analysis, therefore, the initial estimate of peak demand used the hours-use factors from the 2008 CDM Potential Study. The results were within a few percent of utility measured values. The team then calibrated the model by adjusting the hours-use factors for the weather-sensitive end uses (such as space heating) for all three sectors simultaneously, until the model peak demand output agreed closely with the Utilities’ measured peak demand.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
2018 Refrigeration – Schools, Universities and Colleges
RG&E School refrigeration
RG&E School refrigeration
RG&E School refrigeration RG&E School refrigeration
2019 Refrigeration – all Other Commercial
RG&E total Commercial refrigeration
RG&E total Commercial refrigeration
RG&E total Commercial refrigeration
RG&E total Commercial refrigeration
2020 Streetlighting Based on dusk-to-dawn lighting model
1.00 assumed 1.00 assumed Dusk-to-dawn model, average St. John’s sunrise/ sunset
40 Rochester Gas & Electric Company; 1991 DSM Evaluation Report Load Shape working papers. 41 Modifications for per-unit load shapes for Small Office and Small Non-food Retail reduced overnight loads by 50% after 6 pm (Office) and after 9 pm (Non-food Retail).
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Monthly shape for Labrador assumed similar to SK; then calibrated to actual utility demand
1.00 assumed Peak Day factor assumed similar
to SK Flat, average 7.9 hrs/day for 90 days43
Exhibit 105 shows the distinct hour-use values developed for each combination of peak period, sector, sub sector and end use employed in this study, as generated from the applicable load shape. The hours-use value represents the divisor to convert annual energy (e.g., MWh) to that peak period demand. For example, dividing the annual electricity consumed for general lighting in offices by the hours-use value for the Annual Peak Hour (i.e. 5,771) will convert annual MWh to demand at the annual system peak hour (6 pm).
43 Ontario Power Authority – OPA Measures and Assumptions List (prescriptive) as of January 31, 2010; 1,450 watts at 7.9 hours/day x 90 days.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Since the Utilities do not conduct regular class or end-use load analysis studies, there is no actual total (or sub sector) end-use load profile upon which to calibrate the load profile models developed for this study. The best option for calibrating NL-specific load profile parameters is the weather-sensitive loads, since that is the most area specific. Since separately metered space heating end-use load data was not available from the Utilities, normal weather for the past 10 years was used to determine monthly allocations, and weekend/weekday ratios were developed from similar studies for another Canadian utility. For peak day factors, analysis of the past 30 years’ average vs. peak weather conditions (in heating degree days) for St. John’s was analyzed to determine typical peak day factors for normal weather, which ranged from about 1.4 to 1.5 for winter months. For non weather-sensitive end uses, a factor of 1.0 was assumed, absent specific load study data.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Introduction Appendix C provides additional detailed information related to the construction of the Commercial sector Reference Case. The appendix discusses the following: Natural change assumptions Expected growth in building stock CEEAM archetype summaries – new buildings
C.1 Natural Change Assumptions For the purposes of this study, “natural” changes to electricity consumption are defined as those changes to electricity usage patterns that occur without incentive or other intervention. Expected natural changes in electricity consumption patterns over the study period take into account four major factors: Naturally-occurring improvements in equipment efficiency Expected stock penetration by more efficient equipment Changes in equipment density, e.g., computers and plug loads, etc. Changes in electric share in end uses for which fuel may vary, such as space heating and
water heating. Note that the first two factors will have the effect of reducing electricity consumption, while the third and fourth factor may result in either increased or decreased electricity demand. Based on the assessment of current trends, the most significant natural changes are expected to involve the following end uses: Space cooling Lighting Computer equipment and other plug loads Water heating Space heating
Further discussion of these changes follows and, in each case, the discussion identifies the technical change, the major driver(s) and the assumed electricity impact. Space Cooling As a result of natural conservation and efficiency gains, it is assumed that new space cooling equipment will provide improved electricity performance compared to existing equipment. Packaged rooftop units are available on the market with energy-efficiency ratios (EER) exceeding 12.0.44 Similarly, new VFD centrifugal chillers achieve performance efficiencies in the region of 0.35 kW/ton. The combined effects of natural conservation and efficiency gains are estimated to result in a decrease of 5% in space cooling EUI over the length of the study. At the same time, the saturation of cooling equipment in new buildings will increase.
44 See http://www.energence.com/res/pdf/52W81_energence_58937_0709.pdf for example. Current federal energy-efficiency regulations require a minimum EER of 10.3 for rooftop air conditioning units with a capacity of 5.5 - 11 tons.
As illustrated in Exhibit 110, the net effect of efficiency gains and increased space cooling saturation is expected to reduce energy consumption for space cooling in existing commercial buildings. Increases in overall space cooling energy use through time are expected to be due entirely to the construction of new building stock (Exhibit 111). Exhibit 110 Reference Case Space Cooling Electricity Use in Existing Buildings by Sub Sector and Milestone
Exhibit 111 Reference Case Space Cooling Electricity Use in New Buildings by Sub Sector and Milestone Year – New Buildings (MWh/yr.)
Lighting As a result of natural conservation, it is assumed that the replacement of existing T12 fluorescent lighting and electromagnetic ballasts with new T8 fluorescent lamps and electronic ballasts and even some LED lamps and fixtures will continue. Similarly, CFLs and LED lamps will continue to increase their market share over incandescent lamps, particularly in sub sectors such as Hotel/Motel and Non-food Retail. In addition, LED fixtures designed for outdoor applications will gain market share from MH and HPS fixtures. The continued growth of CFLs, T8 lighting/electronic ballasts, and LED lamps and fixtures is being driven by: Recent improvements in LED lighting efficacy combined with rapidly declining costs Increased consumer recognition of the operating cost savings Energy regulations that are gradually removing electromagnetic fluorescent ballasts and
incandescent lighting products from the marketplace Overall, the Reference Case assumes that by 2030 the energy intensity of general and secondary lighting in the existing building stock will decrease by 10%, while the energy intensity of outdoor lighting will decrease by 20%.
Exhibit 112 shows the impact of these EUI improvements on indoor lighting45 energy consumption, while Exhibit 113 shows indoor lighting energy use by sub sector and milestone year in new construction. Exhibit 114 and Exhibit 115 show the energy consumption in existing and new construction for outdoor lighting. Again, all increases in overall lighting energy use through time are expected to be due entirely to the construction of new building stock.
Exhibit 112 Reference Case Indoor Lighting Electricity Use by Sub Sector and Milestone Year – Existing Buildings (MWh/yr.)
Exhibit 115 Reference Case Outdoor Lighting Electricity Use by Sub Sector and Milestone Year – New Buildings (MWh/yr.)
Computer Equipment, Computer Servers and Other Plug Loads Computer equipment and other plug loads will continue to grow as a result of increased density of computers and peripherals per occupant, increased use of server load, and growth in other peripherals, such as telephone network equipment. Increased penetration of laptops, more efficient server hardware and higher penetration of ENERGY STAR® rated computer equipment and other plug loads is expected to counterbalance the effect of increasing hardware density to some degree. Overall, the Reference Case assumes that by 2030 the energy intensity of computer equipment and plug loads in the existing building stock will increase by 10%. The impact on electricity use in existing buildings and new buildings is shown in Exhibit 116 and Exhibit 117, below.
Exhibit 117 Computer and Plug Load Energy Use in by Sub Sector and Milestone Year – New Buildings (MWh/yr.)
Water Heating Electricity consumption for water heating is expected to stay constant within the existing building stock. However, it will grow within the new building stock, as electric water heating fuel shares are expected to be higher in new buildings than in existing ones. This is largely driven by an expected increase in electric space heating in the new building stock (see below), and the fact that buildings rarely maintain oil or propane service for water heating alone. Exhibit 118 illustrates the increased difference in electric water heating penetration between existing and new buildings. This leads to a growth in electricity use for water heating, which will outpace growth in floor area.
Exhibit 118 Electric DHW Share by Sub Sector – Existing and New Buildings (%)
It should be noted that the electric fuel share and space cooling saturation was not estimated for all sub sectors. Rather, the end use EUIs for the other sub sectors was derived based on a weighted average of the EUIs for specific sub sectors. Section 5.3 includes more details on how this approach was implemented. Space Heating In recent years, electric space heating penetrations in new commercial construction have exceeded the historical average, a trend that is presently expected to continue. Similar to the discussion of water heating energy above, electricity consumption for space heating is expected to stay constant within the existing building stock, but to grow rapidly within the new building stock. The penetration of high performance, electrically powered heating equipment is expected to remain low over the study period. Exhibit 119 illustrates the increased difference in electric space heating penetration between existing and new buildings. This leads to a growth in electricity use for space heating, which will outpace growth in floor area.
Sub SectorIsland - Existing Buildings
Island - New Buildings
Labrador - Existing Buildings
Labrador - New Buildings
Large Office 90% 100% 100% 100%
Small Office 95% 100% 100% 100%
Large Non-Food Retail 90% 100% 100% 100%
Small Non-Food Retail 95% 100% 100% 100%
Food Retail 90% 100% 100% 100%
Large Accomodation 90% 100% 100% 100%
Small Accomodation 90% 100% 100% 100%
Healthcare 60% 100% 100% 100%
Schools 80% 100% 100% 100%
Universities and Colleges 25% 100% 100% 100%
Warehouse / Wholesale 80% 100% 100% 100%
Restaurant 95% 100% 100% 100%
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Exhibit 119 Electric Space Heating Share by Sub Sector – Existing and New Buildings (%)
It should be noted that the electric fuel share and space cooling saturation was not estimated for all sub sectors. Rather, the end use EUIs for the other sub sectors was derived based on a weighted average of the EUIs for specific sub sectors. Section 5.3 includes more details on how this approach was implemented.
Overall Impact of Natural Changes As illustrated in Exhibit 120, the overall impact of the natural changes in energy usage patterns described above are very minimal, as load growth is anticipated by the Utilities in each milestone year. Virtually all growth in electricity use through the study period occurs within the new building stock.
Sub SectorIsland - Existing Buildings
Island - New Buildings
Labrador - Existing Buildings
Labrador - New Buildings
Large Office 85% 100% 100% 100%
Small Office 90% 100% 100% 100%
Large Non-Food Retail 85% 100% 100% 100%
Small Non-Food Retail 85% 100% 100% 100%
Food Retail 85% 100% 100% 100%
Large Accomodation 90% 100% 100% 100%
Small Accomodation 90% 100% 100% 100%
Healthcare 50% 100% 100% 100%
Schools 75% 100% 100% 100%
Universities and Colleges 20% 100% 90% 100%
Warehouse / Wholesale 75% 100% 80% 100%
Restaurant 90% 100% 100% 100%
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Exhibit 120 Total Energy Use by Sub Sector and Milestone Year – Existing Sub sectors (MWh/yr.)
C.2 Expected Growth in Building Stock The next step in developing the Reference Case involved the development and application of estimated levels of floor space growth in each building sub sector over the study period. The stock growth rates were derived from the sales forecast data provided by the Utilities. The derivation of floor space data in each of the milestone periods applied the following steps: As described above for the existing building stock, estimate and apply the expected impact
of natural changes within the new building stock over the study period. Efficiency improvements are expected to be more moderate within the new building stock through time. Computer and other plug load growth are expected to be consistent in both existing and new buildings.
Add floor space at a rate consistent with the utility forecast of electricity consumption growth for each combination of sub sector and milestone year.
A summary of the total new commercial floor space at each milestone period is provided in Exhibit C11.
C.4 CEEAM Archetype Summaries – New Buildings This section includes summary profiles of the twelve new building archetypes constructed for this study. Exhibit 125 presents a table of contents for the CEEAM building profiles that follow. A glossary of terms and acronyms used in the building profiles is included at the end of this appendix.
Exhibit 125 Table of Contents - New CEEAM Building Profiles
Region Sub Sector Page #
Island Interconnected Large Office C – 23 Island Interconnected Small Office C – 28 Island Interconnected Food Retail C – 33 Island Interconnected Small Non-food Retail C – 38 Island Interconnected Small Non-food Retail C – 43 Island Interconnected Large Accommodation C – 48 Island Interconnected Small Accommodation C – 53 Island Interconnected Healthcare C – 58 Island Interconnected Schools C – 63 Island Interconnected Universities and Colleges C – 68 Island Interconnected Warehouse / Wholesale C – 73 Island Interconnected Restaurant C – 78 Labrador Interconnected Large Office C – 83 Labrador Interconnected Small Office C – 88 Labrador Interconnected Food Retail C – 93 Labrador Interconnected Small Non-food Retail C – 98 Labrador Interconnected Small Non-food Retail C – 103 Labrador Interconnected Large Accommodation C – 108 Labrador Interconnected Small Accommodation C – 113 Labrador Interconnected Healthcare C – 118 Labrador Interconnected Schools C – 123 Labrador Interconnected Universities and Colleges C – 128 Labrador Interconnected Warehouse / Wholesale C – 133 Labrador Interconnected Restaurant C – 138 N/A Terms Used in Building Profiles C – 143
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILENEW BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Large Office > 100 kW New Island InterconnectedBaselineCONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.42 W/m².°C 0.07 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 3,717 m² 40,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.19 W/m².°C 0.03 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 1,859 m² 20,000 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 2.80 W/m².°C 0.49 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 1
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 45%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.60 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.58 Typical # Stories 3
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 3.7 m 12.0 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 50% 50% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 60%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 26 m²/person 274 ft²/person %OA 13.04%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 90%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. PeriodFresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 20 L/s.person 42 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right:(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation L/s.m² CFM/ft²
operation (%)Sizing Factor 1.5Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 6.01 L/s.m² 1.18 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.70 L/s.m² 0.14 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load 1,586,900
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 678,953 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 31,585 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 6.01 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 24 °C 75.2 °F 14 °C 57.2 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 98%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 23 °C 73.4 °F 15 °C 59 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 23 °C 73.4 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 3300 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 5460 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 95% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period 20%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 100% 0% 0% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 4.6
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 2.36Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 91.24Usage during unoccupied period 66% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.72
MJ/m².yr 27.70
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENTProvide description below: Fuel Oil / Propane Fuel Share: Electricity Fuel Share: 100.0% Fuel Oil / Propane EUI All Electric EUILunch room/cafeteria/restaurant EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.1 EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.10
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILENEW BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Small Office < 100 kW New Island InterconnectedBaselineCONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.28 W/m².°C 0.05 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 1,859 m² 20,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.19 W/m².°C 0.03 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 929 m² 10,000 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 2.80 W/m².°C 0.49 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 1
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 45%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.35 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.58 Typical # Stories 3
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 3.7 m 12.0 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 100% 50% 150%Min. Air Flow (%) 60%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 26 m²/person 274 ft²/person %OA 13.99%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 90%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. PeriodFresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 20 L/s.person 42 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right:(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation L/s.m² CFM/ft²
operation (%)Sizing Factor 1.5Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 5.61 L/s.m² 1.10 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.70 L/s.m² 0.14 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load 770,463
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 316,489 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 14,723 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 5.61 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 24 °C 75.2 °F 14 °C 57.2 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 98%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 23 °C 73.4 °F 15 °C 59 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 23 °C 73.4 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 2500 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 6260 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 95% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period 20%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 100% 0% 0% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 4.1
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 2.36Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 91.24Usage during unoccupied period 66% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.72
MJ/m².yr 27.70
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENTProvide description below: Fuel Oil / Propane Fuel Share: Electricity Fuel Share: 100.0% Fuel Oil / Propane EUI All Electric EUI
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILENEW BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Food Retail All New Island InterconnectedBaselineCONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.28 W/m².°C 0.05 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 2,788 m² 30,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.19 W/m².°C 0.03 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 1,225 m² 13,181 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 2.80 W/m².°C 0.49 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 1
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 40%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.11 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.69 Typical # Stories 1
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 6.0 m 19.7 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 100% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 50%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 45 m²/person 484 ft²/person %OA 15.81%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 90%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. PeriodFresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 20 L/s.person 42 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right:(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation 0.5 L/s.m² 0.10 CFM/ft²
50% operation (%)Sizing Factor 3Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 2.81 L/s.m² 0.55 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.70 L/s.m² 0.14 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load 232,012
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 118,985 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 5,535 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 2.81 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 22 °C 71.6 °F 13 °C 55.4 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 100%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 22 °C 71.6 °F 16 °C 60.8 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 5000 Light Level (Lux) 400 500 600 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 3760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 100% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period 20%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 2% 3% 55% 10% 30% 0% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 6.4
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 5000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 3760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 100% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period 50%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTAL Fixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 80% 5% 15% 0% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.8
EUI = Load X Hrs. X SF X GLFF MJ/m².yr 32TERTIARY LIGHTINGLight Level Lux ft-candles Floor fraction check: should = 1.00 1.00Floor Fraction (HBLFF)Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % DistributionUsage During Occupied Period 0% Weighted AverageUsage During Unoccupied Period 100%
INC CFL T12 T8 MH HPS TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 0% 0.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.55 0.55
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 84 88 65 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr
MJ/m².yr
TOTAL LIGHTING Overall LP 13.18 W/m² EUI TOTAL kWh/ft².yr 7MJ/m².yr 278
OFFICE EQUIPMENT & PLUG LOADS
Equipment Type Computers Monitors Printers Copiers Servers Plug Loads
Total end-use load (occupied period) 2.9 W/m² 0.3 W/ft² to see notes (cells with red indicator in upper right corner, type "SHIFT F2"Computer Servers EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.11Total end-use load (unocc. period) 1.7 W/m² 0.2 W/ft² MJ/m².yr 4.42
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.76Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 29.56Usage during unoccupied period 58% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.84
MJ/m².yr 32.51
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENTProvide description below: Fuel Oil / Propane Fuel Share: Electricity Fuel Share: 100.0% Fuel Oil / Propane EUI All Electric EUI
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILENEW BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Food Retail All New Island InterconnectedBaseline
HVAC FANS & PUMPS
SUPPLY FANS Ventilation and Exhaust Fan Operation & ControlVentilation Fan Exhaust Fan
System Design Air Flow 2.8 L/s.m² 0.55 CFM/ft² Control Fixed Variable Fixed VariableSystem Static Pressure CAV 750 Pa 3.0 wg Flow FlowSystem Static Pressure VAV 750 Pa 3.0 wg Incidence of Use 100% 100%Fan Efficiency 60% Operation ContinuousScheduledContinuousScheduledFan Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 1.00 Incidence of Use 100% 100%Fan Design Load CAV 4.4 W/m² 0.41 W/ft²Fan Design Load VAV 4.4 W/m² 0.41 W/ft² Comments:
EXHAUST FANS
Washroom Exhaust 100 L/s.washroom 212 CFM/washroomWashroom Exhaust per gross unit area 0.2 L/s.m² 0.03 CFM/ft²Other Exhaust (Smoking/Conference) 0.1 L/s.m² 0.02 CFM/ft²Total Building Exhaust 0.3 L/s.m² 0.05 CFM/ft²Exhaust System Static Pressure 250 Pa 1.0 wgFan Efficiency 25%Fan Motor Efficiency 75%Sizing Factor 1.0Exhaust Fan Connected Load 0.4 W/m² 0.03 W/ft²
AUXILIARY COOLING EQUIPMENT (Condenser Pump and Cooling Tower/Condenser Fans)
Average Condenser Fan Power Draw 0.020 kW/kW 0.07 kW/Ton(Cooling Tower/Evap. Condenser/ Air Cooled Condenser) 0.49 W/m² 0.05 W/ft²
Condenser Pump
Pump Design Flow 0.053 L/s.KW 3.0 U.S. gpm/TonPump Design Flow per unit floor area 0.001 L/s.m² 0.002 U.S. gpm/ft²Pump Head Pressure kPa ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 1.0Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
CIRCULATING PUMP (Heating & Cooling)
Pump Design Flow @ 5 °C (10 °F) delta T 0.001 L/s.m² 0.0015 U.S. gpm/ft² 2.4 U.S. gpm/TonPump Head Pressure kPa 50 ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 0.8Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
Supply Fan Occ. Period 5000 hrs./yearSupply Fan Unocc. Period 3760 hrs./yearSupply Fan Energy Consumption 38.5 kWh/m².yr
Exhaust Fan Occ. Period 5000 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Unocc. Period 3760 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Energy Consumption 3.1 kWh/m².yr
Condenser Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yrCooling Tower /Condenser Fans Energy Consumption 0.4 kWh/m².yr
Circulating Pump Yearly Operation 7000 hrs./yearCirculating Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yr
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILENEW BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Large Non-Food Retail > 100 kW New Island InterconnectedBaselineCONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.28 W/m².°C 0.05 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 1,859 m² 20,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.19 W/m².°C 0.03 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 1,859 m² 20,000 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 2.80 W/m².°C 0.49 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 5
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 45%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.10 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.78 Typical # Stories 1
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 6.0 m 19.7 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 100% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 50%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 25 m²/person 269 ft²/person %OA 15.06%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 90%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. PeriodFresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 20 L/s.person 42 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right: 34%(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation 0.5 L/s.m² 0.10 CFM/ft²
50% operation (%)Sizing Factor 2Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 5.31 L/s.m² 1.05 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate L/s.m² CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load 533,548
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 224,846 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 10,460 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 5.31 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 14 °C 57.2 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 100%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 15 °C 59 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4500 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4260 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 95% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period 15%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 5% 10% 55% 10% 20% 0% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 6.9
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4500 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4260 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 95% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period 50%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTAL Fixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 5% 10% 20% 10% 50% 5% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.5
EUI = Load X Hrs. X SF X GLFF MJ/m².yr 19SPECIAL PURPOSE LIGHTINGLight Level Lux ft-candles Floor fraction check: should = 1.00 1.00Floor Fraction (HBLFF)Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % DistributionUsage During Occupied Period 0% Weighted AverageUsage During Unoccupied Period 100%
INC CFL T12 T8 MH HPS TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%)Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.55 0.55
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 84 88 65 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr
MJ/m².yr
TOTAL LIGHTING Overall LP 15.88 W/m² EUI TOTAL kWh/ft².yr 7MJ/m².yr 285
OFFICE EQUIPMENT & PLUG LOADS
Equipment Type Computers Monitors Printers Copiers Servers Plug Loads
Total end-use load (occupied period) 2.1 W/m² 0.2 W/ft² to see notes (cells with red indicator in upper right corner, type "SHIFT F2"Computer Servers EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.11Total end-use load (unocc. period) 1.2 W/m² 0.1 W/ft² MJ/m².yr 4.42
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.49Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 19.14Usage during unoccupied period 59% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.64
MJ/m².yr 24.92
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT 5Provide description below: Fuel Oil / Propane Fuel Share: Electricity Fuel Share: 100.0% Fuel Oil / Propane EUI All Electric EUI
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILENEW BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Large Non-Food Retail > 100 kW New Island InterconnectedBaseline
HVAC FANS & PUMPS
SUPPLY FANS Ventilation and Exhaust Fan Operation & ControlVentilation Fan Exhaust Fan
System Design Air Flow 5.3 L/s.m² 1.05 CFM/ft² Control Fixed Variable Fixed VariableSystem Static Pressure CAV 750 Pa 3.0 wg Flow FlowSystem Static Pressure VAV 750 Pa 3.0 wg Incidence of Use 100% 100%Fan Efficiency 60% Operation ContinuousScheduledContinuousScheduledFan Motor Efficiency 88%Sizing Factor 1.00 Incidence of Use 75% 25% 50% 50%Fan Design Load CAV 7.5 W/m² 0.70 W/ft²Fan Design Load VAV 7.5 W/m² 0.70 W/ft² Comments:
EXHAUST FANS
Washroom Exhaust 50 L/s.washroom 106 CFM/washroomWashroom Exhaust per gross unit area 0.1 L/s.m² 0.01 CFM/ft²Other Exhaust (Smoking/Conference) 0.1 L/s.m² 0.02 CFM/ft²Total Building Exhaust 0.2 L/s.m² 0.03 CFM/ft²Exhaust System Static Pressure 250 Pa 1.0 wgFan Efficiency 25%Fan Motor Efficiency 75%Sizing Factor 1.0Exhaust Fan Connected Load 0.2 W/m² 0.02 W/ft²
AUXILIARY COOLING EQUIPMENT (Condenser Pump and Cooling Tower/Condenser Fans)
Average Condenser Fan Power Draw 0.020 kW/kW 0.07 kW/Ton(Cooling Tower/Evap. Condenser/ Air Cooled Condenser) 1.68 W/m² 0.16 W/ft²
Condenser Pump
Pump Design Flow L/s.KW U.S. gpm/TonPump Design Flow per unit floor area L/s.m² U.S. gpm/ft²Pump Head Pressure 45 kPa 15 ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 1.0Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
CIRCULATING PUMP (Heating & Cooling)
Pump Design Flow @ 5 °C (10 °F) delta T 0.004 L/s.m² 0.0053 U.S. gpm/ft² 2.4 U.S. gpm/TonPump Head Pressure kPa ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 0.8Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
Supply Fan Occ. Period 5500 hrs./yearSupply Fan Unocc. Period 3260 hrs./yearSupply Fan Energy Consumption 59.9 kWh/m².yr
Exhaust Fan Occ. Period 5500 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Unocc. Period 3260 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Energy Consumption 1.5 kWh/m².yr
Condenser Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yrCooling Tower /Condenser Fans Energy Consumption 0.5 kWh/m².yr
Circulating Pump Yearly Operation 7000 hrs./yearCirculating Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yr
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILENEW BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Small Non-Food Retail < 100 kW New Island InterconnectedBaselineCONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.28 W/m².°C 0.05 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 929 m² 10,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.19 W/m².°C 0.03 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 929 m² 10,000 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 2.80 W/m².°C 0.49 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 5
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 45%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.10 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.78 Typical # Stories 1
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 6.0 m 19.7 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 100% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 50%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 25 m²/person 269 ft²/person %OA 17.20%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 90%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. PeriodFresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 20 L/s.person 42 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right: 34%(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation 0.5 L/s.m² 0.10 CFM/ft²
50% operation (%)Sizing Factor 1.4Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 4.65 L/s.m² 0.92 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.42 L/s.m² 0.08 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load 294,944
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 140,593 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 6,540 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 4.65 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 14 °C 57.2 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 100%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 15 °C 59 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 3500 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 5260 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 95% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period 15%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 10% 5% 55% 30% 0% 0% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 6.8
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 3500 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 5260 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 95% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period 50%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTAL Fixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 5% 10% 20% 20% 40% 5% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.5
EUI = Load X Hrs. X SF X GLFF MJ/m².yr 18SPECIAL PURPOSE LIGHTINGLight Level Lux ft-candles Floor fraction check: should = 1.00 1.00Floor Fraction (HBLFF)Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % DistributionUsage During Occupied Period 0% Weighted AverageUsage During Unoccupied Period 100%
INC CFL T12 T8 MH HPS TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%)Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.55 0.55
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 84 88 65 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr
MJ/m².yr
TOTAL LIGHTING Overall LP 18.72 W/m² EUI TOTAL kWh/ft².yr 7MJ/m².yr 283
OFFICE EQUIPMENT & PLUG LOADS
Equipment Type Computers Monitors Printers Copiers Servers Plug Loads
Total end-use load (occupied period) 2.1 W/m² 0.2 W/ft² to see notes (cells with red indicator in upper right corner, type "SHIFT F2"Computer Servers EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.11Total end-use load (unocc. period) 1.2 W/m² 0.1 W/ft² MJ/m².yr 4.42
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.49Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 19.14Usage during unoccupied period 59% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.64
MJ/m².yr 24.92
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT 5Provide description below: Fuel Oil / Propane Fuel Share: Electricity Fuel Share: 100.0% Fuel Oil / Propane EUI All Electric EUI
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILENEW BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Small Non-Food Retail < 100 kW New Island InterconnectedBaseline
HVAC FANS & PUMPS
SUPPLY FANS Ventilation and Exhaust Fan Operation & ControlVentilation Fan Exhaust Fan
System Design Air Flow 4.6 L/s.m² 0.92 CFM/ft² Control Fixed Variable Fixed VariableSystem Static Pressure CAV 750 Pa 3.0 wg Flow FlowSystem Static Pressure VAV 750 Pa 3.0 wg Incidence of Use 100% 100%Fan Efficiency 60% Operation ContinuousScheduledContinuousScheduledFan Motor Efficiency 88%Sizing Factor 1.00 Incidence of Use 75% 25% 50% 50%Fan Design Load CAV 6.6 W/m² 0.61 W/ft²Fan Design Load VAV 6.6 W/m² 0.61 W/ft² Comments:
EXHAUST FANS
Washroom Exhaust 50 L/s.washroom 106 CFM/washroomWashroom Exhaust per gross unit area 0.1 L/s.m² 0.02 CFM/ft²Other Exhaust (Smoking/Conference) 0.1 L/s.m² 0.02 CFM/ft²Total Building Exhaust 0.2 L/s.m² 0.04 CFM/ft²Exhaust System Static Pressure 250 Pa 1.0 wgFan Efficiency 25%Fan Motor Efficiency 75%Sizing Factor 1.0Exhaust Fan Connected Load 0.3 W/m² 0.03 W/ft²
AUXILIARY COOLING EQUIPMENT (Condenser Pump and Cooling Tower/Condenser Fans)
Average Condenser Fan Power Draw 0.020 kW/kW 0.07 kW/Ton(Cooling Tower/Evap. Condenser/ Air Cooled Condenser) 1.86 W/m² 0.17 W/ft²
Condenser Pump
Pump Design Flow L/s.KW U.S. gpm/TonPump Design Flow per unit floor area L/s.m² U.S. gpm/ft²Pump Head Pressure 45 kPa 15 ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 1.0Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
CIRCULATING PUMP (Heating & Cooling)
Pump Design Flow @ 5 °C (10 °F) delta T 0.004 L/s.m² 0.0059 U.S. gpm/ft² 2.4 U.S. gpm/TonPump Head Pressure kPa ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 0.8Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
Supply Fan Occ. Period 5500 hrs./yearSupply Fan Unocc. Period 3260 hrs./yearSupply Fan Energy Consumption 52.5 kWh/m².yr
Exhaust Fan Occ. Period 5500 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Unocc. Period 3260 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Energy Consumption 2.0 kWh/m².yr
Condenser Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yrCooling Tower /Condenser Fans Energy Consumption 0.5 kWh/m².yr
Circulating Pump Yearly Operation 7000 hrs./yearCirculating Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yr
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILENEW BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Large Accommodation > 100 kW New Island InterconnectedBaselineCONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.28 W/m².°C 0.05 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 3,717 m² 40,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.19 W/m².°C 0.03 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 1,500 m² 16,140 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 2.80 W/m².°C 0.49 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 4
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 45%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.30 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.65 Typical # Stories 3
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 3.7 m 12.0 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV FCoils IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 90% 10% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 60%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 50 m²/person 538 ft²/person %OA 9.65%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 50%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. Period 80%Fresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 15 L/s.person 32 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right: 15%(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation 0.5 L/s.m² 0.10 CFM/ft²
50% operation (%)Sizing Factor 1.4Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 3.11 L/s.m² 0.61 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.70 L/s.m² 0.14 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load 652,273
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 376,026 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 17,493 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 3.11 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 22 °C 71.6 °F 13 °C 55.4 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 100%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 15 °C 59 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 2500 Light Level (Lux) 50 100 200 300 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 6260 % Distribution 75% 25% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 50% Weighted Average 125Usage During Unoccupied Period 25%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 30% 50% 10% 0% 10% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 1.7
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 3000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 5760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 85% Weighted Average 300Usage During Unoccupied Period 75%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTAL Fixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 15% 15% 55% 0% 15% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 2.2
EUI = Load X Hrs. X SF X GLFF MJ/m².yr 86TERTIARY LIGHTINGLight Level Lux ft-candles Floor fraction check: should = 1.00 1.00Floor Fraction (HBLFF)Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % DistributionUsage During Occupied Period 0% Weighted AverageUsage During Unoccupied Period 100%
INC CFL T12 T8 MH HPS TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 0% 100% 0% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.55 0.55
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 84 88 65 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr
MJ/m².yr
TOTAL LIGHTING Overall LP 10.11 W/m² EUI TOTAL kWh/ft².yr 4MJ/m².yr 153
OFFICE EQUIPMENT & PLUG LOADS
Equipment Type Computers Monitors Printers Copiers Servers Plug Loads
Total end-use load (occupied period) 1.9 W/m² 0.2 W/ft² to see notes (cells with red indicator in upper right corner, type "SHIFT F2"Computer Servers EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.10Total end-use load (unocc. period) 0.9 W/m² 0.1 W/ft² MJ/m².yr 3.68
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.42Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 16.11Usage during unoccupied period 48% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.49
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILENEW BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Large Accommodation > 100 kW New Island InterconnectedBaseline
HVAC FANS & PUMPS
SUPPLY FANS Ventilation and Exhaust Fan Operation & ControlVentilation Fan Exhaust Fan
System Design Air Flow 3.1 L/s.m² 0.61 CFM/ft² Control Fixed Variable Fixed VariableSystem Static Pressure CAV 300 Pa 1.2 wg Flow FlowSystem Static Pressure VAV 300 Pa 1.2 wg Incidence of Use 100% 100%Fan Efficiency 45% Operation ContinuousScheduledContinuousScheduledFan Motor Efficiency 70%Sizing Factor 1.00 Incidence of Use 60% 40% 100%Fan Design Load CAV 3.0 W/m² 0.28 W/ft²Fan Design Load VAV 3.0 W/m² 0.28 W/ft² Comments:
EXHAUST FANS
Washroom Exhaust 100 L/s.washroom 212 CFM/washroomWashroom Exhaust per gross unit area 0.1 L/s.m² 0.03 CFM/ft²Other Exhaust (Smoking/Conference) 0.1 L/s.m² 0.02 CFM/ft²Total Building Exhaust 0.2 L/s.m² 0.05 CFM/ft²Exhaust System Static Pressure 250 Pa 1.0 wgFan Efficiency 25%Fan Motor Efficiency 75%Sizing Factor 1.0Exhaust Fan Connected Load 0.3 W/m² 0.03 W/ft²
AUXILIARY COOLING EQUIPMENT (Condenser Pump and Cooling Tower/Condenser Fans)
Average Condenser Fan Power Draw 0.022 kW/kW 0.08 kW/Ton(Cooling Tower/Evap. Condenser/ Air Cooled Condenser) 0.95 W/m² 0.09 W/ft²
Condenser Pump
Pump Design Flow 0.053 L/s.KW 3.0 U.S. gpm/TonPump Design Flow per unit floor area 0.002 L/s.m² 0.003 U.S. gpm/ft²Pump Head Pressure kPa ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 1.0Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
CIRCULATING PUMP (Heating & Cooling)
Pump Design Flow @ 5 °C (10 °F) delta T 0.002 L/s.m² 0.0028 U.S. gpm/ft² 2.4 U.S. gpm/TonPump Head Pressure 100 kPa 33 ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 0.8Pump Connected Load 0.4 W/m² 0.03 W/ft²
Supply Fan Occ. Period 3500 hrs./yearSupply Fan Unocc. Period 5260 hrs./yearSupply Fan Energy Consumption 19.7 kWh/m².yr
Exhaust Fan Occ. Period 3500 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Unocc. Period 5260 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Energy Consumption 2.7 kWh/m².yr
Condenser Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yrCooling Tower /Condenser Fans Energy Consumption 0.5 kWh/m².yr
Circulating Pump Yearly Operation 7000 hrs./yearCirculating Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yr
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILENEW BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Small Accommodation < 100 kW New Island InterconnectedBaselineCONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.28 W/m².°C 0.05 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 1,859 m² 20,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.19 W/m².°C 0.03 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 1,500 m² 16,140 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 2.80 W/m².°C 0.49 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 4
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 45%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.30 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.65 Typical # Stories 2
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 3.7 m 12.0 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV FCoils IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 100% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 60%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 50 m²/person 538 ft²/person %OA 7.63%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 50%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. Period 80%Fresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 15 L/s.person 32 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right: 15%(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation 0.5 L/s.m² 0.10 CFM/ft²
50% operation (%)Sizing Factor 1.4Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 3.93 L/s.m² 0.77 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.70 L/s.m² 0.14 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load 422,031
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 237,866 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 11,066 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 3.93 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 22 °C 71.6 °F 13 °C 55.4 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 100%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 15 °C 59 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 2500 Light Level (Lux) 50 100 200 300 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 6260 % Distribution 75% 25% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 50% Weighted Average 125Usage During Unoccupied Period 25%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 20% 30% 50% 0% 0% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 1.5
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 3000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 5760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 85% Weighted Average 300Usage During Unoccupied Period 75%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTAL Fixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 20% 15% 55% 0% 10% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 1.5
EUI = Load X Hrs. X SF X GLFF MJ/m².yr 58TERTIARY LIGHTINGLight Level Lux ft-candles Floor fraction check: should = 1.00 1.00Floor Fraction (HBLFF)Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % DistributionUsage During Occupied Period 0% Weighted AverageUsage During Unoccupied Period 100%
INC CFL T12 T8 Mag MH HPS TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 0% T8 100% 0% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.55 0.55
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 84 88 65 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr
MJ/m².yr
TOTAL LIGHTING Overall LP 8.25 W/m² EUI TOTAL kWh/ft².yr 3MJ/m².yr 118
OFFICE EQUIPMENT & PLUG LOADS
Equipment Type Computers Monitors Printers Copiers Servers Plug Loads
Total end-use load (occupied period) 1.9 W/m² 0.2 W/ft² to see notes (cells with red indicator in upper right corner, type "SHIFT F2"Computer Servers EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.10Total end-use load (unocc. period) 0.9 W/m² 0.1 W/ft² MJ/m².yr 3.68
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.42Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 16.11Usage during unoccupied period 48% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.49
MJ/m².yr 19.12
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENTProvide description below: Fuel Oil / Propane Fuel Share: Electricity Fuel Share: 100.0% Fuel Oil / Propane EUI All Electric EUIKitchen services EUI kWh/ft².yr 1.3 EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.6
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILENEW BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Small Accommodation < 100 kW New Island InterconnectedBaseline
HVAC FANS & PUMPS
SUPPLY FANS Ventilation and Exhaust Fan Operation & ControlVentilation Fan Exhaust Fan
System Design Air Flow 3.9 L/s.m² 0.77 CFM/ft² Control Fixed Variable Fixed VariableSystem Static Pressure CAV 300 Pa 1.2 wg Flow FlowSystem Static Pressure VAV 300 Pa 1.2 wg Incidence of Use 100% 100%Fan Efficiency 45% Operation ContinuousScheduledContinuousScheduledFan Motor Efficiency 70%Sizing Factor 0.50 Incidence of Use 60% 40% 100%Fan Design Load CAV 1.9 W/m² 0.17 W/ft²Fan Design Load VAV 1.9 W/m² 0.17 W/ft² Comments:
EXHAUST FANS
Washroom Exhaust 100 L/s.washroom 212 CFM/washroomWashroom Exhaust per gross unit area 0.1 L/s.m² 0.03 CFM/ft²Other Exhaust (Smoking/Conference) 0.1 L/s.m² 0.02 CFM/ft²Total Building Exhaust 0.2 L/s.m² 0.05 CFM/ft²Exhaust System Static Pressure 250 Pa 1.0 wgFan Efficiency 25%Fan Motor Efficiency 75%Sizing Factor 0.5Exhaust Fan Connected Load 0.2 W/m² 0.01 W/ft²
AUXILIARY COOLING EQUIPMENT (Condenser Pump and Cooling Tower/Condenser Fans)
Average Condenser Fan Power Draw 0.022 kW/kW 0.08 kW/Ton(Cooling Tower/Evap. Condenser/ Air Cooled Condenser) 1.23 W/m² 0.11 W/ft²
Condenser Pump
Pump Design Flow 0.053 L/s.KW 3.0 U.S. gpm/TonPump Design Flow per unit floor area 0.003 L/s.m² 0.004 U.S. gpm/ft²Pump Head Pressure kPa ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 0.5Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
CIRCULATING PUMP (Heating & Cooling)
Pump Design Flow @ 5 °C (10 °F) delta T 0.002 L/s.m² 0.0036 U.S. gpm/ft² 2.4 U.S. gpm/TonPump Head Pressure 100 kPa 33 ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 0.5Pump Connected Load 0.3 W/m² 0.03 W/ft²
Supply Fan Occ. Period 3500 hrs./yearSupply Fan Unocc. Period 5260 hrs./yearSupply Fan Energy Consumption 12.5 kWh/m².yr
Exhaust Fan Occ. Period 3500 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Unocc. Period 5260 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Energy Consumption 1.4 kWh/m².yr
Condenser Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yrCooling Tower /Condenser Fans Energy Consumption 0.4 kWh/m².yr
Circulating Pump Yearly Operation 7000 hrs./yearCirculating Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yr
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILENEW BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Health Care All New Island InterconnectedBaselineCONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.28 W/m².°C 0.05 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 8,829 m² 95,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.19 W/m².°C 0.03 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 1,400 m² 15,064 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 2.80 W/m².°C 0.49 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 2
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 45%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.20 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.65 Typical # Stories 3
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 4.3 m 14.0 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV FCoils IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 50% 50% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 60%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 30 m²/person 323 ft²/person %OA 26.49%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 90%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. Period 75%Fresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 45 L/s.person 95 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right: 15%(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation 0.5 L/s.m² 0.10 CFM/ft²
50% operation (%)Sizing Factor 6Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 5.66 L/s.m² 1.12 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.70 L/s.m² 0.14 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load #######
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 379,501 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R.H 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 17,654 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air flo 5.66 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 24 °C 75.2 °F 14 °C 57.2 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 100%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 24 °C 75.2 °F 16.5 °C 61.7 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 24 °C 75.2 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 8760 Light Level (Lux) 50 100 200 300 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 40% Weighted Average 300Usage During Unoccupied Period
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 5% 10% 85% 0% 0% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 1.3
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 8760 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 65% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTAL Fixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 5% 90% 0% 5% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 4.2
EUI = Load X Hrs. X SF X GLFF MJ/m².yr 164TERTIARY LIGHTING (CORRIDORS, OTHER)Light Level Lux ft-candles Floor fraction check: should = 1.00 1.00Floor Fraction (HBLFF)Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % DistributionUsage During Occupied Period 100% Weighted AverageUsage During Unoccupied Period 100%
INC CFL T12 T8 MH HPS TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 5% 5% 90% 0% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.55 0.55
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 88 65 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr
MJ/m².yr
TOTAL LIGHTING Overall LPD 12.02 W/m² EUI TOTAL kWh/ft².yr 6MJ/m².yr 215
OFFICE EQUIPMENT & PLUG LOADS
Equipment Type Computers Monitors Printers Copiers Servers Plug Loads
Total end-use load (occupied period) 5.4 W/m² 0.5 W/ft² to see notes (cells with red indicator in upper right corner, type "SHIFT F2"Computer Servers EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.21Total end-use load (unocc. period) 2.2 W/m² 0.2 W/ft² MJ/m².yr 8.10
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.90Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 35.00Usage during unoccupied period 40% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 1.74
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILENEW BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:School All New Island InterconnectedBaselineCONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.28 W/m².°C 0.05 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 3,717 m² 40,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.19 W/m².°C 0.03 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 2,300 m² 24,748 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 2.80 W/m².°C 0.49 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 5
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 50%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.15 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.65 Typical # Stories 1
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 3.7 m 12.2 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 90% 10% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 50%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 10 m²/person 108 ft²/person %OA 8.81%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 90%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. PeriodFresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 3 L/s.person 6 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right: 34%(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation 0.5 L/s.m² 0.10 CFM/ft²
50% operation (%)Sizing Factor 2.5Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 3.41 L/s.m² 0.67 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.42 L/s.m² 0.08 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load 418,815
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 230,702 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 10,732 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 3.41 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 13 °C 55.4 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 100%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 15 °C 59 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 19.5 °C 67.1 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 2000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 6760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 85% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period 15%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 100% 0% 0% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 2.8
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 2000 Light Level (Lux) 400 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 6760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 90% Weighted Average 400Usage During Unoccupied Period 15%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTAL Fixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 5% 20% 10% 20% 30% 15% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.6
EUI = Load X Hrs. X SF X GLFF MJ/m².yr 21TERTIARY LIGHTINGLight Level Lux ft-candles Floor fraction check: should = 1.00 1.00Floor Fraction (HBLFF)Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 2500 Light Level (Lux) TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 6260 % DistributionUsage During Occupied Period 100% Weighted AverageUsage During Unoccupied Period
INC CFL T12 T8 MH HPS TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 0% 100% 0% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.55 0.55
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 84 88 65 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr
MJ/m².yr
TOTAL LIGHTING Overall LP 13.09 W/m² EUI TOTAL kWh/ft².yr 3MJ/m².yr 129
OFFICE EQUIPMENT & PLUG LOADS
Equipment Type Computers Monitors Printers Copiers Servers Plug Loads
Total end-use load (occupied period) 1.3 W/m² 0.1 W/ft² to see notes (cells with red indicator in upper right corner, type "SHIFT F2"Computer Servers EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.10Total end-use load (unocc. period) 0.8 W/m² 0.1 W/ft² MJ/m².yr 3.68
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.54Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 21.01Usage during unoccupied period 59% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.11
MJ/m².yr 4.23
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENTProvide description below: Fuel Oil / Propane Fuel Share: Electricity Fuel Share: 100.0% Fuel Oil / Propane EUI All Electric EUICafeteria EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.2 EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.1
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILENEW BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:University/College All New Island InterconnectedBaselineCONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.28 W/m².°C 0.05 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 6,506 m² 70,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.19 W/m².°C 0.03 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 4,500 m² 48,420 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 2.80 W/m².°C 0.49 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 7
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 50%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.30 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.65 Typical # Stories 2
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 3.7 m 12.0 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 50% 50% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 50%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 14 m²/person 151 ft²/person %OA 14.20%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 90%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. PeriodFresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 10 L/s.person 21 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right: 34%(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation 0.5 L/s.m² 0.10 CFM/ft²
50% operation (%)Sizing Factor 1.6Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 5.03 L/s.m² 0.99 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.40 L/s.m² 0.08 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load #######
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 931,391 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 43,328 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 5.03 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 24 °C 75.2 °F 13 °C 55.4 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 100%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 22 °C 71.6 °F 16 °C 60.8 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 90% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period 20%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 95% 5% 0% 0% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 4.5
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 100% Weighted Average 300Usage During Unoccupied Period 50%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTAL Fixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 15% 80% 0% 5% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.5
EUI = Load X Hrs. X SF X GLFF MJ/m².yr 20TERTIARY LIGHTINGLight Level Lux ft-candles Floor fraction check: should = 1.00 1.00Floor Fraction (HBLFF)Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % DistributionUsage During Occupied Period 0% Weighted AverageUsage During Unoccupied Period 100%
INC CFL T12 T8 MH HPS TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 0% 100% 0% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.55 0.55
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 84 88 65 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr
MJ/m².yr
TOTAL LIGHTING Overall LP 11.56 W/m² EUI TOTAL kWh/ft².yr 5MJ/m².yr 195
OFFICE EQUIPMENT & PLUG LOADS
Equipment Type Computers Monitors Printers Copiers Servers Plug Loads
Total end-use load (occupied period) 3.9 W/m² 0.4 W/ft² to see notes (cells with red indicator in upper right corner, type "SHIFT F2"Computer Servers EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.10Total end-use load (unocc. period) 2.2 W/m² 0.2 W/ft² MJ/m².yr 3.68
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 1.34Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 51.73Usage during unoccupied period 55% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.65
MJ/m².yr 25.18
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENTProvide description below: Fuel Oil / Propane Fuel Share: Electricity Fuel Share: 100.0% Fuel Oil / Propane EUI All Electric EUI
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILENEW BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:University/College All New Island InterconnectedBaseline
HVAC FANS & PUMPS
SUPPLY FANS Ventilation and Exhaust Fan Operation & ControlVentilation Fan Exhaust Fan
System Design Air Flow 5.0 L/s.m² 0.99 CFM/ft² Control Fixed Variable Fixed VariableSystem Static Pressure CAV 750 Pa 3.0 wg Flow FlowSystem Static Pressure VAV 750 Pa 3.0 wg Incidence of Use 50% 50% 100%Fan Efficiency 60% Operation ContinuousScheduledContinuousScheduledFan Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 1.00 Incidence of Use 50% 50% 50% 50%Fan Design Load CAV 7.9 W/m² 0.73 W/ft²Fan Design Load VAV 7.9 W/m² 0.73 W/ft² Comments:
EXHAUST FANS
Washroom Exhaust 100 L/s.washroom 212 CFM/washroomWashroom Exhaust per gross unit area 0.0 L/s.m² 0.01 CFM/ft²Other Exhaust (Smoking/Conference) 0.1 L/s.m² 0.02 CFM/ft²Total Building Exhaust 0.1 L/s.m² 0.03 CFM/ft²Exhaust System Static Pressure 250 Pa 1.0 wgFan Efficiency 25%Fan Motor Efficiency 75%Sizing Factor 1.0Exhaust Fan Connected Load 0.2 W/m² 0.02 W/ft²
AUXILIARY COOLING EQUIPMENT (Condenser Pump and Cooling Tower/Condenser Fans)
Average Condenser Fan Power Draw 0.020 kW/kW 0.07 kW/Ton(Cooling Tower/Evap. Condenser/ Air Cooled Condenser) 2.11 W/m² 0.20 W/ft²
Condenser Pump
Pump Design Flow 0.053 L/s.KW 3.0 U.S. gpm/TonPump Design Flow per unit floor area 0.006 L/s.m² 0.008 U.S. gpm/ft²Pump Head Pressure kPa ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 1.0Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
CIRCULATING PUMP (Heating & Cooling)
Pump Design Flow @ 5 °C (10 °F) delta T 0.005 L/s.m² 0.0067 U.S. gpm/ft² 2.4 U.S. gpm/TonPump Head Pressure 100 kPa 50 ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 0.8Pump Connected Load 0.9 W/m² 0.08 W/ft²
Supply Fan Occ. Period 3500 hrs./yearSupply Fan Unocc. Period 5260 hrs./yearSupply Fan Energy Consumption 37.3 kWh/m².yr
Exhaust Fan Occ. Period 3500 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Unocc. Period 5260 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Energy Consumption 1.2 kWh/m².yr
Condenser Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yrCooling Tower /Condenser Fans Energy Consumption 0.8 kWh/m².yr
Circulating Pump Yearly Operation 7000 hrs./yearCirculating Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yr
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILENEW BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Warehouse/Wholesale All New Island InterconnectedBaselineCONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.28 W/m².°C 0.05 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 3,253 m² 35,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.19 W/m².°C 0.03 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 3,253 m² 35,000 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 2.80 W/m².°C 0.49 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 1
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 40%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.05 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.80 Typical # Stories 1
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 6.1 m 19.9 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 100% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 50%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 100 m²/person 1076 ft²/person %OA 14.56%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 90%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. PeriodFresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 20 L/s.person 42 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right:(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation 0.5 L/s.m² 0.10 CFM/ft²
50% operation (%)Sizing Factor 1Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 1.37 L/s.m² 0.27 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.40 L/s.m² 0.08 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load 338,507
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 203,450 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 9,464 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 1.37 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 22 °C 71.6 °F 13 °C 55.4 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 100%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 16 °C 60.8 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 3500 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 5260 % Distribution 50% 50% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 100% Weighted Average 400Usage During Unoccupied Period 15%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 15% 50% 35% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 3.7
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 3000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 5760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 100% Weighted Average 300Usage During Unoccupied Period 15%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTAL Fixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 5% 10% 85% 0% 0% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.2
EUI = Load X Hrs. X SF X GLFF MJ/m².yr 7TERTIARY LIGHTINGLight Level Lux ft-candles Floor fraction check: should = 1.00 1.00Floor Fraction (HBLFF)Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % DistributionUsage During Occupied Period 0% Weighted AverageUsage During Unoccupied Period 100%
INC CFL T12 T8 MH HPS TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 0% 0% 0.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.55 0.55
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 84 88 65 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr
MJ/m².yr
TOTAL LIGHTING Overall LP 9.71 W/m² EUI TOTAL kWh/ft².yr 3.9MJ/m².yr 149
OFFICE EQUIPMENT & PLUG LOADS
Equipment Type Computers Monitors Printers Copiers Servers Plug Loads
Total end-use load (occupied period) 2.6 W/m² 0.2 W/ft² to see notes (cells with red indicator in upper right corner, type "SHIFT F2"Computer Servers EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.11Total end-use load (unocc. period) 1.0 W/m² 0.1 W/ft² MJ/m².yr 4.42
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.34Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 13.30Usage during unoccupied period 39% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.83
MJ/m².yr 32.15
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENTProvide description below: Fuel Oil / Propane Fuel Share: Electricity Fuel Share: 100.0% Fuel Oil / Propane EUI All Electric EUI
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILENEW BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Warehouse/Wholesale All New Island InterconnectedBaseline
HVAC FANS & PUMPS
SUPPLY FANS Ventilation and Exhaust Fan Operation & ControlVentilation Fan Exhaust Fan
System Design Air Flow 1.4 L/s.m² 0.27 CFM/ft² Control Fixed Variable Fixed VariableSystem Static Pressure CAV 300 Pa 1.2 wg Flow FlowSystem Static Pressure VAV 300 Pa 1.2 wg Incidence of Use 100% 100%Fan Efficiency 60% Operation ContinuousScheduledContinuousScheduledFan Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 1.00 Incidence of Use 50% 50% 50% 50%Fan Design Load CAV 0.9 W/m² 0.08 W/ft²Fan Design Load VAV 0.9 W/m² 0.08 W/ft² Comments:
EXHAUST FANS
Washroom Exhaust 100 L/s.washroom 212 CFM/washroomWashroom Exhaust per gross unit area 0.1 L/s.m² 0.01 CFM/ft²Other Exhaust (Smoking/Conference) 0.1 L/s.m² 0.02 CFM/ft²Total Building Exhaust 0.2 L/s.m² 0.03 CFM/ft²Exhaust System Static Pressure 250 Pa 1.0 wgFan Efficiency 25%Fan Motor Efficiency 75%Sizing Factor 1.0Exhaust Fan Connected Load 0.2 W/m² 0.02 W/ft²
AUXILIARY COOLING EQUIPMENT (Condenser Pump and Cooling Tower/Condenser Fans)
Average Condenser Fan Power Draw 0.020 kW/kW 0.07 kW/Ton(Cooling Tower/Evap. Condenser/ Air Cooled Condenser) 0.61 W/m² 0.06 W/ft²
Condenser Pump
Pump Design Flow 0.053 L/s.KW 3.0 U.S. gpm/TonPump Design Flow per unit floor area 0.002 L/s.m² 0.002 U.S. gpm/ft²Pump Head Pressure kPa ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 1.0Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
CIRCULATING PUMP (Heating & Cooling)
Pump Design Flow @ 5 °C (10 °F) delta T 0.001 L/s.m² 0.0019 U.S. gpm/ft² 2.4 U.S. gpm/TonPump Head Pressure kPa ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 0.8Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
Supply Fan Occ. Period 3500 hrs./yearSupply Fan Unocc. Period 5260 hrs./yearSupply Fan Energy Consumption 5.3 kWh/m².yr
Exhaust Fan Occ. Period 3500 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Unocc. Period 5260 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Energy Consumption 1.3 kWh/m².yr
Condenser Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yrCooling Tower /Condenser Fans Energy Consumption 0.3 kWh/m².yr
Circulating Pump Yearly Operation 7000 hrs./yearCirculating Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yr
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILEEXISTING BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Restaurant All New Island InterconnectedBaselineCONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.38 W/m².°C 0.07 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 929 m² 10,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.19 W/m².°C 0.03 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 929 m² 10,000 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 3.52 W/m².°C 0.62 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 1
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 45%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.36 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.58 Typical # Stories 1
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 3.7 m 12.0 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 60% 40% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 60%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 20 m²/person 215 ft²/person %OA 29.87%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 90%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. PeriodFresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 20 L/s.person 42 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right:(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation L/s.m² CFM/ft²
operation (%)Sizing Factor 1.3Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 3.35 L/s.m² 0.66 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.70 L/s.m² 0.14 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load 301,959
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 109,020 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 5,072 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 3.35 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 24 °C 75.2 °F 14 °C 57.2 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 98%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 15 °C 59 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4300 Light Level (Lux) 450 550 650 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4460 % Distribution 10% 80% 10% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 100% Weighted Average 550Usage During Unoccupied Period 10%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 100.0% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 2.3
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.41Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 16.00Usage during unoccupied period 65% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.55
( % ) Fuel Oil / Propane EUIFire Side Inspection 75% kWh/ft².yrWater Side Inspection for Scale Buildup 100% MJ/m².yrInspection of Controls & Safeties 100%Inspection of Burner 100% Market Composite EUIFlue Gas Analysis & Burner Set-up 90% kWh/ft².yr 19.1
MJ/m².yr 742
SPACE COOLING
A/C Plant TypeWSHP Absorption Chillers Total
Standard HE Open DX W. H. CWSystem Present (%) 100.0% 100.0%COP 4.7 5.4 3.5 3.5 2.6 0.9 1Performance (1 / COP) 0.21 0.19 0.29 0.29 0.38 1.11 1.00(kW/kW)Additional RefrigerantRelated Information
Control Mode Incidence of Use Fixed ResetSetpoint
Chilled WaterCondenser Water
Setpoint Chilled Water 7 °C 44.6 °FCondenser Water 30 °C 86 °FSupply Air 14.0 °C 57.2 °F
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILENEW BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Large Office > 100 kW New Labrador InterconnectedBaselineCONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.42 W/m².°C 0.07 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 929 m² 10,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.19 W/m².°C 0.03 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 465 m² 5,000 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 2.80 W/m².°C 0.49 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 1
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 45%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.60 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.58 Typical # Stories 2
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 3.7 m 12.0 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 50% 50% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 60%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 26 m²/person 274 ft²/person %OA 5.35%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 90%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. PeriodFresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 8 L/s.person 16 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right:(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation L/s.m² CFM/ft²
operation (%)Sizing Factor 1.5Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 5.50 L/s.m² 1.08 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.40 L/s.m² 0.08 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load 217,193
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 155,218 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 7,221 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 5.50 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 24 °C 75.2 °F 14 °C 57.2 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 98%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 23 °C 73.4 °F 15 °C 59 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 23 °C 73.4 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 3300 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 5460 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 95% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period 20%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 100% 0% 0% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 4.6
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 2.36Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 91.24Usage during unoccupied period 66% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.72
MJ/m².yr 27.70
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENTProvide description below: Fuel Oil / Propane Fuel Share: Electricity Fuel Share: 100.0% Fuel Oil / Propane EUI All Electric EUILunch room/cafeteria/restaurant EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.1 EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.10
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILENEW BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Small Office < 100 kW New Labrador InterconnectedBaselineCONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.42 W/m².°C 0.07 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 929 m² 10,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.19 W/m².°C 0.03 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 465 m² 5,000 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 2.80 W/m².°C 0.49 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 1
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 45%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.35 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.58 Typical # Stories 1
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 3.7 m 12.0 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 100% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 60%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 26 m²/person 274 ft²/person %OA 12.79%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 90%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. PeriodFresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 8 L/s.person 16 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right:(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation L/s.m² CFM/ft²
operation (%)Sizing Factor 1.5Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 2.30 L/s.m² 0.45 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.40 L/s.m² 0.08 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load 95,876
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 64,888 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 3,019 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 2.30 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 24 °C 75.2 °F 14 °C 57.2 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 98%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 23 °C 73.4 °F 15 °C 59 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 23 °C 73.4 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 2500 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 6260 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 95% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period 20%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 100% 0% 0% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 4.1
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 2.36Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 91.24Usage during unoccupied period 66% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.72
MJ/m².yr 27.70
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENTProvide description below: Fuel Oil / Propane Fuel Share: Electricity Fuel Share: 100.0% Fuel Oil / Propane EUI All Electric EUI
( % ) Fuel Oil / Propane EUIFire Side Inspection 75% kWh/ft².yrWater Side Inspection for Scale Buildup 100% MJ/m².yrInspection of Controls & Safeties 100%Inspection of Burner 100% Market Composite EUIFlue Gas Analysis & Burner Set-up 90% kWh/ft².yr 15.9
MJ/m².yr 615
SPACE COOLING
A/C Plant TypeWSHP Absorption Chillers Total
Standard HE Open DX W. H. CWSystem Present (%) 100.0% 100.0%COP 4.7 5.4 3.5 3.5 2.7 0.9 1Performance (1 / COP) 0.21 0.19 0.29 0.29 0.37 1.11 1.00(kW/kW)Additional RefrigerantRelated Information
Control Mode Incidence of Use Fixed ResetSetpoint
Chilled WaterCondenser Water
Setpoint Chilled Water 7 °C 44.6 °FCondenser Water 30 °C 86 °FSupply Air 14.0 °C 57.2 °F
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILENEW BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Food Retail All New Labrador InterconnectedBaselineCONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.28 W/m².°C 0.05 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 929 m² 10,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.19 W/m².°C 0.03 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 929 m² 10,000 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 2.80 W/m².°C 0.49 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 1
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 40%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.11 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.69 Typical # Stories 1
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 6.0 m 19.7 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 100% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 50%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 45 m²/person 484 ft²/person %OA 5.55%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 90%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. PeriodFresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 20 L/s.person 42 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right:(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation 0.5 L/s.m² 0.10 CFM/ft²
50% operation (%)Sizing Factor 3Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 8.00 L/s.m² 1.58 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.70 L/s.m² 0.14 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load 198,673
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 112,922 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 5,253 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 8.00 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 22 °C 71.6 °F 13 °C 55.4 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 100%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 22 °C 71.6 °F 16 °C 60.8 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4500 Light Level (Lux) 400 500 600 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4260 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 100% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period 20%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 3% 55% 10% 30% 2% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 5.4
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4500 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4260 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 100% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period 50%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTAL Fixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 80% 5% 15% 0% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.8
EUI = Load X Hrs. X SF X GLFF MJ/m².yr 30TERTIARY LIGHTINGLight Level Lux ft-candles Floor fraction check: should = 1.00 1.00Floor Fraction (HBLFF)Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % DistributionUsage During Occupied Period 0% Weighted AverageUsage During Unoccupied Period 100%
INC CFL T12 T8 MH HPS TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 0% 0.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.55 0.55
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 84 88 65 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr
MJ/m².yr
TOTAL LIGHTING Overall LP 12.07 W/m² EUI TOTAL kWh/ft².yr 6MJ/m².yr 238
OFFICE EQUIPMENT & PLUG LOADS
Equipment Type Computers Monitors Printers Copiers Servers Plug Loads
Total end-use load (occupied period) 2.9 W/m² 0.3 W/ft² to see notes (cells with red indicator in upper right corner, type "SHIFT F2"Computer Servers EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.11Total end-use load (unocc. period) 1.7 W/m² 0.2 W/ft² MJ/m².yr 4.42
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.76Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 29.56Usage during unoccupied period 58% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.84
MJ/m².yr 32.51
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENTProvide description below: Fuel Oil / Propane Fuel Share: Electricity Fuel Share: 100.0% Fuel Oil / Propane EUI All Electric EUI
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILENEW BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Food Retail All New Labrador InterconnectedBaseline
HVAC FANS & PUMPS
SUPPLY FANS Ventilation and Exhaust Fan Operation & ControlVentilation Fan Exhaust Fan
System Design Air Flow 8.0 L/s.m² 1.58 CFM/ft² Control Fixed Variable Fixed VariableSystem Static Pressure CAV 350 Pa 1.4 wg Flow FlowSystem Static Pressure VAV 350 Pa 1.4 wg Incidence of Use 100% 100%Fan Efficiency 60% Operation ContinuousScheduledContinuousScheduledFan Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 1.00 Incidence of Use 100% 100%Fan Design Load CAV 5.8 W/m² 0.54 W/ft²Fan Design Load VAV 5.8 W/m² 0.54 W/ft² Comments:
EXHAUST FANS
Washroom Exhaust 100 L/s.washroom 212 CFM/washroomWashroom Exhaust per gross unit area 0.2 L/s.m² 0.04 CFM/ft²Other Exhaust (Smoking/Conference) 0.1 L/s.m² 0.02 CFM/ft²Total Building Exhaust 0.3 L/s.m² 0.06 CFM/ft²Exhaust System Static Pressure 250 Pa 1.0 wgFan Efficiency 25%Fan Motor Efficiency 75%Sizing Factor 1.0Exhaust Fan Connected Load 0.4 W/m² 0.04 W/ft²
AUXILIARY COOLING EQUIPMENT (Condenser Pump and Cooling Tower/Condenser Fans)
Average Condenser Fan Power Draw 0.020 kW/kW 0.07 kW/Ton(Cooling Tower/Evap. Condenser/ Air Cooled Condenser) 1.25 W/m² 0.12 W/ft²
Condenser Pump
Pump Design Flow 0.053 L/s.KW 3.0 U.S. gpm/TonPump Design Flow per unit floor area 0.003 L/s.m² 0.005 U.S. gpm/ft²Pump Head Pressure kPa ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 1.0Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
CIRCULATING PUMP (Heating & Cooling)
Pump Design Flow @ 5 °C (10 °F) delta T 0.003 L/s.m² 0.0040 U.S. gpm/ft² 2.4 U.S. gpm/TonPump Head Pressure kPa 50 ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 0.8Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
Supply Fan Occ. Period 5000 hrs./yearSupply Fan Unocc. Period 3760 hrs./yearSupply Fan Energy Consumption 51.1 kWh/m².yr
Exhaust Fan Occ. Period 5000 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Unocc. Period 3760 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Energy Consumption 3.7 kWh/m².yr
Condenser Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yrCooling Tower /Condenser Fans Energy Consumption 0.3 kWh/m².yr
Circulating Pump Yearly Operation 7000 hrs./yearCirculating Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yr
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILENEW BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Large Non-Food Retail > 100 kW New Labrador InterconnectedBaselineCONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.28 W/m².°C 0.05 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 929 m² 10,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.19 W/m².°C 0.03 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 929 m² 10,000 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 2.80 W/m².°C 0.49 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 5
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 45%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.10 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.78 Typical # Stories 1
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 6.0 m 19.7 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 100% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 50%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 25 m²/person 269 ft²/person %OA 7.61%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 90%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. PeriodFresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 15 L/s.person 32 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right: 34%(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation 0.5 L/s.m² 0.10 CFM/ft²
50% operation (%)Sizing Factor 2Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 7.88 L/s.m² 1.55 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate L/s.m² CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load 284,710
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 166,814 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 7,760 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 7.88 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 14 °C 57.2 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 100%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 15 °C 59 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4500 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4260 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 95% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period 15%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 10% 5% 55% 10% 20% 0% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 8.0
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4500 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4260 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 95% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period 50%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTAL Fixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 8% 10% 20% 60% 0% 2% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.6
EUI = Load X Hrs. X SF X GLFF MJ/m².yr 24SPECIAL PURPOSE LIGHTINGLight Level Lux ft-candles Floor fraction check: should = 1.00 1.00Floor Fraction (HBLFF)Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % DistributionUsage During Occupied Period 0% Weighted AverageUsage During Unoccupied Period 100%
INC CFL T12 T8 MH HPS TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%)Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.55 0.55
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 84 88 65 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr
MJ/m².yr
TOTAL LIGHTING Overall LP 18.53 W/m² EUI TOTAL kWh/ft².yr 9MJ/m².yr 333
OFFICE EQUIPMENT & PLUG LOADS
Equipment Type Computers Monitors Printers Copiers Servers Plug Loads
Total end-use load (occupied period) 2.1 W/m² 0.2 W/ft² to see notes (cells with red indicator in upper right corner, type "SHIFT F2"Computer Servers EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.11Total end-use load (unocc. period) 1.2 W/m² 0.1 W/ft² MJ/m².yr 4.42
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.49Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 19.14Usage during unoccupied period 59% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.64
MJ/m².yr 24.92
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT 5Provide description below: Fuel Oil / Propane Fuel Share: Electricity Fuel Share: 100.0% Fuel Oil / Propane EUI All Electric EUI
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILENEW BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Large Non-Food Retail > 100 kW New Labrador InterconnectedBaseline
HVAC FANS & PUMPS
SUPPLY FANS Ventilation and Exhaust Fan Operation & ControlVentilation Fan Exhaust Fan
System Design Air Flow 7.9 L/s.m² 1.55 CFM/ft² Control Fixed Variable Fixed VariableSystem Static Pressure CAV 500 Pa 2.0 wg Flow FlowSystem Static Pressure VAV 500 Pa 2.0 wg Incidence of Use 100% 100%Fan Efficiency 60% Operation ContinuousScheduledContinuousScheduledFan Motor Efficiency 88%Sizing Factor 1.00 Incidence of Use 75% 25% 50% 50%Fan Design Load CAV 7.5 W/m² 0.69 W/ft²Fan Design Load VAV 7.5 W/m² 0.69 W/ft² Comments:
EXHAUST FANS
Washroom Exhaust 50 L/s.washroom 106 CFM/washroomWashroom Exhaust per gross unit area 0.1 L/s.m² 0.02 CFM/ft²Other Exhaust (Smoking/Conference) 0.1 L/s.m² 0.02 CFM/ft²Total Building Exhaust 0.2 L/s.m² 0.04 CFM/ft²Exhaust System Static Pressure 250 Pa 1.0 wgFan Efficiency 25%Fan Motor Efficiency 75%Sizing Factor 1.0Exhaust Fan Connected Load 0.3 W/m² 0.03 W/ft²
AUXILIARY COOLING EQUIPMENT (Condenser Pump and Cooling Tower/Condenser Fans)
Average Condenser Fan Power Draw 0.020 kW/kW 0.07 kW/Ton(Cooling Tower/Evap. Condenser/ Air Cooled Condenser) 1.80 W/m² 0.17 W/ft²
Condenser Pump
Pump Design Flow L/s.KW U.S. gpm/TonPump Design Flow per unit floor area L/s.m² U.S. gpm/ft²Pump Head Pressure 45 kPa 15 ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 1.0Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
CIRCULATING PUMP (Heating & Cooling)
Pump Design Flow @ 5 °C (10 °F) delta T 0.004 L/s.m² 0.0057 U.S. gpm/ft² 2.4 U.S. gpm/TonPump Head Pressure kPa ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 0.8Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
Supply Fan Occ. Period 5500 hrs./yearSupply Fan Unocc. Period 3260 hrs./yearSupply Fan Energy Consumption 59.3 kWh/m².yr
Exhaust Fan Occ. Period 5500 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Unocc. Period 3260 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Energy Consumption 2.0 kWh/m².yr
Condenser Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yrCooling Tower /Condenser Fans Energy Consumption 0.4 kWh/m².yr
Circulating Pump Yearly Operation 7000 hrs./yearCirculating Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yr
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILENEW BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Small Non-Food Retail < 100 kW New Labrador InterconnectedBaselineCONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.28 W/m².°C 0.05 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 929 m² 10,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.19 W/m².°C 0.03 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 929 m² 10,000 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 2.80 W/m².°C 0.49 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 5
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 45%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.10 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.78 Typical # Stories 1
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 6.0 m 19.7 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 100% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 50%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 25 m²/person 269 ft²/person %OA 11.07%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 90%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. PeriodFresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 15 L/s.person 32 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right: 34%(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation 0.5 L/s.m² 0.10 CFM/ft²
50% operation (%)Sizing Factor 1.4Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 5.42 L/s.m² 1.07 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.42 L/s.m² 0.08 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load 281,834
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 163,938 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 7,626 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 5.42 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 14 °C 57.2 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 100%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 15 °C 59 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 95% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period 15%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 8% 5% 55% 30% 0% 2% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 7.0
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 95% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period 50%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTAL Fixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 5% 15% 20% 20% 40% 0% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.5
EUI = Load X Hrs. X SF X GLFF MJ/m².yr 19SPECIAL PURPOSE LIGHTINGLight Level Lux ft-candles Floor fraction check: should = 1.00 1.00Floor Fraction (HBLFF)Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % DistributionUsage During Occupied Period 0% Weighted AverageUsage During Unoccupied Period 100%
INC CFL T12 T8 MH HPS TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%)Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.55 0.55
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 84 88 65 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr
MJ/m².yr
TOTAL LIGHTING Overall LP 17.58 W/m² EUI TOTAL kWh/ft².yr 8MJ/m².yr 291
OFFICE EQUIPMENT & PLUG LOADS
Equipment Type Computers Monitors Printers Copiers Servers Plug Loads
Total end-use load (occupied period) 2.1 W/m² 0.2 W/ft² to see notes (cells with red indicator in upper right corner, type "SHIFT F2"Computer Servers EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.11Total end-use load (unocc. period) 1.2 W/m² 0.1 W/ft² MJ/m².yr 4.42
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.49Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 19.14Usage during unoccupied period 59% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.64
MJ/m².yr 24.92
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT 5Provide description below: Fuel Oil / Propane Fuel Share: Electricity Fuel Share: 100.0% Fuel Oil / Propane EUI All Electric EUI
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILENEW BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Small Non-Food Retail < 100 kW New Labrador InterconnectedBaseline
HVAC FANS & PUMPS
SUPPLY FANS Ventilation and Exhaust Fan Operation & ControlVentilation Fan Exhaust Fan
System Design Air Flow 5.4 L/s.m² 1.07 CFM/ft² Control Fixed Variable Fixed VariableSystem Static Pressure CAV 500 Pa 2.0 wg Flow FlowSystem Static Pressure VAV 500 Pa 2.0 wg Incidence of Use 100% 100%Fan Efficiency 60% Operation ContinuousScheduledContinuousScheduledFan Motor Efficiency 88%Sizing Factor 1.00 Incidence of Use 75% 25% 50% 50%Fan Design Load CAV 5.1 W/m² 0.48 W/ft²Fan Design Load VAV 5.1 W/m² 0.48 W/ft² Comments:
EXHAUST FANS
Washroom Exhaust 50 L/s.washroom 106 CFM/washroomWashroom Exhaust per gross unit area 0.1 L/s.m² 0.02 CFM/ft²Other Exhaust (Smoking/Conference) 0.1 L/s.m² 0.02 CFM/ft²Total Building Exhaust 0.2 L/s.m² 0.04 CFM/ft²Exhaust System Static Pressure 250 Pa 1.0 wgFan Efficiency 25%Fan Motor Efficiency 75%Sizing Factor 1.0Exhaust Fan Connected Load 0.3 W/m² 0.03 W/ft²
AUXILIARY COOLING EQUIPMENT (Condenser Pump and Cooling Tower/Condenser Fans)
Average Condenser Fan Power Draw 0.020 kW/kW 0.07 kW/Ton(Cooling Tower/Evap. Condenser/ Air Cooled Condenser) 1.78 W/m² 0.17 W/ft²
Condenser Pump
Pump Design Flow L/s.KW U.S. gpm/TonPump Design Flow per unit floor area L/s.m² U.S. gpm/ft²Pump Head Pressure 45 kPa 15 ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 1.0Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
CIRCULATING PUMP (Heating & Cooling)
Pump Design Flow @ 5 °C (10 °F) delta T 0.004 L/s.m² 0.0056 U.S. gpm/ft² 2.4 U.S. gpm/TonPump Head Pressure kPa ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 0.8Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
Supply Fan Occ. Period 5500 hrs./yearSupply Fan Unocc. Period 3260 hrs./yearSupply Fan Energy Consumption 40.8 kWh/m².yr
Exhaust Fan Occ. Period 5500 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Unocc. Period 3260 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Energy Consumption 2.0 kWh/m².yr
Condenser Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yrCooling Tower /Condenser Fans Energy Consumption 0.3 kWh/m².yr
Circulating Pump Yearly Operation 7000 hrs./yearCirculating Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yr
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILENEW BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Large Accommodation > 100 kW New Labrador InterconnectedBaselineCONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.28 W/m².°C 0.05 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 1,394 m² 15,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.19 W/m².°C 0.03 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 1,500 m² 16,140 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 2.80 W/m².°C 0.49 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 4
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 45%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.30 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.65 Typical # Stories 2
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 3.7 m 12.0 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV FCoils IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 90% 10% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 60%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 50 m²/person 538 ft²/person %OA 5.22%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 50%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. Period 80%Fresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 15 L/s.person 32 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right: 15%(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation 0.5 L/s.m² 0.10 CFM/ft²
50% operation (%)Sizing Factor 1.4Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 5.75 L/s.m² 1.13 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.70 L/s.m² 0.14 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load 444,876
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 260,711 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 12,128 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 5.75 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 22 °C 71.6 °F 13 °C 55.4 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 100%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 15 °C 59 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 2500 Light Level (Lux) 50 100 200 300 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 6260 % Distribution 75% 25% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 50% Weighted Average 125Usage During Unoccupied Period 25%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 20% 50% 10% 0% 20% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 1.4
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 3000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 5760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 85% Weighted Average 300Usage During Unoccupied Period 75%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTAL Fixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 8% 15% 75% 0% 2% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 1.8
EUI = Load X Hrs. X SF X GLFF MJ/m².yr 71TERTIARY LIGHTINGLight Level Lux ft-candles Floor fraction check: should = 1.00 1.00Floor Fraction (HBLFF)Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % DistributionUsage During Occupied Period 0% Weighted AverageUsage During Unoccupied Period 100%
INC CFL T12 T8 MH HPS TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 0% 100% 0% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.55 0.55
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 84 88 65 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr
MJ/m².yr
TOTAL LIGHTING Overall LP 8.35 W/m² EUI TOTAL kWh/ft².yr 3MJ/m².yr 126
OFFICE EQUIPMENT & PLUG LOADS
Equipment Type Computers Monitors Printers Copiers Servers Plug Loads
Total end-use load (occupied period) 1.9 W/m² 0.2 W/ft² to see notes (cells with red indicator in upper right corner, type "SHIFT F2"Computer Servers EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.10Total end-use load (unocc. period) 0.9 W/m² 0.1 W/ft² MJ/m².yr 3.68
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.42Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 16.11Usage during unoccupied period 48% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.49
MJ/m².yr 19.12
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENTProvide description below: Fuel Oil / Propane Fuel Share: Electricity Fuel Share: 100.0% Fuel Oil / Propane EUI All Electric EUIKitchen services EUI kWh/ft².yr 1.3 EUI kWh/ft².yr 1.3
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILENEW BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Large Accommodation > 100 kW New Labrador InterconnectedBaseline
HVAC FANS & PUMPS
SUPPLY FANS Ventilation and Exhaust Fan Operation & ControlVentilation Fan Exhaust Fan
System Design Air Flow 5.7 L/s.m² 1.13 CFM/ft² Control Fixed Variable Fixed VariableSystem Static Pressure CAV 300 Pa 1.2 wg Flow FlowSystem Static Pressure VAV 300 Pa 1.2 wg Incidence of Use 100% 100%Fan Efficiency 45% Operation ContinuousScheduledContinuousScheduledFan Motor Efficiency 70%Sizing Factor 1.00 Incidence of Use 60% 40% 100%Fan Design Load CAV 5.5 W/m² 0.51 W/ft²Fan Design Load VAV 5.5 W/m² 0.51 W/ft² Comments:
EXHAUST FANS
Washroom Exhaust 100 L/s.washroom 212 CFM/washroomWashroom Exhaust per gross unit area 0.1 L/s.m² 0.03 CFM/ft²Other Exhaust (Smoking/Conference) 0.1 L/s.m² 0.02 CFM/ft²Total Building Exhaust 0.2 L/s.m² 0.05 CFM/ft²Exhaust System Static Pressure 250 Pa 1.0 wgFan Efficiency 25%Fan Motor Efficiency 75%Sizing Factor 1.0Exhaust Fan Connected Load 0.3 W/m² 0.03 W/ft²
AUXILIARY COOLING EQUIPMENT (Condenser Pump and Cooling Tower/Condenser Fans)
Average Condenser Fan Power Draw 0.022 kW/kW 0.08 kW/Ton(Cooling Tower/Evap. Condenser/ Air Cooled Condenser) 1.73 W/m² 0.16 W/ft²
Condenser Pump
Pump Design Flow 0.053 L/s.KW 3.0 U.S. gpm/TonPump Design Flow per unit floor area 0.004 L/s.m² 0.006 U.S. gpm/ft²Pump Head Pressure kPa ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 1.0Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
CIRCULATING PUMP (Heating & Cooling)
Pump Design Flow @ 5 °C (10 °F) delta T 0.003 L/s.m² 0.0050 U.S. gpm/ft² 2.4 U.S. gpm/TonPump Head Pressure 100 kPa 33 ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 0.8Pump Connected Load 0.7 W/m² 0.06 W/ft²
Supply Fan Occ. Period 3500 hrs./yearSupply Fan Unocc. Period 5260 hrs./yearSupply Fan Energy Consumption 36.4 kWh/m².yr
Exhaust Fan Occ. Period 3500 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Unocc. Period 5260 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Energy Consumption 2.7 kWh/m².yr
Condenser Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yrCooling Tower /Condenser Fans Energy Consumption 0.3 kWh/m².yr
Circulating Pump Yearly Operation 7000 hrs./yearCirculating Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yr
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILENEW BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Small Accommodation < 100 kW New Labrador InterconnectedBaselineCONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.28 W/m².°C 0.05 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 697 m² 7,500 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.19 W/m².°C 0.03 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 697 m² 7,500 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 2.80 W/m².°C 0.49 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 4
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 45%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.30 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.65 Typical # Stories 1
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 3.7 m 12.0 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV FCoils IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 100% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 60%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 50 m²/person 538 ft²/person %OA 8.55%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 50%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. Period 80%Fresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 15 L/s.person 32 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right: 15%(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation 0.5 L/s.m² 0.10 CFM/ft²
50% operation (%)Sizing Factor 1.4Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 3.51 L/s.m² 0.69 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.70 L/s.m² 0.14 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load 122,326
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 79,537 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 3,700 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 3.51 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 22 °C 71.6 °F 13 °C 55.4 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 100%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 15 °C 59 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 2500 Light Level (Lux) 50 100 200 300 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 6260 % Distribution 75% 25% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 50% Weighted Average 125Usage During Unoccupied Period 25%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 15% 70% 10% 0% 5% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 1.6
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 3000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 5760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 85% Weighted Average 300Usage During Unoccupied Period 75%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTAL Fixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 10% 30% 55% 0% 5% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 1.2
EUI = Load X Hrs. X SF X GLFF MJ/m².yr 48TERTIARY LIGHTINGLight Level Lux ft-candles Floor fraction check: should = 1.00 1.00Floor Fraction (HBLFF)Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % DistributionUsage During Occupied Period 0% Weighted AverageUsage During Unoccupied Period 100%
INC CFL T12 T8 MH HPS TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 0% 100% 0% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.55 0.55
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 84 88 65 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr
MJ/m².yr
TOTAL LIGHTING Overall LP 7.95 W/m² EUI TOTAL kWh/ft².yr 3MJ/m².yr 109
OFFICE EQUIPMENT & PLUG LOADS
Equipment Type Computers Monitors Printers Copiers Servers Plug Loads
Total end-use load (occupied period) 1.9 W/m² 0.2 W/ft² to see notes (cells with red indicator in upper right corner, type "SHIFT F2"Computer Servers EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.10Total end-use load (unocc. period) 0.9 W/m² 0.1 W/ft² MJ/m².yr 3.68
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.42Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 16.11Usage during unoccupied period 48% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.49
MJ/m².yr 19.12
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENTProvide description below: Fuel Oil / Propane Fuel Share: Electricity Fuel Share: 100.0% Fuel Oil / Propane EUI All Electric EUIKitchen services EUI kWh/ft².yr 1.3 EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.6
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILENEW BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Small Accommodation < 100 kW New Labrador InterconnectedBaseline
HVAC FANS & PUMPS
SUPPLY FANS Ventilation and Exhaust Fan Operation & ControlVentilation Fan Exhaust Fan
System Design Air Flow 3.5 L/s.m² 0.69 CFM/ft² Control Fixed Variable Fixed VariableSystem Static Pressure CAV 300 Pa 1.2 wg Flow FlowSystem Static Pressure VAV 300 Pa 1.2 wg Incidence of Use 100% 100%Fan Efficiency 45% Operation ContinuousScheduledContinuousScheduledFan Motor Efficiency 70%Sizing Factor 0.50 Incidence of Use 60% 40% 100%Fan Design Load CAV 1.7 W/m² 0.16 W/ft²Fan Design Load VAV 1.7 W/m² 0.16 W/ft² Comments:
EXHAUST FANS
Washroom Exhaust 100 L/s.washroom 212 CFM/washroomWashroom Exhaust per gross unit area 0.3 L/s.m² 0.06 CFM/ft²Other Exhaust (Smoking/Conference) 0.1 L/s.m² 0.02 CFM/ft²Total Building Exhaust 0.4 L/s.m² 0.08 CFM/ft²Exhaust System Static Pressure 250 Pa 1.0 wgFan Efficiency 25%Fan Motor Efficiency 75%Sizing Factor 0.5Exhaust Fan Connected Load 0.3 W/m² 0.02 W/ft²
AUXILIARY COOLING EQUIPMENT (Condenser Pump and Cooling Tower/Condenser Fans)
Average Condenser Fan Power Draw 0.022 kW/kW 0.08 kW/Ton(Cooling Tower/Evap. Condenser/ Air Cooled Condenser) 0.95 W/m² 0.09 W/ft²
Condenser Pump
Pump Design Flow 0.053 L/s.KW 3.0 U.S. gpm/TonPump Design Flow per unit floor area 0.002 L/s.m² 0.003 U.S. gpm/ft²Pump Head Pressure kPa ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 0.5Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
CIRCULATING PUMP (Heating & Cooling)
Pump Design Flow @ 5 °C (10 °F) delta T 0.002 L/s.m² 0.0028 U.S. gpm/ft² 2.4 U.S. gpm/TonPump Head Pressure 100 kPa 33 ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 0.5Pump Connected Load 0.2 W/m² 0.02 W/ft²
Supply Fan Occ. Period 3500 hrs./yearSupply Fan Unocc. Period 5260 hrs./yearSupply Fan Energy Consumption 11.1 kWh/m².yr
Exhaust Fan Occ. Period 3500 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Unocc. Period 5260 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Energy Consumption 2.3 kWh/m².yr
Condenser Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yrCooling Tower /Condenser Fans Energy Consumption 0.3 kWh/m².yr
Circulating Pump Yearly Operation 7000 hrs./yearCirculating Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yr
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILENEW BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Health Care All New Labrador InterconnectedBaselineCONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.28 W/m².°C 0.05 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 8,829 m² 95,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.19 W/m².°C 0.03 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 2,943 m² 31,667 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 2.80 W/m².°C 0.49 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 2
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 45%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.20 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.65 Typical # Stories 3
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 4.3 m 14.0 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV FCoils IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 50% 50% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 60%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 30 m²/person 323 ft²/person %OA 13.43%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 90%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. Period 75%Fresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 35 L/s.person 74 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right: 15%(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation 0.5 L/s.m² 0.10 CFM/ft²
50% operation (%)Sizing Factor 5Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 8.69 L/s.m² 1.71 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.40 L/s.m² 0.08 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load #######
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 698,518 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R.H 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 32,495 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air flo 8.69 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 24 °C 75.2 °F 14 °C 57.2 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 100%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 24 °C 75.2 °F 16.5 °C 61.7 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 22 °C 71.6 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 8760 Light Level (Lux) 50 100 200 300 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 40% Weighted Average 300Usage During Unoccupied Period
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 3% 10% 85% 0% 2% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 1.2
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 8760 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 65% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTAL Fixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 3% 5% 90% 0% 2% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 4.8
EUI = Load X Hrs. X SF X GLFF MJ/m².yr 186TERTIARY LIGHTING (CORRIDORS, OTHER)Light Level Lux ft-candles Floor fraction check: should = 1.00 1.00Floor Fraction (HBLFF)Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % DistributionUsage During Occupied Period 100% Weighted AverageUsage During Unoccupied Period 100%
INC CFL T12 T8 MH HPS TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 5% 5% 90% 0% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.55 0.55
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 88 65 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr
MJ/m².yr
TOTAL LIGHTING Overall LPD 12.84 W/m² EUI TOTAL kWh/ft².yr 6MJ/m².yr 234
OFFICE EQUIPMENT & PLUG LOADS
Equipment Type Computers Monitors Printers Copiers Servers Plug Loads
Total end-use load (occupied period) 5.4 W/m² 0.5 W/ft² to see notes (cells with red indicator in upper right corner, type "SHIFT F2"Computer Servers EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.21Total end-use load (unocc. period) 2.2 W/m² 0.2 W/ft² MJ/m².yr 8.10
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.90Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 35.00Usage during unoccupied period 40% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 1.74
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILENEW BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:School All New Labrador InterconnectedBaselineCONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.28 W/m².°C 0.05 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 3,717 m² 40,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.19 W/m².°C 0.03 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 3,717 m² 40,000 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 2.80 W/m².°C 0.49 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 5
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 50%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.15 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.65 Typical # Stories 1
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 3.7 m 12.2 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 90% 10% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 50%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 10 m²/person 108 ft²/person %OA 8.74%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 90%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. PeriodFresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 4 L/s.person 8 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right: 34%(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation 0.5 L/s.m² 0.10 CFM/ft²
50% operation (%)Sizing Factor 2Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 4.58 L/s.m² 0.90 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.42 L/s.m² 0.08 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load 764,589
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 387,634 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 18,033 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 4.58 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 13 °C 55.4 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 100%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 15 °C 59 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 19.5 °C 67.1 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 2000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 6760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 85% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period 15%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 100% 0% 0% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 2.8
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 2000 Light Level (Lux) 400 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 6760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 90% Weighted Average 400Usage During Unoccupied Period 15%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTAL Fixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 10% 20% 10% 20% 30% 10% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.6
EUI = Load X Hrs. X SF X GLFF MJ/m².yr 25TERTIARY LIGHTINGLight Level Lux ft-candles Floor fraction check: should = 1.00 1.00Floor Fraction (HBLFF)Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 2500 Light Level (Lux) TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 6260 % DistributionUsage During Occupied Period 100% Weighted AverageUsage During Unoccupied Period
INC CFL T12 T8 MH HPS TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 0% 100% 0% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.55 0.55
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 84 88 65 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr
MJ/m².yr
TOTAL LIGHTING Overall LP 13.46 W/m² EUI TOTAL kWh/ft².yr 3MJ/m².yr 132
OFFICE EQUIPMENT & PLUG LOADS
Equipment Type Computers Monitors Printers Copiers Servers Plug Loads
Total end-use load (occupied period) 1.3 W/m² 0.1 W/ft² to see notes (cells with red indicator in upper right corner, type "SHIFT F2"Computer Servers EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.10Total end-use load (unocc. period) 0.8 W/m² 0.1 W/ft² MJ/m².yr 3.68
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.54Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 21.01Usage during unoccupied period 59% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.11
MJ/m².yr 4.23
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENTProvide description below: Fuel Oil / Propane Fuel Share: Electricity Fuel Share: 100.0% Fuel Oil / Propane EUI All Electric EUICafeteria EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.2 EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.1
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILENEW BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:University/College All New Labrador InterconnectedBaselineCONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.28 W/m².°C 0.05 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 6,506 m² 70,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.19 W/m².°C 0.03 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 3,253 m² 35,000 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 2.80 W/m².°C 0.49 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 7
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 50%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.30 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.65 Typical # Stories 2
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 3.7 m 12.0 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 50% 50% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 50%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 14 m²/person 151 ft²/person %OA 18.38%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 90%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. PeriodFresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 10 L/s.person 21 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right: 34%(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation 0.5 L/s.m² 0.10 CFM/ft²
50% operation (%)Sizing Factor 1.6Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 3.89 L/s.m² 0.77 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.40 L/s.m² 0.08 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load #######
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 719,746 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 33,483 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 3.89 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 24 °C 75.2 °F 13 °C 55.4 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 100%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 22 °C 71.6 °F 16 °C 60.8 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 90% Weighted Average 500Usage During Unoccupied Period 20%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 95% 4% 1% 0% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 4.5
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 100% Weighted Average 300Usage During Unoccupied Period 50%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTAL Fixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 3% 15% 80% 0% 2% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.6
EUI = Load X Hrs. X SF X GLFF MJ/m².yr 22TERTIARY LIGHTINGLight Level Lux ft-candles Floor fraction check: should = 1.00 1.00Floor Fraction (HBLFF)Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % DistributionUsage During Occupied Period 0% Weighted AverageUsage During Unoccupied Period 100%
INC CFL T12 T8 MH HPS TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 0% 100% 0% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.55 0.55
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 84 88 65 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr
MJ/m².yr
TOTAL LIGHTING Overall LP 11.65 W/m² EUI TOTAL kWh/ft².yr 5MJ/m².yr 197
OFFICE EQUIPMENT & PLUG LOADS
Equipment Type Computers Monitors Printers Copiers Servers Plug Loads
Total end-use load (occupied period) 3.9 W/m² 0.4 W/ft² to see notes (cells with red indicator in upper right corner, type "SHIFT F2"Computer Servers EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.10Total end-use load (unocc. period) 2.2 W/m² 0.2 W/ft² MJ/m².yr 3.68
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 1.34Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 51.73Usage during unoccupied period 55% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.65
MJ/m².yr 25.18
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENTProvide description below: Fuel Oil / Propane Fuel Share: Electricity Fuel Share: 100.0% Fuel Oil / Propane EUI All Electric EUI
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILENEW BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:University/College All New Labrador InterconnectedBaseline
HVAC FANS & PUMPS
SUPPLY FANS Ventilation and Exhaust Fan Operation & ControlVentilation Fan Exhaust Fan
System Design Air Flow 3.9 L/s.m² 0.77 CFM/ft² Control Fixed Variable Fixed VariableSystem Static Pressure CAV 750 Pa 3.0 wg Flow FlowSystem Static Pressure VAV 750 Pa 3.0 wg Incidence of Use 50% 50% 100%Fan Efficiency 60% Operation ContinuousScheduledContinuousScheduledFan Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 1.00 Incidence of Use 50% 50% 50% 50%Fan Design Load CAV 6.1 W/m² 0.56 W/ft²Fan Design Load VAV 6.1 W/m² 0.56 W/ft² Comments:
EXHAUST FANS
Washroom Exhaust 100 L/s.washroom 212 CFM/washroomWashroom Exhaust per gross unit area 0.1 L/s.m² 0.01 CFM/ft²Other Exhaust (Smoking/Conference) 0.1 L/s.m² 0.02 CFM/ft²Total Building Exhaust 0.2 L/s.m² 0.03 CFM/ft²Exhaust System Static Pressure 250 Pa 1.0 wgFan Efficiency 25%Fan Motor Efficiency 75%Sizing Factor 1.0Exhaust Fan Connected Load 0.2 W/m² 0.02 W/ft²
AUXILIARY COOLING EQUIPMENT (Condenser Pump and Cooling Tower/Condenser Fans)
Average Condenser Fan Power Draw 0.020 kW/kW 0.07 kW/Ton(Cooling Tower/Evap. Condenser/ Air Cooled Condenser) 1.57 W/m² 0.15 W/ft²
Condenser Pump
Pump Design Flow 0.053 L/s.KW 3.0 U.S. gpm/TonPump Design Flow per unit floor area 0.004 L/s.m² 0.006 U.S. gpm/ft²Pump Head Pressure kPa ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 1.0Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
CIRCULATING PUMP (Heating & Cooling)
Pump Design Flow @ 5 °C (10 °F) delta T 0.003 L/s.m² 0.0050 U.S. gpm/ft² 2.4 U.S. gpm/TonPump Head Pressure 100 kPa 50 ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 0.8Pump Connected Load 0.7 W/m² 0.06 W/ft²
Supply Fan Occ. Period 3500 hrs./yearSupply Fan Unocc. Period 5260 hrs./yearSupply Fan Energy Consumption 28.6 kWh/m².yr
Exhaust Fan Occ. Period 3500 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Unocc. Period 5260 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Energy Consumption 1.3 kWh/m².yr
Condenser Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yrCooling Tower /Condenser Fans Energy Consumption 0.5 kWh/m².yr
Circulating Pump Yearly Operation 7000 hrs./yearCirculating Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yr
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILENEW BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Warehouse/Wholesale All New Labrador InterconnectedBaselineCONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.28 W/m².°C 0.05 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 1,859 m² 20,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.19 W/m².°C 0.03 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 1,859 m² 20,000 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 2.80 W/m².°C 0.49 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 1
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 40%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.05 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.80 Typical # Stories 1
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 6.1 m 19.9 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 100% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 50%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 100 m²/person 1076 ft²/person %OA 10.74%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 90%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. PeriodFresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 20 L/s.person 42 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right:(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation 0.5 L/s.m² 0.10 CFM/ft²
50% operation (%)Sizing Factor 1Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 1.86 L/s.m² 0.37 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.40 L/s.m² 0.08 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load 234,761
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 157,585 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 7,331 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 1.86 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 22 °C 71.6 °F 13 °C 55.4 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 100%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 16 °C 60.8 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 3500 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 5260 % Distribution 50% 50% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 100% Weighted Average 400Usage During Unoccupied Period 15%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 15% 15% 70% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 3.5
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 3000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 5760 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 100% Weighted Average 300Usage During Unoccupied Period 15%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTAL Fixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 3% 10% 85% 0% 2% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.2
EUI = Load X Hrs. X SF X GLFF MJ/m².yr 7TERTIARY LIGHTINGLight Level Lux ft-candles Floor fraction check: should = 1.00 1.00Floor Fraction (HBLFF)Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % DistributionUsage During Occupied Period 0% Weighted AverageUsage During Unoccupied Period 100%
INC CFL T12 T8 MH HPS TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 0% 0% 0.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.55 0.55
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 84 88 65 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr
MJ/m².yr
TOTAL LIGHTING Overall LP 9.13 W/m² EUI TOTAL kWh/ft².yr 3.6MJ/m².yr 140
OFFICE EQUIPMENT & PLUG LOADS
Equipment Type Computers Monitors Printers Copiers Servers Plug Loads
Total end-use load (occupied period) 2.6 W/m² 0.2 W/ft² to see notes (cells with red indicator in upper right corner, type "SHIFT F2"Computer Servers EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.11Total end-use load (unocc. period) 1.0 W/m² 0.1 W/ft² MJ/m².yr 4.42
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.34Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 13.30Usage during unoccupied period 39% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.83
MJ/m².yr 32.15
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENTProvide description below: Fuel Oil / Propane Fuel Share: Electricity Fuel Share: 100.0% Fuel Oil / Propane EUI All Electric EUI
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILENEW BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Warehouse/Wholesale All New Labrador InterconnectedBaseline
HVAC FANS & PUMPS
SUPPLY FANS Ventilation and Exhaust Fan Operation & ControlVentilation Fan Exhaust Fan
System Design Air Flow 1.9 L/s.m² 0.37 CFM/ft² Control Fixed Variable Fixed VariableSystem Static Pressure CAV 300 Pa 1.2 wg Flow FlowSystem Static Pressure VAV 300 Pa 1.2 wg Incidence of Use 100% 100%Fan Efficiency 60% Operation ContinuousScheduledContinuousScheduledFan Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 1.00 Incidence of Use 50% 50% 50% 50%Fan Design Load CAV 1.2 W/m² 0.11 W/ft²Fan Design Load VAV 1.2 W/m² 0.11 W/ft² Comments:
EXHAUST FANS
Washroom Exhaust 100 L/s.washroom 212 CFM/washroomWashroom Exhaust per gross unit area 0.1 L/s.m² 0.02 CFM/ft²Other Exhaust (Smoking/Conference) 0.1 L/s.m² 0.02 CFM/ft²Total Building Exhaust 0.2 L/s.m² 0.04 CFM/ft²Exhaust System Static Pressure 250 Pa 1.0 wgFan Efficiency 25%Fan Motor Efficiency 75%Sizing Factor 1.0Exhaust Fan Connected Load 0.3 W/m² 0.03 W/ft²
AUXILIARY COOLING EQUIPMENT (Condenser Pump and Cooling Tower/Condenser Fans)
Average Condenser Fan Power Draw 0.020 kW/kW 0.07 kW/Ton(Cooling Tower/Evap. Condenser/ Air Cooled Condenser) 0.74 W/m² 0.07 W/ft²
Condenser Pump
Pump Design Flow 0.053 L/s.KW 3.0 U.S. gpm/TonPump Design Flow per unit floor area 0.002 L/s.m² 0.003 U.S. gpm/ft²Pump Head Pressure kPa ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 1.0Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
CIRCULATING PUMP (Heating & Cooling)
Pump Design Flow @ 5 °C (10 °F) delta T 0.002 L/s.m² 0.0023 U.S. gpm/ft² 2.4 U.S. gpm/TonPump Head Pressure kPa ftPump Efficiency 50%Pump Motor Efficiency 80%Sizing Factor 0.8Pump Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
Supply Fan Occ. Period 3500 hrs./yearSupply Fan Unocc. Period 5260 hrs./yearSupply Fan Energy Consumption 7.1 kWh/m².yr
Exhaust Fan Occ. Period 3500 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Unocc. Period 5260 hrs./yearExhaust Fan Energy Consumption 1.7 kWh/m².yr
Condenser Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yrCooling Tower /Condenser Fans Energy Consumption 0.2 kWh/m².yr
Circulating Pump Yearly Operation 7000 hrs./yearCirculating Pump Energy Consumption kWh/m².yr
COMMERCIAL SECTOR BUILDING PROFILEEXISTING BUILDINGS: SIZE: VINTAGE: REGION:Restaurant All New Labrador InterconnectedBaselineCONSTRUCTION
Wall U value (W/m².°C) 0.28 W/m².°C 0.05 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Building Size 929 m² 10,000 ft²Roof U value (W/m².°C) 0.19 W/m².°C 0.03 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Typical Footprint (m²) 929 m² 10,000 ft²Glazing U value (W/m².°C) 2.80 W/m².°C 0.49 Btu/hr.ft² .°F Footprint Aspect Ratio (L:W) 1
Percent Conditioned Space 100%Percent Conditioned Space 45%
Window/Wall Ratio (WIWAR) (%) 0.36 Defined as Exterior ZoneShading Coefficient (SC) 0.58 Typical # Stories 1
Floor to Floor Height ( m ) 3.7 m 12.0 ft
VENTILATION SYSTEM, BUILDING CONTROLS & INDOOR CONDITIONS
Ventilation System Type CAV CAVR DDMZ DDMZVV VAV VAVR IU 100% O.A TOTALSystem Present (%) 60% 40% 100%Min. Air Flow (%) 60%(Minimum Throttled Air Volume as Percent of Full Flow)
Occupancy or People Density 20 m²/person 215 ft²/person %OA 10.83%Occupancy Schedule Occ. Period 90%Occupancy Schedule Unocc. PeriodFresh Air Requirements or Outside Air 8 L/s.person 16 CFM/person
Fresh Air Control Type *(enter a 1, 2 or 3) 1 If Fresh Air Control Type = "2" enter % FA. to the right:(1 = mixed air control, 2 = Fixed fresh air, 3 100% fresh air) If Fresh Air Control Type = "3" enter Make-up Air Ventilation and operation L/s.m² CFM/ft²
operation (%)Sizing Factor 1.3Total Air Circulation or Design Air Flow 3.46 L/s.m² 0.68 CFM/ft²
Separate Make-up air unit (100% OA) L/s.m² CFM/ft²Infiltration Rate 0.40 L/s.m² 0.08 CFM/ft² Operation occupied period 50%(air infiltration is assumed to occur during unoccupied Operation unoccupied period 50%hours only if the ventilation system shuts down)
Economizer Enthalpy Based Dry-Bulb Based Total Incidence of Use 100% 100% Summary of Design ParametersSwitchover Point KJ/kg. 18 °C Peak Design Cooling Load 191,742
Btu/lbm 64.4 °F Peak Zone Sensible Load 112,725 Room air enthalpy 28.2 Btu/lbm
Controls Type System Present (%) HVAC Room Discharge air enthalpy 23.4 Btu/lbmEquipment Controls Specific volume of air at 55F & 100% R 13.2 ft³/lbm
All Pneumatic Design CFM 5,244 DDC/Pneumatic Total air circulation or Design air 3.46 l/s.m²All DDCTotal (should add-up to 100%)
Proportional PI / PID Total Control mode Control Mode
Fixed Discharge ResetControl Strategy
Indoor Design Conditions Room Supply AirSummer Temperature 24 °C 75.2 °F 14 °C 57.2 °FSummer Humidity (%) 50% 98%Enthalpy 65.5 KJ/kg. 28.2 Btu/lbm 54.5 KJ/kg. 23.4 Btu/lbmWinter Occ. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °F 15 °C 59 °FWinter Occ. Humidity 30% 45%Enthalpy 53 KJ/kg. 22.8 Btu/lbm 45.5 KJ/kg. 19.6 Btu/lbmWinter Unocc. Temperature 21 °C 69.8 °FWinter Unocc. Humidity 30%Enthalpy 50 KJ/kg. 21.5 Btu/lbm
Calibration of Transmitters Inspection/Calibration of Room ThermostatCalibration of Panel Gauges Inspection of PE SwitchesInspection of Auxiliary Devices Inspection of Auxiliary DevicesInspection of Control Devices Inspection of Control Devices (Valves,
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4300 Light Level (Lux) 400 550 650 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4460 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 100% Weighted Average 400Usage During Unoccupied Period 10%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 100.0% 100.0% Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 88 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 2.3
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4300 Light Level (Lux) 200 300 400 500 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4460 % Distribution 100% 100%Usage During Occupied Period 100% Weighted Average 400Usage During Unoccupied Period 10%
INC CFL T12 T8 HID T5HO LED TOTAL Fixture Cleaning: System Present (%) 30% 50% 20% 100.0%Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 84 65 95 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr 4.7
EUI = Load X Hrs. X SF X GLFF MJ/m².yr 181SPECIAL PURPOSE LIGHTINGLight Level Lux ft-candles Floor fraction check: should = 1.00 1.00Floor Fraction (HBLFF)Connected Load W/m² W/ft²
Occ. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4000 Light Level (Lux) 300 500 700 1000 TotalUnocc. Period(Hrs./yr.) 4760 % DistributionUsage During Occupied Period 0% Weighted AverageUsage During Unoccupied Period 100%
INC CFL T12 T8 MH HPS TOTALFixture Cleaning: System Present (%)Incidence of Practice CU 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6Interval years LLF 0.65 0.65 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.55 0.55
Efficacy (L/W) 15 50 72 84 88 65 90Relamping Strategy & Incidence Group Spotof Practice EUI kWh/ft².yr
MJ/m².yr
TOTAL LIGHTING Overall LP 15.75 W/m² EUI TOTAL kWh/ft².yr 7MJ/m².yr 269
OFFICE EQUIPMENT & PLUG LOADS
Equipment Type Computers Monitors Printers Copiers Servers Plug Loads
Computer Equipment EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.41Usage during occupied period 100% MJ/m².yr 16.00Usage during unoccupied period 65% Plug Loads EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.60
MJ/m².yr 23.23
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENTProvide description below: Fuel Oil / Propane Fuel Share: Electricity Fuel Share: 100.0% Fuel Oil / Propane EUI All Electric EUILunch room/cafeteria/restaurant EUI kWh/ft².yr 0.1 EUI kWh/ft².yr 34.3
( % ) Fuel Oil / Propane EUIFire Side Inspection 75% kWh/ft².yrWater Side Inspection for Scale Buildup 100% MJ/m².yrInspection of Controls & Safeties 100%Inspection of Burner 100% Market Composite EUIFlue Gas Analysis & Burner Set-up 90% kWh/ft².yr 11.0
MJ/m².yr 427
SPACE COOLING
A/C Plant TypeWSHP Absorption Chillers Total
Standard HE Open DX W. H. CWSystem Present (%) 100.0% 100.0%COP 4.7 5.4 3.5 3.5 2.6 0.9 1Performance (1 / COP) 0.21 0.19 0.29 0.29 0.38 1.11 1.00(kW/kW)Additional RefrigerantRelated Information
Control Mode Incidence of Use Fixed ResetSetpoint
Chilled WaterCondenser Water
Setpoint Chilled Water 7 °C 44.6 °FCondenser Water 30 °C 86 °FSupply Air 14.0 °C 57.2 °F
Profile Term Explanation Building envelope Defines the thermal characteristics of a building’s
exterior components U-value The rate of heat loss, in Btu per hour per square foot per
degree Fahrenheit (BTU/hr. f2.oF) through walls, roofs and windows. The U-value is the reciprocal of the R-value
Shading coefficient (SC) Is a measure of the total amount of heat passing through the glazing compared with that through a single clear glass
Window-to-wall ratio Defines the ratio of window to insulated exterior wall area General lighting Defines the lighting types that are used within the main
areas of a building, e.g., for a School, the area is classrooms and the lighting type is fluorescent; for a Food Retail store, the main area is the retail floor.
LPD Lighting power density expressed in terms of W/ft2 Lux The amount of visible light per square meter incident on
a surface (lumen/m2) Inc Incandescent lamps CFL Compact fluorescent lamps T12 T12 fluorescent lamps with magnetic ballasts T8 T8 fluorescent lamps with electronic ballasts MH Metal halide lamps HPS High-pressure sodium lamps HID High-intensity discharge lighting includes both MH and
HPS T5HO T5 High Output fluorescent lamps LED Light Emitting Diode lamps Secondary lighting Defines the lighting types that are used within the
secondary areas of a building, e.g., for a School, the secondary areas are corridors, lobbies, foyers, etc.
Outdoor lighting Defines the outdoor lighting including parking lot and façade
Overall LPD The total floor weighted LPD that includes general, secondary, and outdoor
Fans Defines the mix of air handling systems CAV Constant air volume VAV Variable air volume Space heating Defines the mix of heating equipment types found within
the stock of buildings ASHP Air-source heat pump WSHP Water-source heat pump Resistance Electric resistance heating equipment including boilers
and baseboard heaters Fuel Oil / Propane Fossil fuel fired equipment, including space heating,
domestic hot water heating, and cooking equipment Space cooling Defines the mix of cooling equipment types found within
the stock of buildings Centrifugal Standard centrifugal chillers with a full load performance
of 0.75 kW/ton Centri HE High-efficiency centrifugal chillers assumed to have a
performance of <0.65 kW/ton Recip open Semi-hermetic reciprocating chillers DX Direct expansion cooling equipment that use small
Introduction The following exhibits show the full list of energy efficiency and peak demand measures that were considered for analysis, with comments for the measures not included in this study.
Exhibit 129 Full List of Potential Energy Efficiency Measures for the Commercial Sector
Energy Efficiency Measures Include Comments
LIGHTING General comment: ensure resolution of technology aligns with baseline; need to group
LED Screw-In Lamps x
LED High Bay Fixtures x MH baseline
LED Tubular Lamps x T8 baseline since T12 are being phased out
LED Troffers x
LED Outdoor Fixtures x To include representative lighting fixture for outdoor applications
LED Exit Signs x
LED Downlight Fixture or Retrofit Kit Potential to be captured by LED Screw-In Lamps measure
Lighting Controls More descriptive measures included below
High Performance T8 Fixtures x T8 baseline since T12 are being phased out
Low Ballast-Factor T8 systems Removed since this is now the baseline (i.e. T12 being phased out)
T5HO Fixtures x For high bay (>16 ft) applications
Occupancy Sensors (Lighting) x
Dimming Control (Daylighting) x
Lighting Controls (Outdoor) x
Billboard lighting Exclude since this is very specific
CFLs To exclude since this is a transition technology (i.e. LEDs capture opportunity)
HVAC High-Efficiency Air Source Heat Pumps x
Ductless Mini-Split Heat Pumps x
Ground Source Heat Pumps x Institutional sector is presently main market due to long payback
Hotel Occupancy Sensors x Consider only for hotels and expand to include lighting. Originally HVAC Occupancy Sensors.
Demand Control Ventilation (DCV) x
High Efficiency HVAC Air Filters Very specific measure beyond resolution of baseline
VFDs on HVAC Motors x
Ventilation Heat Recovery x
Air Curtains Included under building envelope category
Radiant Infrared Heaters x
High Efficiency Chillers x
High Efficiency RTUs x
Adjustable Speed Drives Same as VFDs measure included above
Premium Efficiency Motors x Advanced Building Automation Systems x
Building Recommissioning x
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Exhibit 129 Full List of Potential Energy Efficiency Measures for the Commercial Sector (cont’d…)
Energy Efficiency Measures Include Comments
Hot Food Holding Cabinets Excluded since this is a very specific application
Commercial Clothes Washers To be considered by residential sector
High-Efficiency Cooking Equipment x Measure added to capture other specific measures
Fryers Too specific -- general measure added above
Griddles Too specific -- general measure added above
Steam Cookers Too specific -- general measure added above
Convection Ovens Too specific -- general measure added above
High-Efficiency Ice makers Exclude since there is no incremental cost for ENERGY STAR ice makers
Combination Oven Too specific -- general measure added above
Induction Ranges Too specific -- general measure added above
Clothes Dryers Excluded since there is no ENERGY STAR category for clothes dryer. Better technology (e.g. microwave and heat pumps) is still many years away.
Vending Machines Excluded since this is covered by VendingMiser measure
BUILDING ENVELOPE
Roof Insulation x
Wall Insulation x
ENERGY STAR Windows Covered below
High Performance Glazing Systems x
Door Systems Too specific and covered by measures immediately above and below
Air Curtains x Focus on sub sectors with loading docks and/or doors that are opening and closing often
Skylights Excluded since this is too specific and not very common
Slab/Floor Insulation Included in new construction measures
COMPUTER EQUIPMENT (ENERGY STAR)
ENERGY STAR Computers x
ENERGY STAR Office Equipment x
Energy-Efficient Server Technologies x To consider enterprise servers, since these are more wide-spread throughout building stock
NEW CONSTRUCTION New Construction (25% More Efficient) x
New Construction (40% More Efficient) x
STREET LIGHTING
Electrodeless Induction Lighting Considering LED street lighting instead
Dimming Controls Considering LED street lighting instead
LED Street Lighting x Not including controls
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Introduction The following three exhibits provide the economic potential energy efficiency results for the island Interconnected, Labrador Interconnected, and Isolated regions, respectively. The three exhibits following those provide the economic potential load reduction results for the Island Interconnected, Labrador Interconnected and Isolated regions respectively. The latter three exhibits do not include the load reduction associated with energy efficiency measures, which were already presented by region in Exhibit 52.
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Basis IncrementalEligibility Timeline At replacementEligible participants:
Floor Area / # of Facilities by 2029 12,400,000 ft2 / 230Principal region Island
47
LED TubesCommercial Opportunity 1:
Technical Potential Growth
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
2017 2020 2023 2026 2029
Tech
nic
al P
ote
nti
al [
GW
h/y
r]
Milestone Year
G-4
48
LED TubesCommercial Opportunity 1:
2029 Technical Potential Breakdown
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
IslandInterconnected
LabradorInterconnected
Isolated
Tech
nic
al P
ote
nti
al [
GW
h/y
r]
Office
Retail
Hospitality
Education
Health Care
Warehouses
Isolated
Other
49
Air Source Heat Pumps
Cold climate air source heat pumps (ASHPs) utilise the vapourcompression cycle to transfer heat from the outside air to the interior during the heating season.
Replace RTUs equipped with electric resistance heat with models equipped with CEE qualified ASHPs.
Basis IncrementalEligibility Timeline At replacementEligible participants:
Floor Area / # of Facilities by 2029 12,400,000 ft2 / 240Principal region Island
53
Air Source Heat PumpsCommercial Opportunity 2:
Technical Potential Growth
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
2017 2020 2023 2026 2029
Tech
nic
al P
ote
nti
al [
GW
h/y
r]
Milestone Year
G-7
54
Air Source Heat PumpsCommercial Opportunity 2:
2029 Technical Potential Breakdown
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
IslandInterconnected
LabradorInterconnected
Isolated
Tech
nica
l Pot
enti
al [G
Wh/
yr]
Office
Retail
Hospitality
Education
Health Care
Warehouses
Isolated
Other
55
Evaporator Fan Upgrades
Electrically commutated motors (ECMs) are more efficient than shaded pole evaporator fan motors and emit less waste heat.
Replace existing evaporator fan motors for walk in coolers with ECMs.
Commercial Opportunity 3:
G-8
56
Evaporator Fan UpgradesCommercial Opportunity 3:
Comparison with Other Refrigeration Measures
2029 Economic Potential Savings
2029 Economic
Potential
Savings (MWh)
Passes
Economic Test
in Regions
LED Refrigerated Display Case Lighting 207 Island, IsolatedCooler Night Covers 4,188 AllRefrigerated Cases with Doors 13416 IslandFreezer Defrost Controllers 14 IsolatedHigh Efficiency Compressors 9431 Island, LabradorAutomatic Door Closers 667 Island, LabradorFloating Head Pressure Control 3660 Island, LabradorCEE-Rated Refrigerators and Freezers 1,714 Island, LabradorEvaporator Fan Upgrades 6804 All
Refrigerated Cases with Doors
33%
High Efficiency Compressors
24%
Evaporator Fan Upgrades
17%
Cooler Night Covers
10%
Floating Head Pressure Control
9%
CEE-Rated Refrigerators and
Freezers4%
Automatic Door Closers
2%
LED Refrigerated Display Case
Lighting0.52%
Freezer Defrost Controllers
0.03%
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
CCE
[¢/k
Wh]
Island
Labrador
Isolated
57
Evaporater Fan UpgradesCommercial Opportunity 3:
Assumptions
Focus Building Type Food RetailFocus Region IslandTypical Application:
Floor Area / # of Facilities by 2029 3,400,000 ft2 / 540Principal region Island
59
Evaporator Fan UpgradesCommercial Opportunity 3:
Technical Potential Growth
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2017 2020 2023 2026 2029
Tech
nic
al P
ote
nti
al [
GW
h/y
r]
Milestone Year
G-10
60
Evaporator Fan UpgradesCommercial Opportunity 3:
2029 Technical Potential Breakdown
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Island Interconnected LabradorInterconnected
Isolated
Tech
nic
al P
ote
nti
al [
GW
h/y
r]
Office
Retail
Hospitality
Education
Health Care
Warehouses
Isolated
Other
61
VFDs on HVAC Motors
Variable frequency drives (VFDs) allow induction motor driven loads such as fans and pumps to operate at varying speed in response to changing load requirements.
Variable flow air systems and variable volume pumping systems are ideal candidates for retrofit.
Commercial Opportunity 4:
G-11
62
VFDs on HVAC MotorsCommercial Opportunity 4:
Comparison with Other HVAC Fans & Pumps Measures
2029 Economic Potential Savings
2029 Economic
Potential
Savings (MWh)
Passes
Economic Test in
Regions
High Efficiency Motors 3,795 AllDemand Controlled Ventilation 30,243 Island, LabradorKitchen Fumehood DCV 1,453 Island, LabradorVFDs on HVAC Motors 24,205 All
Demand Controlled Ventilation
51%VFDs on HVAC
Motors41%
High Efficiency Motors
6%
Kitchen Fumehood DCV
2%
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
High Efficiency Motors Demand ControlledVentilation
Kitchen Fumehood DCV VFDs on HVAC Motors
CC
E [¢
/kW
h]
Island
Labrador
Isolated
63
VFDs on HVAC MotorsCommercial Opportunity 4:
Assumptions
Focus Building Type L. OfficeFocus Region IslandTypical Application:
Floor Area / # of Facilities by 2029 12,400,000 ft2 / 70Principal region Island
65
VFDs on HVAC MotorsCommercial Opportunity 4:
Technical Potential Growth
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
2017 2020 2023 2026 2029
Tech
nic
al P
ote
nti
al [
GW
h/y
r]
Milestone Year
G-13
66
VFDs on HVAC MotorsCommercial Opportunity 4:
2029 Technical Potential Breakdown
0
5
10
15
20
25
IslandInterconnected
LabradorInterconnected
Isolated
Tech
nic
al P
ote
nti
al [
GW
h/y
r]
Office
Retail
Hospitality
Education
Health Care
Warehouses
Isolated
Other
67
Advanced Building Automation
Advanced Building Automation Systems (BAS) incorporate diagnostic tools and self tuning controls into existing BAS functions, and expand control to additional systems such as lighting and VAV boxes.
Most applicable to large, complex facilities such as office buildings, hotels, and healthcare.
Commercial Opportunity 5:
G-14
68
Advanced Building AutomationCommercial Opportunity 5:
Comparison with Other Controls Measures
2029 Economic Potential Savings
2029 Economic
Potential
Savings (MWh)
Passes
Economic Test
in Regions
Programmable Thermostats 37,948 AllLighting Occupancy (Indoor) 37,999 AllOutdoor Lighting Controls 6,570 AllDaylighting Controls 0 NoneHotel Occupancy Sensors 2,864 Island, LabradorAdvanced BAS 39,870 Island, Labrador
Advanced BAS32%
Lighting Occupancy
(Indoor)31%
Programmable Thermostats
30%
Outdoor Lighting Controls
5%
Hotel Occupancy
Sensors2%
02468
101214161820
CC
E [¢
/kW
h]
Island
Labrador
Isolated
69
Advanced Building AutomationCommercial Opportunity 5:
Assumptions
Focus Building Type L. OfficeFocus Region IslandTypical Application:
Cost $0.90/ft2
Useful Life 15 yearsSavings:
Space heating, space cooling, general lighting, and HVAC fans & pumps 10%
G-15
70
Advanced Building AutomationCommercial Opportunity 5:
Basis IncrementalEligibility Timeline At replacementEligible participants:
Floor Area / # of Facilities by 2029 12,400,000 ft2 / 230Principal region Island
77
High Performance New ConstructionCommercial Opportunity 6:
Technical Potential Growth
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
2017 2020 2023 2026 2029
Tech
nic
al P
ote
nti
al [
GW
h/y
r]
Milestone Year
G-19
78
High-Performance New ConstructionCommercial Opportunity 6:
2029 Technical Potential Breakdown
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
IslandInterconnected
LabradorInterconnected
Isolated
Tech
nic
al P
ote
nti
al [
GW
h/y
r]
Office
Retail
Hospitality
Education
Health Care
Warehouses
Isolated
Other
79
PC Power Management
Personal computers (PCs) have integrated power management systems that can shut off components when the PC is not in use but quickly return it to an active state when required.
This measure involves fully utilising existing power management systems on PCs.
Commercial Opportunity 7:
G-20
80
PC Power ManagementCommercial Opportunity 7:
Comparison with Other Behavioural Measures
2029 Economic
Potential
Savings (MWh)
Passes
Economic Test
in Regions
Energy Star Computers 27,803 AllEnergy Star Office Equipment 1,933 AllEnergy Star Office Servers 2,558 AllTask Lighting 524 AllNatural Ventilation 18 AllKeep Doors Closed 124 AllPC Power Management 7,482 All
Energy Star Computers
69%
PC Power Management
19%
Energy Star Office Servers
6%
Energy Star Office
Equipment5%
Task Lighting1%
Keep Doors Closed0.3%
Natural Ventilation
0.04%
2029 Economic Potential Savings
0
2
4
6
Energy StarComputers
Energy StarOffice
Equipment
Energy StarOffice
Servers
Task Lighting NaturalVentilation
Keep DoorsClosed
PC PowerManagement
CC
E [¢
/kW
h]
Island
Labrador
Isolated
81
PC Power ManagementCommercial Opportunity 7:
Assumptions
Focus Building Type L. OfficeFocus Region IslandTypical Application:
Floor Area / # of Facilities by 2029 12,400,000 ft2 / 270Principal region Island
83
PC Power ManagementCommercial Opportunity 7:
Technical Potential Growth
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2017 2020 2023 2026 2029
Tech
nic
al P
ote
nti
al [
GW
h/y
r]
Milestone Year
G-22
84
PC Power ManagementCommercial Opportunity 7:
2029 Technical Potential Breakdown
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Island Interconnected LabradorInterconnected
Isolated
Tech
nica
l Pot
enti
al [G
Wh/
yr]
Office
Retail
Hospitality
Education
Health Care
Warehouses
Isolated
Other
85
High Performance Glazing Systems
High performance glazing systems incorporate technologies such as double or triple panes, low emissivity glass, inert gases, and well insulated frames and sashes.
Replace existing windows with high performance glazing systems.
Sensitivity to Direct Program Support (High, Med, Low)Most Critical Program Support Type(s) (e.g. Trade Ally Training, Certification, Technical Workshops, etc.)
Large OfficeGENERAL NOTES:- Technology is changing very rapidly and the cost is coming down quite quickly- Province tends to use a "wait-and-see" approach to implementing EE- Likely very limited investments in fluorescent technology in the future
BARRIERS:- Cost is currently the primary barrier- The lamps are quite avaialbleand starting to be popular (workshop participant's firm has sold about 18-20K of them in the last quarter)- Not very popular in NL since there are no incentives currently- Customer awareness is a barrier (i.e. not aware that it's currently an option)- Government in the province tends to adopt technologies like this more quickly but private sector lags- Public tendering act limits the technology that will be implemented in some facilities (i.e. lowest cost technology must be selected)- Some fo the lower cost products may have performance issues- Technology hasn't been around too long. Some people may be waiting for the technology to mature.- Difficult for utilities to get in touch with the right contacts at the commercial facilities- LED tubes may not work as well in some fixtures- current economic crunch is limiting uptake at the moment
STRATEGIES/PARTNERS:- Equipment typically goes through lighting distributors- Implementers help spread the word- Nobody is going to the marketplace to make the case for this technology currently- Incentives are key to the overall strategy and there is a high sensitivity to this- Some facilities may be overlit already, which allows for a deeper savings opportunity- Can use non-energy benefits to help sell the technology- Government agencies are much more developed than they were 20 years ago and they can be an important partner
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Sensitivity to Direct Program Support (High, Med, Low)
280
86%
20
240
48
144
12,400,000
GENERAL NOTES:- Technolgy is fairly mature but existing infrastructure is fairly old- Not many RTUs in large offices- Savings may be too high in retail applications since lighting and internal loads create quite a bit of heat- Variable refrigerant tehnology may make more sense in certain applications- About 15% penetration currently, although this may be limited to smaller RTUs
BARRIERS:- Existing infrastructure may limit the opportunity in offices- Customers see more maintenance costs with the hours of operation for the compressors- Not practical for many offices since RTUs aren't too common and since zoning would be required- Awareness may be a barrier in the commercial sector- HVAC contractors may not be pushing ASHPs- A lost of the space is leased and landlords are putting in lowest cost equipment- Chains from other jurisdictions have natural gas space heating and may not be aware that there is an opportunity in electric space heating
STRATEGIES/PARTNERS:- Restaurants are adopting the technology- Technology is being adopted to some degree without utility support (i.e. about 1 in 20 currently)
- Schools not allowed to be air conditioned
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Sensitivity to Direct Program Support (High, Med, Low)
432
Island Interconnected
Food Retail
4.7
4.7
3,300,000
780
70%
540
540
135
GENERAL NOTES:- Larger facilities will have pretty sophisticated equipment in place already and lots of support- Smaller communities in Isolated regions have a lot of residential-style equipment- Load for each evaporator fan is small but there are a lot of units and they run 24/7- Measure isn't being implemented very oftern in many more mature units
BARRIERS:- Awareness is one of the primary barriers- Cost is a barrier in smaller facilities- Payback period is long for retail facilities- Potential landlord-tenant issues with smaller facilities as well- Service contracts that are in place may restrict retrofits- Technology may not be as prevelant or accessible as necessary- There may be a perceived risk with food spoiling
STRATEGIES/PARTNERS:- Likely going to need two different strategies; one for larger facilities and one for smaller "mom-and-pop" stores-
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Sensitivity to Direct Program Support (High, Med, Low)
49
Island Interconnected
Large Office
3.4
3.2
12,400,000
280
24%
70
70
4
GENERAL NOTES:- Opportunity with both fans and pumps- Awareness of the measure is quite high and it's commonly implemented- Can be applied in constant volume systems as well in some cases
BARRIERS:- Applies easily in a portion of facilities but significant additional retrofits are required in some cases- Additional costs to implement in some applications- No issue with availability on the Island- Incentives are only currently available under the custom program, which some contractors may not be aware of- Potential landlord-tenant issues, especially in large offices
STRATEGIES/PARTNERS:- A prescriptive incentives would help make incentives more accessible but there are potential issues with savings being quite variable - Bundled approach with additional retrofits would be useful in some application- Working with controls contractors to help drum up sales and awareness- Opportunity would likely be identified by energy audits
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Sensitivity to Direct Program Support (High, Med, Low)
175
Island Interconnected
Large Office
3.0
2.5
12,400,000
280
90%
250
250
50
GENERAL NOTES:- Cost is likely too high. Should be closer to $600 per control point on average.- Savings are likely too conservative. Would expect 25% savings on average.
BARRIERS:- Similar to VFDs, this isn't something that's done on its own (i.e. done as part of a more holistic retrofit)- Doesn't require much O&M if equipment and controls are installed and commissioned properly- Equipment can easily be flipped to manual mode rather than being tuned- Operators do not receive enough training to be able to operate sophisticated control systems- Potential fear of the technology for building operators- Potential issues with negative perception due to some systems not being operated properly- Building owners may not want sign up to a service contract- A lot of education required to ensure that systems are being operated properly
STRATEGIES/PARTNERS:- Ensure that equipment is being maintained and that there is a service contract in place- Education for both operators and contractors- Ensure that equipment is properly commissioned and that M&V is being done- Continuous optimization may be an option (as per BC Hydro approach)- Can be bundled with a recommissioning program
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Sensitivity to Direct Program Support (High, Med, Low)
40
90%
3
40
20
32
1,800,000
Island Interconnected
Large Office
2.6
2.5
GENERAL NOTES:- Much of the new construction recently has been government and they already build to a high efficiency standard- This has pushed the local industry to a higher standard
BARRIERS:- Cost is the primary barrier to implementation- Building rating systems like LEED include a lot of measures that don't help with energy efficiency- Major lost opportunity if it is missed at the time of new construction- Free ridrship is a potential issue
STRATEGIES/PARTNERS:- Non-energy benefits help the business case- Buildings can be rented at a premium- Engineering consultants are key in terms of delivery- Workshops to deal with administrative burden and/or best way to implement without a rating system
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Sensitivity to Direct Program Support (High, Med, Low)
280
95%
270
270
27
135
12,400,000
Island Interconnected
Large Office
N/A
N/A
GENERAL NOTES:- Technology exists to implement power management settings
BARRIERS:- IT department may need to push through updates during off hours- Individuals may overridepower management settings that have been pushed down on them- Remote use of work computers limits the proportion of computers that can be shut down
STRATEGIES/PARTNERS:- Most effective to convince an IT department to implement and push down power management settings- Education component is important to ensure persistence- Competition (e.g. floor-by-floor) can be helpful
Newfoundland and Labrador Conservation and Demand Management Potential Study: 2015 – Commercial Sector Final Report
Sensitivity to Direct Program Support (High, Med, Low)
280
85%
10
240
24
192
12,400,000
Island Interconnected
Large Office
2.9
2.8
GENERAL NOTES:
BARRIERS:- Argon gas may leak out of some low quality windows- Awareness of low cost may be an issue- Commercial customers are looking for lowest cost options- Landlord-tenant issues (i.e. split incentive)- Only currently covered by custom program, which has seen no uptake
STRATEGIES/PARTNERS:- Architects and contractors would be important partners- Need to ensure that high efficiency glazings are included in specs- Promote non-energy benefits